TSM EN Vision R 280725 280726 01 02 2017

Ziehm Vision R
Software Versions 6 and 7
Service Manual
Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017
Preface With the system, Ziehm Imaging GmbH provides an active medical device connected to the
mains power supply. The medical device is designed for contactless use. It does not require
any contact with the patient to perform its intended use. It provides contactless energy in
the form of X-rays.
Ziehm Imaging GmbH authorizes only trained and skilled personnel to operate this medical
device. The system is intended for use by health care professionals such as physicians,
orthopedic surgeons, vascular surgeons, neurovascular surgeons, cardiologists,
radiologists and technologists in hospitals, outpatient clinics and other clinical
environments. Ziehm Imaging GmbH anticipates the system will be used on a nearly daily
basis. Ziehm Imaging GmbH applications specialists and/or qualified site personnel provide
on-site operator training in the proper use of the system.
Operation Only trained and instructed qualified personnel are allowed to operate the system.
Operation (USA) In the USA, Federal law restricts use of this device to trained personnel on the order of a
physician.
Authorized personnel Only authorized personnel are allowed to assemble the medical equipment described in
this document, to put it into service, to install, to maintain and to repair it. Authorized
personnel are persons who have attended an appropriate training course provided by the
manufacturer.
Training Users and operators must have been instructed adequately in operating the system safely
and efficiently, before attempting to operate the system described herein. Training require-
ments for this system may vary from country to country. Owners must ensure that users
and operators receive adequate training in accordance with applicable laws or regulations.
If you require further information about training in the use of this system, contact your local
Ziehm Imaging representative or contact Ziehm Imaging directly.
Contraindications to the The exposure of humans to ionizing radiation must always be medically justified. Especially
use of X-rays when used on pregnant women, adolescents, children, and pediatric patients, all
procedures using ionizing radiation should be used with caution or be avoided altogether.
However, the final decision lies with the attending physician or attending surgeon.
Exclusion of liability The manufacturer accepts responsibility for the safety, reliability and performance of the
system only if
− any installation, modification or repair work is carried out exclusively by persons autho-
rized by the manufacturer;
− the electrical installation of the site where the system is operated complies with the
requirements of VDE 0107 or the corresponding national regulations of the country of
installation;
− only original spare parts or components that comply with Ziehm Imaging’s specifica-
tions are used;
− the system is used in accordance with the Operating Instructions.
The warranty becomes invalid in case that any repair, modification or installation work is
carried out by unauthorized personnel, or any seals on components are broken. No
consequential damages will be accepted either.
The equipment conforms to Class IIb according to Council Directive 93/42/EEC.
0197
Copyright Quality Standards

Copyright © 2017 Ziehm Imaging GmbH This document was produced in accordance with a certified QM
All rights reserved. system as per DIN EN ISO 13485. It conforms to the requirements
Transmission or reproduction of this document, exploitation and of Council Directive 93/42 EEC, Annex I, and other applicable
disclosure of its contents to third persons is not permitted without norms. The information provided in this document may be updated
express written consent of the manufacturer. Infringements shall at regular intervals. Subject to change without prior notice.
entitle to damage claims.
Manufactured by:
Registered Trademarks Ziehm Imaging GmbH
This document may contain the names of registered trademarks or Donaustr. 31
brands, the use of which by third persons for their purposes may 90451 Nuremberg (Germany)
infringe the rights of their respective owners. e-mail: info@ziehm-eu.com
http://www.ziehm.com
Rev. 02/2017
2 Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017
Table of Contents
0 Classification Mobile Stand / Monitor Cart 0-1
1 Warnings and Important Information 1-1

1.1 Safety Instructions............................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 Warnings .......................................................................................................... 1-2
1.3 Tests Required After Service ........................................................................... 1-3
1.4 Displaying the System Software Versions & Creating Report Package........... 1-4
1.5 Definitions and Abbreviations........................................................................... 1-5
2 General 2-1
2.1 System Overview Mobile Stand ....................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Board Numbers ................................................................................................ 2-2
2.3 CAN Bus........................................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.1 Numbers of CAN Modules ................................................................ 2-4
2.3.2 CAN Bus Distribution in the Mobile Stand......................................... 2-6
2.3.3 CAN Bus Distribution in the Monitor Cart (V2) .................................. 2-7
2.3.4 CAN Bus Distribution in the Monitor Cart (NGIS).............................. 2-8
2.3.5 Block Diagram CAN Fault Line ......................................................... 2-9
2.3.6 Block Diagram Shutdown Global System ......................................... 2-10
2.3.7 Block Diagram Shutdown Monitor Cart ............................................. 2-11
2.3.8 Block Diagram Shutdown Workstation and NGIS ............................. 2-12
2.3.9 Block Diagram Shutdown Mobile Stand............................................ 2-13
3 Connections Mobile Stand 3-1

3.1 XP0 Cable ........................................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.1 Pin Layout ......................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.2 Wiring ................................................................................................ 3-3
3.2 C-arm – II Housing ........................................................................................... 3-4
3.3 CAN – RJ-45–RJ-45......................................................................................... 3-5
3.4 CAN – Molex–RJ-45......................................................................................... 3-6
3.5 Wiring of Hand and Foot Switches ................................................................... 3-7
3.5.1 Wiring of Hand Switch....................................................................... 3-7
3.5.2 Wiring of 2-pedal Foot Switch ........................................................... 3-8
3.5.3 Wiring Triple Foot Switch "Dual Plus" ............................................... 3-9
3.5.4 Wiring of 4-pedal Foot Switch ........................................................... 3-10
3.5.5 Wiring of Emergency Off Switches.................................................... 3-11
3.6 Wiring Mobile Stand ......................................................................................... 3-11
3.6.1 Power Supply – Main Interface ......................................................... 3-12
3.6.2 Pre-Power Supply ............................................................................. 3-13
3.6.3 Image Intensifier ............................................................................... 3-14
3.6.4 Image Intensifier with ADCS ............................................................. 3-15
3.6.5 Generator .......................................................................................... 3-16
3.6.6 Vision Track ...................................................................................... 3-17
3.6.7 Vision Center .................................................................................... 3-18
4 Power Supply Mobile Stand 4-1

4.1 View Power Supply .......................................................................................... 4-1
4.2 Functions of the Power Supply........................................................................ 4-11
Ziehm Vision R I
280725 - 01/02/2017
4.2.1 Input .................................................................................................. 4-11
4.2.2 Output ............................................................................................... 4-11
4.2.3 Other Functions................................................................................. 4-12
4.3 Wiring Diagrams ............................................................................................... 4-12
4.3.1 Wiring U579 ...................................................................................... 4-13
4.3.2 Wiring PPS with PFC Type Schieder ................................................ 4-14
4.3.3 Wiring PPS with PFC Type Wiener ................................................... 4-15
4.4 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 4-16
4.5 Pre-Power Supply............................................................................................. 4-18
4.5.1 FG 2025 ............................................................................................ 4-18
4.5.2 U650.................................................................................................. 4-18
4.5.3 U531.................................................................................................. 4-18
4.5.4 Block Diagram U531 and FG 2025 ................................................... 4-19
4.5.5 U531: Location of Connectors, LED Indicators and Switches........... 4-20
4.5.6 U531: Connectors ............................................................................. 4-21
4.5.7 U531: LED Indicators ........................................................................ 4-22
4.5.8 U531: DIP Switches .......................................................................... 4-23
4.5.9 FG 2025: Location of Connectors and Indicators.............................. 4-24
4.5.10 U650: Location of Connectors and Indicators ................................... 4-25
4.5.11 Pre-power Supply Errors ................................................................... 4-26
4.5.12 Replacing the Pre-power Supply....................................................... 4-27
4.5.13 Pre-power Supply U531e Board Layout............................................ 4-27
4.5.14 Pre-power Supply U531e Schematics............................................... 4-30
4.6 Power Factor Correction................................................................................... 4-38
4.6.1 Power Factor Correction Board Wiener Module................................ 4-38
4.6.2 View of Wiener Module ..................................................................... 4-38
4.6.3 Wiener Module state Indication ......................................................... 4-39
4.7 DC 24V Supply Unit FG 9938........................................................................... 4-40
4.7.1 General ............................................................................................. 4-40
4.7.2 FG 9938: Location of Connectors, LED Indicators and Fuses .......... 4-40
4.7.3 FG 9938: Connectors ........................................................................ 4-41
4.7.4 FG 9938: LED Indicators................................................................... 4-41
4.7.5 FG 9938 Fuses ................................................................................. 4-41
4.7.6 FG 9938: Adjustments ...................................................................... 4-42
4.7.7 FG 9938 Replacement ...................................................................... 4-42
4.8 U579 Power Supply Control Board................................................................... 4-43
4.8.1 U579 Wiring Diagram ........................................................................ 4-44
4.8.2 U579h Location of Connectors.......................................................... 4-45
4.8.3 U579f Location of LED Indicators...................................................... 4-46
4.8.4 U579h Location of LED Indicators..................................................... 4-47
4.8.5 U579f Location of Fuses ................................................................... 4-48
4.8.6 U579h Location of Fuses .................................................................. 4-49
4.8.7 ON/OFF Control ................................................................................ 4-50
4.8.8 Lift Motor Control............................................................................... 4-56
4.8.9 Rotating Anode Motor Control........................................................... 4-60
4.8.10 Other Functions................................................................................. 4-61
4.8.11 Cross Reference List of the Interface to U515 and to U597.............. 4-66
4.8.12 U579 Layout ...................................................................................... 4-68
4.8.13 U579h-b-a Schematic Diagrams ....................................................... 4-69
4.8.14 Underride Protection ......................................................................... 4-80
4.9 U597 Pump and Fan Control............................................................................ 4-82
4.9.1 Location of Connectors ..................................................................... 4-82
4.9.2 Location of LED Indicators, Fuses and Test Points .......................... 4-83
II Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017
4.9.3 Water Pump Control.......................................................................... 4-84
4.9.4 Fan Control ....................................................................................... 4-86
4.9.5 U597 Board Layout ........................................................................... 4-88
4.9.6 U597 Schematics .............................................................................. 4-89
4.10 Mains Transformer T21 .................................................................................... 4-92
4.10.1 Primary / Secondary.......................................................................... 4-92
4.10.2 Temperature Switch .......................................................................... 4-92
4.11 Capacitor Rack................................................................................................. 4-93
4.11.1 General ............................................................................................. 4-93
4.11.2 Service on the Power Supply ............................................................ 4-93
4.11.3 Replacement ..................................................................................... 4-93
4.11.4 Fuses for Capacitor Rack.................................................................. 4-94
5 Main Interface 5-1

5.1 Module 2 Main Interface................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 General ............................................................................................. 5-1
5.1.2 Main Interface: Block Diagram .......................................................... 5-2
5.1.3 U648c: Location of Connectors......................................................... 5-3
5.1.4 U648c: Location of LED Indicators, Switches and Jumpers ............. 5-4
5.2 Main Interface Functions .................................................................................. 5-5
5.2.1 EEPROM .......................................................................................... 5-5
5.2.2 Microprocessor.................................................................................. 5-6
5.2.3 External I/O ....................................................................................... 5-6
5.2.4 Water Pump ...................................................................................... 5-6
5.2.5 X-ray Beeper and Alarm.................................................................... 5-6
5.2.6 Hand/Foot Switch Features............................................................... 5-6
5.2.7 Control the "CAN XRAY ENABLE" Signal ........................................ 5-7
5.2.8 Control the "CAN FAULT" Signal in the Startup Phase .................... 5-7
5.2.9 Power Supply for CAN Bus and Vision Center ................................. 5-7
5.2.10 Automatic CAN Termination (with/without Monitor Cart)................... 5-7
5.2.11 CAN Bus Distribution ........................................................................ 5-7
5.2.12 Distribution of ON/OFF Signals......................................................... 5-7
5.3 Hand/Foot Switch Commands to the Image System........................................ 5-8
5.3.1 Three Separate Operations of the Hand and Foot Switch ................ 5-8
5.3.2 Hand Switches/Foot Switches Safety Functions............................... 5-8
5.3.3 Tap Time ........................................................................................... 5-9
5.3.4 Security Break Functions .................................................................. 5-9
5.3.5 Service mode "Switch Configuration"................................................ 5-9
5.3.6 Hand and Foot Switch Functions ...................................................... 5-10
5.4 HW Settings ..................................................................................................... 5-11
5.4.1 Switches............................................................................................ 5-11
5.4.2 Jumpers ............................................................................................ 5-15
5.5 LED Indicators.................................................................................................. 5-15
5.5.1 Startup Monitoring LED Indicators .................................................... 5-15
5.5.2 Voltage Monitoring LED Indicators.................................................... 5-17
5.5.3 Hardware Monitoring LED Indicators ................................................ 5-18
5.6 Connectors ....................................................................................................... 5-19
5.6.1 Emergency Loop Connectors............................................................ 5-24
5.6.2 Fuses ................................................................................................ 5-26
5.7 Hardware Radiation Logic Overview ................................................................ 5-27
5.8 Hardware Radiation Logic Lattice .................................................................... 5-28
5.9 U648 Layout ..................................................................................................... 5-29
5.9.1 U648d Layout.................................................................................... 5-30
Ziehm Vision R III

280725 - 01/02/2017
5.10 U648 Schematics ............................................................................................. 5-31
5.10.1 U648d Schematics Page 1................................................................ 5-32
5.10.10 U648d Schematics Page 10.............................................................. 5-41
6 Image Intensifier 6-1

6.1 Parts Location................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 General Block Diagram .................................................................................... 6-2
6.3 Image Intensifier Power Supplies ..................................................................... 6-3
6.3.1 I.I. Power Supply with U632 .............................................................. 6-3
6.4 I.I. Tube Types.................................................................................................. 6-17
6.5 CCD Cameras .................................................................................................. 6-18
6.5.1 CCD Camera FT50 Plus ................................................................... 6-18
6.6 Size and Resolution Adjustment....................................................................... 6-27
6.6.1 Size and Resolution Requirements ................................................... 6-27
6.6.2 I.I. Power Supply Adjustment ............................................................ 6-28
6.7 Centering the camera ....................................................................................... 6-29
6.7.1 23 cm Image Intensifier ..................................................................... 6-29
6.7.2 30 cm Image Intensifier ..................................................................... 6-31
6.8 Removable Grid................................................................................................ 6-33
6.8.1 Removed Grid ................................................................................... 6-33
6.8.2 Mounting Ring without Grid ............................................................... 6-34
6.8.3 Mounting Ring with Grid installed...................................................... 6-35
7 X-ray Generator 7-1

7.1 Overview 7.5 kW Generator ............................................................................. 7-1
7.2 Overview 20/25 kW Generator ......................................................................... 7-2
7.3 Generator Wiring Diagram................................................................................ 7-3
7.4 Interface Generator – Mobile Stand ................................................................. 7-4
7.5 Self Tests.......................................................................................................... 7-4
7.5.1 During Bootup ................................................................................... 7-4
7.5.2 During Runtime ................................................................................. 7-5
7.6 General PCBs................................................................................................... 7-7
7.7 U565 ................................................................................................................. 7-8
7.7.1 General ............................................................................................. 7-8
7.7.2 Switches and Jumpers ...................................................................... 7-8
7.7.3 U565 LED Indicators ......................................................................... 7-9
7.7.4 U565 Connectors .............................................................................. 7-9
7.8 U564 Filament Board........................................................................................ 7-13
7.8.1 General ............................................................................................. 7-13
7.8.2 U564 Potentiometers ........................................................................ 7-14
7.8.3 U564 LED Indicators ......................................................................... 7-14
7.8.4 U564 Connectors .............................................................................. 7-14
IV Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017
7.9 U561 / U624 High Voltage Power Inverter ....................................................... 7-15
7.9.1 General ............................................................................................. 7-15
7.9.2 U561 / U624 Connectors .................................................................. 7-16
7.10 U563 HV Controller Board................................................................................ 7-19
7.10.1 U563 Potentiometers ........................................................................ 7-19
7.10.2 U563 LED Indicators ......................................................................... 7-19
7.10.3 U563 Connector ................................................................................ 7-19
7.11 U562 Generator Connection and Distribution Board........................................ 7-21
7.11.1 U562 Connectors .............................................................................. 7-21
7.12 U565 and U518 Features ................................................................................. 7-23
7.12.1 U565 ................................................................................................. 7-23
7.12.2 U518 Moni......................................................................................... 7-23
7.12.3 U518: Block Diagram ........................................................................ 7-25
7.12.4 U 518: Bootup ................................................................................... 7-25
7.13 Pulse Technology............................................................................................. 7-26
7.13.1 Parameters for Pulse Control............................................................ 7-26
7.13.2 Example of Pulsed Radiation ............................................................ 7-26
7.14 X-ray Tube Filament Control (Filament Wire)................................................... 7-27
7.14.1 Filament States ................................................................................. 7-27
7.14.2 Example of Filament Control............................................................. 7-27
7.15 Heat Unit Calculator ......................................................................................... 7-28
7.15.1 Fluoroscopy ...................................................................................... 7-28
7.15.2 Power Management during DSA....................................................... 7-29
7.15.3 Direct Radiography (Vision R systems only)..................................... 7-30
7.16 Water Pump Control......................................................................................... 7-31
7.17 Measuring kV and mA ...................................................................................... 7-32
7.17.1 Measuring kV and mA in 7.5 kW Generator...................................... 7-32
7.17.2 Measuring kV and mA in 20/25 kW Generator.................................. 7-34
7.17.3 Setting to Continuous Mode.............................................................. 7-37
7.18 Adjustment of Center Beam ............................................................................. 7-38
7.18.1 Required Tools for Center Beam Adjustment ................................... 7-38
7.18.2 Setup for Center Beam Adjustment .................................................. 7-39
7.18.3 Procedure of Center Beam Adjustment ............................................ 7-39
8 Vision Track 8-1

8.1 View of Vision Track with U659........................................................................ 8-1
8.2 Vision Track with U659..................................................................................... 8-2
8.2.1 Block Diagram................................................................................... 8-2
8.2.2 U659a: Location of Connectors, Switches and LED Indicators......... 8-3
8.2.3 U659: Switches ................................................................................. 8-4
8.2.4 U659: LED Indicators ........................................................................ 8-5
8.2.5 U659: Connectors ............................................................................. 8-5
8.3 Changing the Collimator................................................................................... 8-9
8.3.1 Part Replacement ............................................................................. 8-9
8.3.2 Mechanical Centering ....................................................................... 8-10
8.3.3 Collimator Size Adjustment ............................................................... 8-11
8.3.4 Automatic Cropping .......................................................................... 8-23
8.3.5 "DAP Calculated" Option................................................................... 8-24
9 TFT Vision Center 9-1

9.1 View of Vision Center ....................................................................................... 9-1
9.2 General............................................................................................................. 9-1
9.3 Vision Center Main Parts.................................................................................. 9-2
Ziehm Vision R V
280725 - 01/02/2017
9.4 Block Diagram w. U687 .................................................................................... 9-3
9.5 Block Diagram w. U718 .................................................................................... 9-4
9.6 Connectors ....................................................................................................... 9-5
9.6.1 U 592 Interconnection Board for Passive Vision Center ................... 9-6
9.6.2 Vision Center Wiring Mobile Stand.................................................... 9-8
9.6.3 Vision Center Wiring Monitor Cart..................................................... 9-9
9.7 Remote Vision Center ...................................................................................... 9-10
9.7.1 Remote Vision Center Internal Wiring with Emergency Stop ............ 9-11
9.7.2 Remote Vision Center Connection Cable.......................................... 9-12
10 Monitor Cart 10-1

10.1 Monitor Cart 6................................................................................................... 10-1
10.2 Monitor Cart 6 Detail View................................................................................ 10-2
11 Connections Monitor Cart 11-1

11.1 Wiring Diagrams MC6 ...................................................................................... 11-1
11.1.1 Wiring XP0 and Power Supply .......................................................... 11-2
11.1.2 Wiring Image Memory V2 1k ............................................................. 11-3
11.1.3 Wiring Image Memory NGIS MiRa .................................................... 11-4
11.1.4 Wiring Image System Interface V2.................................................... 11-5
11.1.5 Wiring User Interface......................................................................... 11-6
11.1.6 Wiring Flatscreen Monitors 19" DUO ................................................ 11-7
11.1.7 Option Wireless Video....................................................................... 11-8
11.1.8 Wireless External Flatscreen Monitors.............................................. 11-9
11.1.9 Wiring Flatscreen Monitors Option Endo 26" .................................... 11-10
11.1.10 Wiring Media Options ........................................................................ 11-11
11.2 Yellow RJ-45 network cables ........................................................................... 11-12
12 Video Documentation 12-1

12.1 UP 991 and UP971 Configuration .................................................................... 12-1
13 Monitors 13-1
13.1 19" DUO monitor .............................................................................................. 13-1
13.1.1 Description ........................................................................................ 13-1
13.1.2 Connectors ........................................................................................ 13-2
13.1.3 On-screen Display............................................................................. 13-3
13.2 26" Flatscreen Monitor Radiance G2 HB.......................................................... 13-4
13.2.1 Description ........................................................................................ 13-4
13.2.2 Technical Data .................................................................................. 13-5
13.2.3 Connectors ........................................................................................ 13-5
13.2.4 On-screen Display............................................................................. 13-6
14 Power Supply Monitor Cart 14-1

14.1 View of Power Supply....................................................................................... 14-1
14.2 General Description.......................................................................................... 14-1
14.3 Main Components of the Power Module 10 ..................................................... 14-2
14.3.1 View of U539 ..................................................................................... 14-3
14.4 Module 10 with HC08 Controller on U539 ........................................................ 14-4
14.4.1 Module 10 Power Distribution Diagram............................................. 14-4
14.4.2 Connectors for Mains Voltages ......................................................... 14-6
14.4.3 Connectors ........................................................................................ 14-8
14.4.4 LED Indicators................................................................................... 14-12
14.4.5 Jumpers ............................................................................................ 14-13
14.4.6 Fuses ................................................................................................ 14-14
VI Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017
14.4.7 Mains Input Voltage Selection .......................................................... 14-15
14.4.8 U539h Schematics ............................................................................ 14-18
14.4.9 U539j Schematics ............................................................................. 14-25
14.4.10 U539-U579 Power Switching Block Diagram.................................... 14-32
14.4.11 U539h with HC08 Software Flowcharts ............................................ 14-33
14.4.12 U539j Software Flowcharts (with controlled shutdown) .................... 14-37
14.4.13 U539 with HC08 Status Monitoring ................................................... 14-42
14.4.14 Identification Ziehm Vision R and Remote Present........................... 14-43
14.4.15 Switch OFF the Mains 2 Contactor Immediately
(XP0 Cable Disconnected)................................................................ 14-43
14.4.16 Different Fault Conditions.................................................................. 14-44
14.4.17 Standby LED (ON button) ................................................................. 14-44
14.4.18 Block Diagram U539h/j HC08 I/O Ports ............................................ 14-45
15 Image Memory System 15-1

15.1 NGIS MiRa ....................................................................................................... 15-1
15.1.1 Features ............................................................................................ 15-1
15.1.2 Overview ........................................................................................... 15-2
15.2 Configuring U713 ............................................................................................. 15-6
15.3 Configuring U714 ............................................................................................. 15-7
15.4 V2 1K................................................................................................................ 15-8
15.4.1 Features ............................................................................................ 15-8
15.4.2 U578 Interface .................................................................................. 15-10
15.4.3 With U674 Framegrabber.................................................................. 15-23
15.4.4 Configuring U674 .............................................................................. 15-27
15.4.5 Configuring U578 .............................................................................. 15-28
15.5 Regulation Block Diagram I.I............................................................................ 15-29
15.6 Regulation Block Diagram FD (aSi Panel) ....................................................... 15-30
15.7 Regulation Block Diagram FD (CMOS Panel).................................................. 15-31
16 DICOM Configuration Manual 16-1

16.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 16-1
16.2 Description of the Network Parameters............................................................ 16-2
16.3 Entering the DICOM Configuration................................................................... 16-3
16.3.1 Client Configuration, Manual / DHCP................................................ 16-3
16.4 Configuring DICOM Servers............................................................................. 16-4
16.4.1 Configuring DICOM Media ................................................................ 16-4
16.4.2 Configuring DICOM Storage ............................................................. 16-5
16.4.3 Configuring DICOM Storage Commitment........................................ 16-7
16.4.4 Configuring DICOM Query / Retrieve................................................ 16-8
16.4.5 Configuring DICOM Worklist ............................................................. 16-9
16.4.6 Configuring DICOM MPPS................................................................ 16-10
16.4.7 Configuring DICOM Basic Grayscale Print ....................................... 16-11
16.4.8 Cloning Servers ................................................................................ 16-12
16.4.9 Configuring a Navigation Server ....................................................... 16-13
16.4.10 Selecting the Storage Server ............................................................ 16-14
16.4.11 Test of the Configuration with DICOM Verification (Echo) ................ 16-15
16.5 DICOM Conformance Statement ..................................................................... 16-16
17 Software Tools 17-1

17.1 Vision Studio .................................................................................................... 17-1
17.2 Service Toolbar ................................................................................................ 17-2
17.2.1 Generator Controller Reprogram ...................................................... 17-4
Ziehm Vision R VII

280725 - 01/02/2017
17.2.2 Additional Functions in SW 7.02 ....................................................... 17-6
17.3 Vision Center Service Settings ......................................................................... 17-9
17.3.1 Access to the Service Settings.......................................................... 17-9
17.3.2 Allow Remote Service ....................................................................... 17-10
17.3.3 Service Settings Start Screen ........................................................... 17-11
17.3.4 "Dose" Service Mode ........................................................................ 17-12
17.3.5 "DICOM" Service Mode..................................................................... 17-15
17.3.6 "Common" Service Mode .................................................................. 17-15
17.3.7 "Switch" Service Mode ...................................................................... 17-20
17.3.8 "System" Service Mode..................................................................... 17-22
17.3.9 "MDATA" service mode..................................................................... 17-30
17.4 USB Service Key .............................................................................................. 17-31
17.4.1 ServiceKey.dat .................................................................................. 17-31
17.4.2 "NGPFiles" folder .............................................................................. 17-32
17.4.3 Serial Number Folder ........................................................................ 17-33
17.4.4 "SW-update" Folder........................................................................... 17-34
18 Adjustment Instructions 18-1

18.1 Dose Adjustment .............................................................................................. 18-1
18.1.1 Dose Measurement Setup................................................................. 18-1
18.1.2 Parameters for Dose Adjustment ...................................................... 18-2
18.1.3 Strategy for Adjusting Dose............................................................... 18-3
18.1.4 Special Cases for Dose Adjustment.................................................. 18-4
18.2 Video Adjustment ............................................................................................. 18-5
18.2.1 Parameters for Video Adjustment ..................................................... 18-5
18.2.2 Histogram .......................................................................................... 18-5
18.2.3 Strategy for Adjusting Video.............................................................. 18-6
18.3 Input Boxes....................................................................................................... 18-7
18.3.1 Input Boxes on the Dose 1 Tab......................................................... 18-7
18.3.4 Input Boxes on the Grid Tab ............................................................. 18-16
18.3.5 Input Boxes on the Collimator Tab .................................................... 18-18
18.3.6 Input Boxes on the Other Tab ........................................................... 18-19
18.3.7 Fluoro Tab ......................................................................................... 18-21
18.4 Adjusting Computed DAP / Air Kerma.............................................................. 18-22
18.4.1 Required Tools .................................................................................. 18-22
18.4.2 Options .............................................................................................. 18-22
18.4.3 Input Box on the DAP Tab ................................................................ 18-22
18.4.4 Adjustment Procedure....................................................................... 18-24
18.5 Adjusting Measured DAP ................................................................................. 18-27
18.5.1 Required Tools .................................................................................. 18-27
18.5.2 Options .............................................................................................. 18-27
18.5.3 VacuDAP-C ....................................................................................... 18-28
19 Error Messages & Fault Finding 19-1

19.1 Error Message List ........................................................................................... 19-1
19.2 Fuse List ........................................................................................................... 19-14
19.2.1 Module 10 ......................................................................................... 19-14
19.2.2 Module 2 ........................................................................................... 19-14
19.3 Fault Finding..................................................................................................... 19-15
19.3.1 Power Faults ..................................................................................... 19-15
19.3.2 Generator Faults ............................................................................... 19-16
VIII Ziehm Vision R

280725 - 01/02/2017
19.3.3 CAN Bus Faults ................................................................................ 19-17
19.3.4 Measurements on the CAN bus ........................................................ 19-18
19.3.5 CAN Bus Startup............................................................................... 19-22
19.3.6 Image System Errors ........................................................................ 19-22
20 Work Instructions 20-1

20.1 Active Cooling System ..................................................................................... 20-1
20.2 Filling / Draining of the Cooling System of 7.5 kW Systems ............................ 20-2
20.2.1 General ............................................................................................. 20-2
20.2.2 Filling the Cooling Circuit with Cooling Liquid ................................... 20-5
20.2.3 Checking the Circulation ................................................................... 20-5
20.2.4 Draining the Cooling Circuit .............................................................. 20-5
20.2.5 Draining the Cooling System............................................................. 20-6
20.3 Filling / Draining of the Cooling System of 20/25 kW Systems ........................ 20-7
20.3.1 General ............................................................................................. 20-7
20.3.2 Filling the Cooling Circuit with Cooling Liquid ................................... 20-9
20.3.3 Checking the Circulation ................................................................... 20-10
20.3.4 Draining the Cooling Circuit .............................................................. 20-10
20.3.5 Draining the Cooling System............................................................. 20-11
20.4 Checking the Liquid Level ................................................................................ 20-11
20.5 Replacing the Cooling Liquid............................................................................ 20-11
Index -i
Ziehm Vision R IX
280725 - 01/02/2017
X Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017
0 Classification
Mobile Stand / Monitor Cart
No Chapter Mobile Stand Monitor Cart
1 Warnings and Important Information ⊕ ⊕
2 General ⊕ ⊕
3 Connections Mobile Stand ⊕
4 Power Supply Mobile Stand ⊕
5 Main Interface ⊕
6 Image Intensifier ⊕
7 Generator ⊕
8 Vision Track ⊕
9 TFT Vision Center ⊕ ⊕
10 Monitor Cart ⊕
11 Connections Monitor Cart ⊕
12 Video Documentation ⊕
13 Monitors ⊕
14 Power Supply Monitor Cart ⊕
15 Image Memory System ⊕
16 DICOM Configuration Manual ⊕
17 Software Tools ⊕ ⊕
18 Adjustment Instructions ⊕ ⊕
19 Error Messages & Fault Finding ⊕ ⊕
20 Work Instructions ⊕ ⊕
Ziehm Vision R 0-1

280725 - 01/02/2017
0 Classification Mobile Stand / Monitor Cart
0-2 Ziehm Vision R

280725 - 01/02/2017
1
Warnings and
Important Information
Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 Warnings and Important
Information
1.1 Safety Instructions
This manual does not constitute a complete catalog of all safety measures necessary for the oper-
ation of the respective medical equipment, since special operating conditions may require further
measures. However, it does contain instructions which must be observed in order to ensure the
personal safety of operating staff and patients as well as to avoid damage to property. These
instructions are highlighted as follows:
DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or seri-
ous injury.
CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or mod-
erate injury.
NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.
NOTE
Notes are informative. Additional useful information and hints are provided for the
operator here.
Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD 1-1

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 Warnings and Important Information
1.2 Warnings
WARNING
The monitor cart power module contains live voltage even when the unit is
switched off from the C-arm or monitor cart keyboard or the emergency switch is
pushed. Be sure to disconnect the unit from the mains supply when performing ser-
vice work to the unit.
WARNING
The pre-power supply within module 1 contains 2 large storage capacitors that fil-
ters the line voltage. The capacitor may contain high voltage even after the unit is
disconnected from the mains supply and even when the capacitor rack is discon-
nected. Make sure that all capacitors are discharged before performing any ser-
vice work on the power supply.
WARNING
The Modules 1 (power supply) and 5 (Generator) contain dangerous voltages.
During operation the voltages exceed 250 VDC.
WARNING
The boostcaps within module 1 are not discharged automatically after power off.
They will contain a high voltage even after the unit is disconnected from the mains
supply.
WARNING
Parts of the C-arm may be contaminated infectiously. We strongly recommend to
wear disposable vinyl gloves while doing service.
1-2 Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1.3 Tests Required After Service
The following tests have to be performed after every service:

• Are the mechanical parts working properly?
• Are all cables (P0, mains and swivel cable) in good condition?
• Are the TFT keyboards working properly?
• Is the printout of the video printer okay (if printer is available)?
• Is the system working fine?
• Does the system have a global SW version?
• Perform electrical safety check according to relevant national regulation of the country of
installation.
Possible discrepancies have to be recorded in the service report.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1.4 Displaying the System Software Versions &

Creating Report Package
The system software versions are displayed by pressing the X-ray warning symbol.
X-ray warning symbol
Fig. 1-1 Displaying the system software versions (example content)
By pressing the Create report package button a report package will be copied to any USB Drive.
This file is to be sent to Ziehm Imaging for support.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1.5 Definitions and Abbreviations
Active Vision Systems with Vision Center containing a computer (until 2005)
ADCS Automatic Distortion Compensation System
ADU Analog Digital Unit
AOI Area Of Interest
ATMEGA Atmel based Controller (used for servo motor control)
AWG American Wire Gauge (specifies cross-sectional area of cable)
BV Image intensifier (German: Bildverstärker)
CAN Controller area network
CCD Charge Coupled Device (Camera Sensor)
CCU Conversion Correction Unit
COM COM Port (Serial Interface)
DAC Digital Analog Converter
DAP Dose Area Product
DICOM Digital Imaging And Communication in Medicine
ELWMS Extended and Less Wiring for Monitor cart and Solo (U578 Interface)
ESD Electro Static Discharge
FD Flat-panel Detector
GigaLink generic term for Gigabit/s differential serial data communication.
GND Ground
GTI General Technical Information (Document type available on the member service)
HC08 Type of microcontroller
HUB Lift motor (Hub is a German word for lift)
HVC High Voltage Control
I.I. Image intensifier
LoPe Lean Outline performance type of NGIS image memory
Lower Lateral Lower vertical position of mobile stand
MiRa Mid-range type of NGIS image memory
Molex Manufacturer of connectors (singly crimped pins)
MONI Motorola based controller inside the Generator
MOOP Means of Operator Protection
MOP Means of Protection
MOPP Means of Patient Protection
MPR Multi Planar Reconstruction
NGIS Next Generation Imaging System (successor of V2 Image Memory system)
NGP Next Generation Platform (SW 6.xx and above)
OVP Over Voltage Protection
Panduit Manufacturer of connectors (insulation displacement connection)
PARCAN Parallel to CAN converter
Passive Vision Systems with Vision Center containing no computer (as from 2006)
PCB Printed Circuit Board
PFC Power Factor Control
PPC Power PC Motorola based controller

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
PPS Pre-power Supply

PWM Pulse width modulation
RS232 Serial Interface
SCR Silicon Controlled Rectifier (Thyristor)
SELV Safery Extra Low Voltage
SERCAN Serial to CAN converter
SOG Sync On Green
SPI Serial Peripherial Interface
SSH Secure Shell (in terminal window for field service)
TFT Thin Film Transistor /synonym for Flat screen display
USB Universal Serial Bus
USBCAN USB to CAN converter
XP0 Connection between Monitor Cart and Mobile Stand
ZAIP Ziehm Adaptive Image Processing
ZIR Ziehm Iterative Reconstruction

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
2
General
Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017
2
2.1
Module 4.1 Image Intensifier
U632
Fig. 2-1
U512
U513
U514
Ziehm Vision R
U536
Module 4.3 CCD Camera
FT50+
280725 - 01/02/2017
U560
U559
Module 18
User Interface
12" I.I.
Thales ADCS
U572
U592
General
Module 15.2 X-Ray Collimator Module 2
System overview of mobile stand

U659 Mobile Stand Control
U612 U648
U629
Module 5 Generator Module 1 Power Supply
U561 U579
U562 U597
U563 U580
U564 W-IE-NE-R MNPFC16
System Overview Mobile Stand
U662,U518 U531
U569 U650
U570 FG2025
U591 Module 1 FG9938
U602 U670 Transformer 11125
U653
Coolant Pump
16.01.2015
2-1
2 General
2.2 Board Numbers
Module Board Description
1 Power Supply
U579 Voltage Distribution Mobile Stand
U580 PFC Filter
U581 Power Factor Correction
U597 Fan and Pump Control
U531 Pre-regulator
FG 2025 Pre-Power-Supply
U650 Pre-Power-Supply 130A, option 20kW
FG 9938 24 V Power Supply
U670 Capacitor Board Boostcap Rack Type 2
U653 Capacitor Board Boostcap Rack Type 2
2 Mobile Stand Control
U648 Main Interface
4 Image Intensifier
U 632 II Controller
U512 I.I. - DC/DC Converter Grid 1 and 2
U513 I.I. - DC/DC Converter Grid 3
U514 DC/DC Converter Anode
U536 I.I. High Voltage Cascade
U738 Camera Sensor Carrier and FPGA Board
U737 Camera Power Supply Board
5 Generator
U561 High Voltage Power Stage
U562 Generator connection and distribution
U563 High Voltage Control
U564 Filament Control + Power Supply
U565 Generator Supervisor

+ U518 + Moni
Table 2-1 Board Numbers
2-2 Ziehm Vision R

280725 - 01/02/2017
2 General
Module Board Description
U569 HV Cascade (inside tank)
U570 +kV -kV actual value (inside tank)
U591 Filament Transformer Connection Board
U602 12V Stabilization for coolant Pump and

anode rotation monitor
6 Vision Center
U592 TFT connection board
10 Power Supply Monitor Cart
U539 Power Supply Monitor Cart
11 Digital Imaging System V2-1k
IB930 Host CPU
U674 Universal frame grabber
U622 Rotation/DSA/display board
U578 ELWMS interface
U687 User interface controller
11 Digital Imaging System NGIS
Baseboard Host CPU
U713 Image Processing
U714 Universial Input/Output Interface
U718 User Interface Controller
13 Vision Center
U592 TFT connection board
15 Vision Track
U659 Generator collimator control
U612 Servo amplifier 3
U629 Servo amplifier 4
MC Monitor Cart
U406 Coax adapter for external video socket
U533 DICOM connection wall outlet

Table 2-1 Board Numbers (cont.)
Ziehm Vision R 2-3

280725 - 01/02/2017
2 General
2.3 CAN Bus
2.3.1 Numbers of CAN Modules
Module name Circuit board CAN module CAN module

number number number
Decimal Hexadecimal
Mobile stand
Module 2 Main interface U648 4 0x04
Module 5 Generator U565 + U518 9 0x09
Module 1 Pre-power supply U531 10 0x0A
Module 1
U531 138 0x8A
Pre-Power Supply Slave 2
Module 1
U531 137 0x89
Pre-Power Supply Slave 1
Module 15 Virtual collimator U659 18 0x12
Module 4 Image Intensifier U632 16 0x10
Monitor cart
Module 11 Image Memory V2-1k
Frame grabber Vision U674 6 0x06
Regulation (Power PC,

U674 136 0x88
located on frame grabber)
ELWMS Interface U578 35 0x23
User interface controller U687 161 0xA1
Module 11 Image Memory NGIS
Host CPU Base Board 6 0x06
Regulation (Power PC,

U713 136 0x88
located on U713)
Universal I/O Interface /

U714 35 0x23
User Interface Controller
Table 2-2 Numbers of CAN modules
The CAN module numbers are included in certain error messages (→ Ch. 19.3.3, p. 19-17)
Using this table, you can identify faulty modules.
2-4 Ziehm Vision R

280725 - 01/02/2017
2 General
NOTE
In SW 6.xx and 7.xx (NGP) module addresses are denoted by
hexadecimal numbers.
Hexadeximal numbers are identified by 0x.
Ziehm Vision R 2-5

280725 - 01/02/2017
2-6
CAN-BUS termination fix
2.3.2
121R
Fig. 2-2
2 General
HC08 CPU
CAN-BUS termination I.I power supply /
X3 CCD collimator
yellow LED D65

121R
CAN ID: 16 U632
CAN-BUS
CAN-BUS / XP0 cable Relais
CAN+5V/CANSENSE
X13
CAN-BUS power supply "CAN+5V" for all

CAN-BUS HC08 CPU
Opto /
CAN-BUS member in the mobile stand X3 X5 X3
Transciever lead collimator
power DC CAN
supply DC +5V
green LED D67 CAN-BUS
Opto / CAN ID: 18
X2 X6 U659
Transciever
CAN MC376 CPU

U562 generator
CAN
X3
HC08 CPU U662 / U518
main interface CAN
CAN distribution
CAN-BUS CAN-BUS
CAN ID: 9
CAN
CAN ID: 04 U648 generator housing
CAN bus distribution in the mobile stand

HC08 CPU
pre power supply
CAN-BUS Vision + VisionR

X6
U531
Master
CAN ID: 10
CAN Bus Distribution in the Mobile Stand
HC08 CPU
pre power supply
CAN-BUS VisionR
X6
U531
Slave1
CAN ID: 137
VisionR
Supplemental Power Supply
HC08 CPU for Option “CAP´s”
pre power supply
CAN-BUS VisionR
X6
U531
Slave2
CAN ID: 138
02.01.2015
280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision R
2 General
2.3.3 CAN Bus Distribution in the Monitor Cart (V2)
CAN-BUS power supply "CAN+5V" for all CAN-BUS member

in the monitor cart
DC +CAN
green LED D30 (top side) +12V DC
green LED D34 (bottom side) +5V
CAN-BUS distribution
monitor cart
(only connectors 1 to 4)
HC08 CPU
CAN-BUS
ELWMS Interface
1
2
CAN-BUS termination
3
yellow LED D38
121R 121R
CAN-BUS / XP0 cable CAN+5V/CANSENSE Relais

P0
CAN ID: 35 X5 X10 U578

CAN-BUS
X4 X26
HC08 CPU HC08 CPU

CAN-BUS interface to HOST PC User Interface controller
CAN-BUS
CAN-BUS
X7
CAN ID: 06 U674 CAN ID: 161 U687
MPC555 Power PC
Dose / Video regulation
V2 PC
CAN ID: 136 U674
PLATFORM
HOST PC
02.01.2015
Fig. 2-3 CAN bus distribution in the monitor cart (V2) with ELWMS Interface
Ziehm Vision R 2-7

280725 - 01/02/2017
2 General
2.3.4 CAN Bus Distribution in the Monitor Cart (NGIS)
CAN-BUS termination
CAN-BUS / XP0 cable yellow LED D14 121R 121R 121R
P0 CANSENSE
Relais J3 Relais
Termination by Termination by
Mobile Stand Position Controll Center
CAN-BUS power supply "CAN+5V" for all CAN-BUS member

in the monitor cart
+CAN DC
DC +12V
CAN +5V
1
CAN HC08 CPU

2 Universal I/O interface
User Interface controller
CAN ID: 35
U714
Remote
Interface detection CAN/RS232 TFT
X18 X22 X7
X17
U718
U725
X1
MPC555 Power PC
Dose / Video regulation
CAN ID: 136
U713
X2
X0901
CAN-BUS interface to HOST PC
CAN ID: 06
Base Board
NGIS MiRa PC
PLATFORM
28.01.2016
Fig. 2-4 CAN bus distribution in the monitor cart (NGIS)
2-8 Ziehm Vision R

280725 - 01/02/2017
CAN+5V CAN+5V +5V +5V +5V 2.3.5
Fig. 2-5
FAULT CAN_STOR X3 X1A CPU
RD IN IN
CPU OUT
GNDDIG
Ziehm Vision R
GNDDIG
CANGND
CAN
CAN Fault Line CAN
CANGND +5V +5V
280725 - 01/02/2017
+5V CAN+5V
PULL UP for ALL

CPU IN CAN_STOR X3 X1A
OUT CPU
OUT
CANGND GNDDIG
Main Interface CANGND
Generator
Generator CAN Distribution Supervisor CPU (Moni)
Image Receptor not connected to Fault Line
+5V
Block diagram of CAN fault line

CPU IN CAN+5V
not connected to Fault Line Frame Grabber

CAN
Block Diagram CAN Fault Line
CAN+5V 360R
PWM CANGND +5V
Enable
CAN+5V
CPU
FAULT IN IN
RD
+5V
+5V GND
+5V
CPU OUT
+5V CANGND CAN

CPU
Pre Power Supply(s) OUT
CANGND
FAULT OUT
RD
Vision Track CANGND GND

not connected to Fault Line
Image Memory CAN Interface
04.07.2016
2 General
2-9
1 2 3 4 5 6
2-10
2.3.6
Fig. 2-6
2 General
A
Monitor Cart VISION-R Mobile Stand
Mains Input Mains Input
100Vac - 120Vac 100Vac - 120Vac
200Vac - 240Vac Mains 2 200Vac - 240Vac
Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.

Mains 1 Mains 1
Inrush Inrush
Current U539 Current U579
Limiter Limiter
B N.C. N.O.
Emer- Emer-
Mains Voltage Selection Mains Voltage Selection
gency gency
P0 Cable
Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage,

OFF OFF
Monitor Cart Mobile Stand
Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet.
AC-Mains Electronics AC-Mains Electronics
AC/DC AC/DC
Converter Converter
C NGIS:
PC
On / Shut-down
Block diagram shutdown global system

U539 U579
Key
Switch
Reset
+ +
uP uP
Block Diagram Shutdown Global System
Off Off
All rights reserved.

Subject to change without prior notice.
D remote remote
On On
local local
On Off On Off
Date Name Signature Description

Drawn 19.08.2015 R. Frank General Overview Mains in VISION-R machines
E
Filename Part No/Drawing No
Released 20.08.2015 P. König BLK_Shut-Down_Image-System_V1.00 N.A.
Ziehm Module
000
VISION-R based Scale Size Page
N/A A3 8 of 9
Transmission as well as reproduction of this document,

exploitation or disclosure of its contents is not permitted.
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims.
280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision R
1 2 3 4 5 6
2.3.7
Fig. 2-7
Monitor Cart: On / Off / Emergency-Off
A
Ziehm Vision R
before modification: Modification for Shut-Down NGIS Imaging System:
280725 - 01/02/2017
N.O. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.O. N.C. N.O.
Emer- Emer-
ON OFF gency ON OFF gency
XRAY-
OFF OFF OFF

LEDs LEDs
powered powered
by U539 by U539 2

2
or directly to U539
if RVC Interface is not present
to
PCC
C and / or
X4 X3
Block diagram shutdown monitor cart

2 2 8 CAT5 cable RVC
X1 X2
U695
5 5 X25 TFT3
X9 X25 X9
2-pin 2-pin X101 4 Shut-down wire
5-pin 5-pin
4-pin
NGIS-
RS232 / Power
U539 U539
Redesigned! Imaging-
X10 X10
Block Diagram Shutdown Monitor Cart
3-pin 3-pin 10-pin

System
X19
3 3
U539j

D X2
contains
Emergency- U727 U727!
X4
XP0 XP0 Stop wire 2-pin
Monitor Cart all types

N.O. = normally open [Schliesser] Drawn 19.08.2015 R. Frank Monitor Cart MC6 NOT motorized
E
N.C. = normally closed [Öffner] Filename Part No/Drawing No
RVC = Remote Vision/Solo Center Ziehm Module
PCC = Position Control Center 000
MC6 based Scale Size Page
N/A A3 5 of 9

2 General
2-11
1 2 3 4 5 6
2-12
2.3.8
Fig. 2-8
2 General
A
pulsed relay contact
to switch ON or OFF Workstation No.1 Exclusively
BIOS must be modified reserved for the
to allow shut-down 3D-Workstation
signal to indicate 12V=
by the operating system

the ON state
X18
B

Jumper set on
J1 activates WS 1 pulsed relay contact
J2 activates WS 2 to switch ON or OFF Workstation No.2 Now used for the
J3 activates WS 3 Imaging System
U539 X6 BIOS must be modified
to allow shut-down NGIS
J5 activates SD
for Remote Input the ON state
X7
pulsed relay contact

to switch ON or OFF Workstation No.3
Block diagram shutdown workstation and NGIS

BIOS must be modified Unused right now
to allow shut-down
the ON state

D
Block Diagram Shutdown Workstation and NGIS

Drawn 19.08.2015 R. Frank The three Interfaces for Shut-Down by U539
E
Ziehm Module
000
MC6 based Scale Size Page
N/A A3 9 of 9

280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision R
1 2 3 4 5 6
2.3.9
Fig. 2-9
Mobile Stand VISION-R / -RFD: On / Off / Emergency-Off
A
Ziehm Vision R
before modification: Modification for Shut-Down NGIS Imaging System:
280725 - 01/02/2017
N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O.
Emer- Emer-
ON OFF gency gency ON OFF
OFF OFF

LED LED
powered powered
by U579 by U579
2
Touch-
Display
B
6
X26 X18 U592
6-pin 6-pin

X27 without C1 X-Ray
3-pin U648
Emergency-Off
2
X220 X34 N.C.
5-pin 2-pin
Block diagram shutdown mobile stand

5 5
X8 X8
5-pin
5-pin
X9 U579 X9 U579
3-pin 3-pin
Block Diagram Shutdown Mobile Stand
3 4

D
XP0 XP0

N.O. = normally open [Schliesser] Drawn 19.08.2015 R. Frank Mobile Stand Vision-R / Vision-RFD; NOT motorized
E
N.C. = normally closed [Öffner] Filename Part No/Drawing No
RVC = Remote Vision/Solo Center Ziehm Module
PCC = Position Control Center 000
N/A A3 2 of 9

2 General
2-13
2 General
2-14 Ziehm Vision R

280725 - 01/02/2017
3
Connections
Mobile Stand
Ziehm Vision R 1
280725 - 01/02/2017
2 Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017
3 Connections Mobile Stand
3.1 XP0 Cable
Please turn over page to continue.
Ziehm Vision R 3-1

280725 - 01/02/2017
Transmission as well as reproduction of this document, Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage,
exploitation or disclosure of its contents is not permitted. All rights reserved. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet.
3-2
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims. Subject to change without prior notice. Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.
3.1.1
Fig. 3-1
Cable connection for the Cable connection for the
MOBILE STAND MONITOR CART
Buchseneinsatz Stifteinsatz
Female Male
Front view Front view

Pin Layout
D C B A
4
1 7 1 1 7 3
6 12 6 12
1
D 2 8 2 8 A 5 11 5 11
2
3
3 9 3 9
4 10 4 10
3
XP0 cable pin layout

2
2
4 10 4 10
3 9 2 3 9
5 11
2 8 2 8
5 11 d a
4 1 1
3 6 12 6 12
1 7 1 7
d c b a
d c b a
6 12 6 12
3
1 1 7 1 1 7 a
5 11
4
5 11
d
2 8 2 8
4 10 4 10 2
3 3 9 3 9
2
2
3 9 3 9
4 10 3 4 10
2 8 2 2 8
5 11 5 11
1 1 7 1 1 7 3 4
6 12 6 12
D A
D C B A
Back view Back view
Vision passive TFT

thick coax contacts
Drawn: M. Ernemann 17. Jan. 2006 Drawing No.: Unit:

Release: C. Hurle / R. Frank 17. Jan. 2006 File Name : Con_XP0_cable_R_eng_b.cd
Connecting Cable MS --> MC
XP0
Changed: Sörgel 06.Oct . 2006 Page : 2 of 2
280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision R
3.1.2 Wiring
Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet.
Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage,
XP0
Unit:
File Name : Con_XP0_cable_R_eng_b_s.cdr
XP0 Cable for Vision (R) + passive TFT
of 2
thick Coax contacts
1
Drawing No.:
Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten
Pin No. Color VISION (R) + passive T FT
Page :
1A brown RS232 TX1 Touch-Foil
Alle Rechte vorbehalten.
2A blue RS232 GND1 / GND2
27.May . 2008
17. Jan. 2006
17. Jan. 2006
3A red Power OFF
4A
5A yellow spare + (Power)
6A
7A green RS232 RX1 Touch-Foil
C. Hurle / R. Frank
8A grey Power ON/OFF GND
M. Ernemann
9A pink Power ON
10A white spare - (Power)
Sörgel
11A
12A
Changed:
Release:
Drawn:
1B Coax 75 Ohm Video from the CCD Camera
2B Coax 75 Ohm Sound
3B Coax 75 Ohm Gigalink+ to the passive TFT in the MS
4B Coax 75 Ohm Gigalink - to the passive TFT in the MS
1C white / green CAN-H

2C violet CAN-Fault
3C black CAN Sense
4C shield CAN Shield
5C white
6C red
Connecting Cable MS --> MC
7C red / blue CAN-L
8C grey / pink CAN-Radiation
9C shield CAN-GND
10C shield
11C red
12C white
3 contact module
* 1D Mains Voltage variabel N
2D
3D Mains Voltage variabel L
green/yellow Safety Earth

Fig. 3-2 XP0 cable wiring
Ziehm Vision R 3-3

280725 - 01/02/2017
3-4
3.2
Fig. 3-3
A1
A3
18
8
19
7
6
17
4
5
16
15
3
14
13
12
1
2
BV Stecker
sw/black
C-arm – II Housing
coax 75Ohm
AWG 18
AWG 18
AWG 18
AWG 18
CAT5 Kabel #24729

orange
blau(blue)
Connection between II housing and C-arm

rot(red)
weiß(white)
grün(green)
braun(brown)
braun(brown)
Kabel #24725
blau(blue)
schwarz(black)
RG179 #24200
Connections I.I. plug - U516
gelb(yellow)
schwarz(black)
Verbindungen BV Stecker - U516
weiß/blau (white/blue)
weiß/grün (white/green)
AWG 14 gelb/grün (yellow/green)

weiß/braun (white/brown)
weiß/orange (white/orange)
1
2
3
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
X6
X3
X12
U516
U516
U516
RJ45
Panduit
Panduit
CAN
Vsync
zur CCD
2 x +12V
Drawn: M. Ernemann 07.Mar.2001 Drawing No.: . Unit:

Verbindungen BV Stecker - U516 Release: R. Frank 15.Aug.2002 File Name : .
Con_C-ArmBV_1a.cdr ZIEHM Vision
Module 4
Connections I.I. plug - U516 Changed: Page : BV/I.I.
280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision R
3.3 CAN – RJ-45–RJ-45
CAN-RJ45
1 8
8 1 8 1 Shield 1 Shield 2
Face Face
Shield on Frame
white/green
1 1 CANGND
twisted
green 2 2 CAN+5V
white/orange
3 3 CAN LO
white/blue
4 4 fault
twisted
blue
5 5 radiation
twisted
orange
6 6 CAN HI
white/brown
7 7 C_GND
twisted
brown
8 8 C_+5V
Shield Shield
Shield
Drawn: M. Ernemann 07June 1999 Drawing No.: CAN_RJ45 Unit:
Release: Berauer 07 June 1999 File Name : Con_CAN_RJ45_e_s.cdr CAN RJ45
CAN-RJ45 Verdrahtung CAN-RJ45 Wiring Changed: Sörgel 28. Nov 2008 Page :
Fig. 3-4 Wiring CAN bus cable RJ-45–RJ-45
Ziehm Vision R 3-5

280725 - 01/02/2017
3.4 CAN – Molex–RJ-45
CAN-RJ45 CAN-Molex
8 1
Strinseite
Face auf die Stifte gesehen 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
view onto the pins
CANGND ws/gn (wh/gn) 1 Schirm

Shield 1 schwarz (black)
CAN+5V grün (green) 2 5k11

CANSENSE
2 grün (green) CANSENSE
CAN LO ws/or (wh/or) 3 3 ws/gn (wh/gn) CANGND
Störung fault ws/bl (wh/bl)

4 4
Strahlung radiation blau (blue) 5 5 orange CAN HI
CAN HI orange 6 6 ws/or (wh/or) CAN LO
C_GND ws/br (wh/br) 7 7 ws/bl (wh/bl) Störung fault
C_+5V braun (brown) 8 8 blau (blue) Strahlung radiation

1 8
Shield 2
Shield
Shield 1 Schirm
Schirm am Gehäuse Shield
Shield on Frame
Drawn: M. Ernemann 10.Aug.2000 Drawing No.: Unit:

CAN-RJ45 --> CAN-Molex Verdrahtung Release: R. Frank 15.Aug.2002 File Name : .Con_RJ45Molex_2e.cdr
CAN
CAN-RJ45 --> CAN-Molex Wiring Changed: R. Sörgel 27.Apr.2007 Page :
Fig. 3-5 Wiring CAN bus cable MOLEX–RJ-45
This wiring does not exist as a physical cable. It indicates the internal wiring on the U515 board
from RJ-45 to Molex.
The Molex connector connects the CAN Bus to the P0 cable. If a monitor cart is connected, the
CANSENSE line is pulled to low level (approx. 1V).
3-6 Ziehm Vision R

280725 - 01/02/2017
3.5
3.5.1
Fig. 3-6
Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017
U515/U648
X3
Liycy 4x0.25
wh
yl
gn
br
21461
Wiring of Hand Switch

gn/yl
Wiring of Hand Switch
21406 21407
housing
Wiring of Hand and Foot Switches
Drawn: M. Ernemann 24.Mar.2004 Drawing No.: 88601 +24813 Unit:

Release: J. Dehler 24.Mar.2004 File Name : Vision_Handswitch.cdr Vision
Handswitch Handswitch
Changed: . Page : . of .
3-7
Transmission as well as reproduction of this document, All rights reserved. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage,
exploitation or disclosure of its contents is not permitted. Subject to change without prior notice. Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet.
3-8
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims. Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.
3.5.2
1 2 3 4 5
Fig. 3-7
Revision Description Date Drawn by
V1.00 Initial Version 14.01.2013 Frank
29068 201992
A Wiring inside
VISION Mobile Stand
FS1
U515/U648 - X4
FS2
B 21461
24117
white Switch #1
Wiring of 2-pedal Foot Switch

yellow Switch #2
green Switch #3 unused
gray Switch #4 unused
U515/U648 - X5 brown GND
black Housing Two Pedal Foot-Switch
21406 21407
21461
Chassis
PE 8-pol. Renkverschluss relevant for
yellow / green Buchse DIN45326 metal housings only
C
all Vision
280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision R
3.5.3
Fig. 3-8
29068 201980
Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017
braun
U515 - X4
rot
21461
braun braun
orange orange
rot rot
gelb
schwarz schwarz schwarz
U515 - X5
Zusatzbetätiger
grün grün
Wiring of Triple Foot Switch "Dual Plus"

21406 21407
orange
21461
Wiring Triple Foot Switch "Dual Plus"
Zusatzbetätiger (schwarz)
linker rechter
Fuss-Schalter Fuss-Schalter
(gelb) (blau)
Drawn: J. Matschnigg 29. Oct. 2010 Drawing No.: 201980 Unit:

Release: File Name : 3xFuss_29068_201980.cdr
3-fach Fuss-Schalter Vision
Changed: Page : 1 of 1
3-9
3-10
3.5.4
Fig. 3-9
29068 88659
U515 - X4
21461
weiss

gelb
gruen
grau
U515 - X5 braun
rosa
21461
Drawn: M. Ernemann 18. Jan. 2006 Drawing No.: 88659 Unit:

Release: R. Frank 18. Jan. 2006 File Name : 4xFuss_29068_88659.cdr
4-fach Fuss-Schalter Vision
Changed: . Page : of
280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision R
3.5.5 Wiring of Emergency Off Switches
Emer-
ON OFF gency
OFF
LED
powerd
by U579
Touch-
5
Display
6
X27 X18 U592
5-pin 6-pin
without C1 X-Ray
U648
Emergency-Off
2
X220 X34
5-pin 2-pin
5
new
X8
5-pin
U579
X9
3-pin
3
XP0
05.02.2015
Fig. 3-10 Wiring of Emergency Off Switches
3.6 Wiring Mobile Stand
The following pages show the wiring diagrams of the Vision R mobile stand.
Ziehm Vision R 3-11

280725 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
V1.05 New Template, FD2020, PFC wiring 04.07.2013 R. Frank
3-12
Option I.I. only:
Video to V1.06 ECR 14A056: Cable U515-U531 1m; 07.04.2014 R. Frank
ECR 14A023: Wiener Module added
3.6.1
CCD J4/X4
OPTION Central Ground 4 x coax 75W V1.07 Variant Dexela Flat Detector added 04.11.2014 W. Hecht
Top Cover interface cable PE V1.08 U515 is replaced by U648;
06.02.2015 J.Matschnigg
Wireless Footswitch Option added
Fig. 3-11
Central Ground GL+
PE AWG14 V1.09 Modifications for shut-down NGIS 21.08.2015 W. Hecht
XP0 J2
gn/yl GL-
A Wireless Footswitch
Protective Earth AWG14 gn/yl
HaFu 3_4
HaFu 5_6
HaFu 7_8
a
HaFu 1_2
Receiver Board
J1 J3
RS232 Tx1
1A 6 12 (onboard) 4 4 4 4
RS232 GND 1 2 3 4 5 6
2A
X14 X33 X3 X4 X5 X6 X26 CAN C-Arm Swivel Cable
7A RS232 Rx1 X11a
X17 Touch Ser.
ON
Option I.I. only: coax 75W 1 GND X11b CAN
1B
GND
GND
LED-
LED+
Video from CCD
2 TxD
E.-OFF
TFT-Arm Cable
Sound coax 75W Module 5
2B 3 RxD
U648 CAN U562 X2
Gigalink+ coax 75W 4 X9a
3B 5 CAN U531 X6
X9b
RJ45 CAT5
4B Gigalink- coax 75W
CAN U531 X6
X13 CAN P0 Module 2 Main Interface X9c
CAN H pi X27 CAN U531 X6
1C X9d
CAN Fault yl 1 GND Top Cover Wiring
2C
CAN Sense br 6 LYICY 2 res. 2 TFT Module 18
3C NOTAUS
CAN Shielding 3 OFF X34 Emergency Stop
4C
Emerg. OFF
Power ON
Power GND
Power OFF
reserve
4 ON TFT Module 18
5 E.-OFF TFT X18
CAN L gr X220 X23 X21 via U592
7C
1 2 3 4 5 1234
Top Cover
interface cable
CAN Radiation gn 34pin ribbon
B 8C
CAN GND wh from Sec 6: 21Vdc 12Vac
9C 3 AWG22
Module 5
1234
1 wh wh Pin 1 Hand Switch
X76 X30 4 X35 X66 X39 Option I.I.: 2 x 12Vdc 4
L X63 Module 4 HaFu 1_2 2 yl yl 2 4 2 5
F1A Option FD: 1 x 12Vdc right side
3D X2 X6 A U597 Emergency FD 24V Rot. Anode to U648 / X3 3 1 3
EMI- Stops Stator
3 8
F1B N Line IN X24 4 br 4
1D Filter br 6 7 gn/yl PE
X3 9
X25 Shield
AWG22
FD 230Vac 2 Option FD: RPS-75-24 Module 1
X38 U579 X26
F1A F1B page 6 Pre Pwr Supply 1 wh wh Pin 1
Test Pins Fan X27 HaFu 3_4 2
Bridge br yl 2
200-240V~ 15AT 15AT X4 Key Switch page 2/3 to U648 / X4 3 yl 4 x Foot Switch
X28
X22 4 4 2 5
100-120V~ 20AT 20AT Temperature Switch
Bridge X29 1 3
AWG22 8
X31 NOTAUS Sec 1 1 gn gn 3

RD 0V 1 6 7 gn/yl PE

3 9
Module 1 and module 2 wiring

X10 X77 HaFu 5_6 2 gr 4
RD

45V 2 2 to U648 / X5
30V/150VA to FG9938 3 gr
RD 55V 3 1 1 300VA X78 4 br 5
X47 NOTAUS
RD 160V 4 2 X61 230Vac 2 to U531
X52 Emergency
RD 230V 5 1 13
X8 ON/OFF 230Vac 2 to U531 or STOP (N.O. !!)
XP0 Insert I.I. X53 to U648 / X26 14
C 1 GND Buttons bk
Sec 2 230Vac 2 to U531
2 ON-LED GN 0V X54
3 OFF-LED 2 X60
PFC
P0 Cable FD
XP0 Insert FD 4 ON FG9938 180VA Enable X50 2 LED Swi
GN
wh
1 0V BK 36V 1 X2 13
5 OFF N X37
Power Supply – Main Interface
4 gn ON
2 100V 1 X1
C X13 Sec 3 X1 14
X11 to U580

105V BU 0V
230Vac
3 2 X42 Z - Axis 2 X2
X9 E X15
wh Power OFF 4 110V Lift-Ctrl. 240VA
3A 1 OFF G X17 BU 24V to U579 / X8 3 bl LED Swi
or Emerg. OFF 115V 1
5a 2 ON 5 X2 13
bk Power GND I X19 Sec 4 25 5
8A 3 GND 120V BN 0V rd OFF
Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten.

6 2 X59 X5 X11 X1 14
bl Power ON M X36
9A Prim 1 U515 30VA
Up BN 12V to
1 1
U597
1 X84 page 2/3 bk
P0 Cable I.I.
Button Sec 5 1 30Vdc 2 from Lift-Ctrl. U597
2 0V YE 0V 1 2
7 BK 2 X51 X7
1 Down K X20 X4 Swi Swi
X94 Button_1 100V
CCD 3 20Vac 2 UP
2 8 30VA 1 wh 13 UP 13
B X12 YE 15V 2 4
105V 1
3 9 to U579 / X84 14 14
D X14 Sec 6 2 bl
4 110V YE 0V 3
10 2 X49
Down F X16 GL2
1 X96 Button_2 115V I.I. + TFT 30VA X58
11 KBPC35-08
2 H X18 YE 15V 4 LED Swi
120V 1 X56 1 br
D 3 12 X2 13
L X21 Sec 7 yl
4 Prim 2 OG 0V
to U579 / X94 2 Down_1
2
Top Cover interface cable

X46 X55 3 rd X1 14
unused 100VA
XP0- OG
4 gn
26V 1 X57 LED-Inset
X34 NOTAUS
Bridges 230V Sec 8 AWG22 LED Swi
all others 31cm I.I. only #24656 VT 0V 1 br
2 X45 X64 + X2 13
#29102 (Vario Compatibility) to U579 / X96 2 yl
Bridges 115V
unused 60VA Down_2
C C Upper #24668 VT 21V X62 - 3 rd X1 14
vi 1 1
X85 Limit #24844
33Vdc
NC NC Sec 9 4 gn
gn 2 Switch X48
WT 0V 2 X44

C C or Lower U597 Pump 60VA
1 X92 Limit WT 20V
NC NC ye 1
2 Switch
#11125 X23 PE
Danger PE
X93 Switch
NO wh 1 NC
Bridge
C bl 2 C
NC br Module 1 Power Supply Top Cover interface cable
3 NO FM36W4P #21956 Chassis Ground
rd Phase X79 gn/yl
4 NO C3 FM36W4S #21957
Shift PE
5 C PE Cap. 30µF
X80
Numbers indicate black switches X1
E Print Date: 25.01.2012
Safety earth Date Name Signature Description
d Drawn 21.08.2015 W. Hecht Wiring Diagram Vision-R /-RFD Mobile Stand
gn/yl
Released 24.08.2015 R. Frank
WIR_VisionR_RFD_MS_Wiring_V1.09 N/A
Ziehm Module
Central Ground 000
PE Module 1: Power Supply
AWG14 Scale Size Page
Electronic Component TFT = Vision Center Module 2: Main Interface
Left Side #817013 N/A A2 1 of 9

280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision R
1 2 3 4 5 6
3.6.2
Fig. 3-12
C-Arm Swivel Cable C-Arm Swivel Cable
Ziehm Vision R
Module 1 Pre Pwr Supply
GND
Module 1 U579/U701 - X77 UAC
24V DC
0V_Gen.
6.3AT 24Vdc
280725 - 01/02/2017
250V_Gen.
35Vac
Module 1 U579/U701 - X78 FG9938 GND
UAC
24V=
RJ45 CAT5
Module 2 U515/U648 - X9d
RJ45 CAT5
Module 2 U515/U648 - X9c
RJ45 CAT5
Module 2 U515/U648 - X9b
B 2
U531
Module 1 U579/U701 - X52 X5 X6
2 X3 X4
Module 1 U579/U701 - X53
10 6
Module 1 U579/U701 - X54 2
+ X3 X4 +
wh
~ GL3 DC in DC out
FG2025
Pre-Power Supply
wh - -
- + Master
Wiring pre-power supply

~
wh
X7 X9
L X4 X3
br X1 L +
1 L X5 GL2 X4
X1 L U581 + U531

~ rd

Module 1 U579/U701 - X11 2 U580 L X6 bk X5 X6
PFC

X2 N - + rd
- X5 X3 X4
Filter N X7 X2 N - X6
X3 PE ~ rd 10 6
N X8 X8
bl + X3 X4 +
N X9 DC in DC out
bk 4 FG2025
C - -
Slave 2
Assembly options C1, C2 and GL1
C1 C2 Gl1
U531/U641
X7 X9 X5 X6

rd 7.5kW with 30000µF 30000µF assembled
+ X3 X3 X4 boostcaps
Module 1 X1 L
U581 + X4 10 6 C1 C2
rd + + 20kW with 2500µF not assembled not assembled
PFC + X3 X4 +
- X5 boostcaps

X2 N - DC in Slave 1 DC out
X6 - -
X8 FG2025/U650 25kW with 30000µF 30000µF not assembled
GL1 boostcaps
U650 20kW option only
2
3 Flow 2
X6
Monitor
U597
D Pump
X1 6 Type I-Drive
Capacitor Rack
M Fuse F1
25 X1
X5 X11 Service Plug
U670
X3 X2-
from Fan and Pump Control

Pump
2 X1+ X2- U653
U579/U701 X5 M Type Speck
GL1, GL2, GL3

30Vdc 2 KBPC35-08
1
X7 2 X4 4 Fan Liquid
20Vac 2 3 X2 DC cooler
4

Drawn 21.08.2015 W. Hecht Wiring Diagram Vision-R /-RFD Mobile Stand
Ziehm Module
Electronic Component ROW Module 1: 000
Right Side #817005 Scale Size Page
Electronic Component USA PrePower Supplies & CAPs
Right Side #817006 N/A A2 2 of 9

3-13
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-14
3.6.3
Fig. 3-13
C-Arm Swivel Cable
XN2 2. Shield to CCD housing
A
2. Shield A3 2. Shield Coupling plug Video Module 4
XP0 - 1B Video coax 75W coax 75W J4/X4 Connections to the
on lower
board
1K CCD Image Intensifier Cascade
Camera
10 J4/X4 U536
X5 14 Ribbon on upper
11
board gn
X3 X14
CAN
CAT5 AWG26 gn 3 X20
2 CAN+5V
AWG26 or 4 6 CAN H Anode A bk Anode
X18
AWG26 bl 5 5 yl
AWG26 br 6
G3 G3 X12
8 Image
AWG26 wh/gn 14 1 CANGND G4 G4
Module 5 U562 - X3 Intensifier X10
AWG26 wh/or 15 3 CAN L
AWG26 wh/bl 16
G2 G2 U536
4 X19 G4 G3
AWG26 wh/br 17 7 G1 G1
U513 HV or
Shield AWG26 bk 7 Shield EF-Coil X21
X4 G2
AWG22 wh Cascade
Module 4 wiring
gr
X15
G1
B rd
X13
br
VSYNC AWG26 br 19
X6 X17
3 VSYNC wh
Module 5 U562 - X1 VSYNC GND AWG26 wh 8 2 VSYNC GND X22
Image Intensifier
Shield AWG26 bk 18 1 Shield
X1 6 Ribbon 6 X1
X5 X4 X3 X2
+12 AWG18 yl 2 X12
GND 1 +12 I.I. U514 Anode
AWG18 bk 1
Module 1 U579/U701 - X63 2
GND AWG18 bl 12 3
+12 AWG18 rd 13 4 +12 CCD

5 EF-Coil

X9 Iris servo

6 X1
U632
A2 X4 X5 X3 X2 X6
I.I.
10 Master U513 Grid 3
A1 X4
XP0 to the Central Ground AWG14 gn/yl 3
XP0 Inset I.I. Progr. X10 Laser
C
3 X2 6 X1 AWG22
D-Sub Connection FM25W3 Diagnose X4 X3 X2
X11 3 Laser
AWG14 gn/yl U512 Grid 1+2

D

Ziehm Module
Module 4: 000
Scale Size Page
Image Intensifier
N/A A2 4 of 9

280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision R
1 2 3 4 5 6
3.6.4
Fig. 3-14
C-Arm Swivel Cable
XN2 2. Shield to CCD housing
A
Ziehm Vision R
2. Shield A3 2. Shield Coupling plug Video Module 4
XP0 - 1B Video coax 75W coax 75W J4/X4 Connections to the
on lower
board
1K CCD Image Intensifier Cascade
Camera
J4/X4 U536
280725 - 01/02/2017
10 X5
11 14 Ribbon on upper
board gn
X3 X14
CAN
CAT5 AWG26 gn 3 X20
2 CAN+5V
AWG26 or 4 6 CAN H Anode A bk Anode
X18
AWG26 bl 5 5 yl
AWG26 br 6
G3 G3 X12
8 Image
AWG26 wh/gn 14 1 CANGND G4 G4
Module 5 U562 - X3 Intensifier X10
AWG26 wh/or 15 3 CAN L
AWG26 wh/bl 16
G2 G2 U536
4 X19 G4 G3
AWG26 wh/br 17 7 G1 G1
U513 HV or
Shield AWG26 bk 7 Shield EF-Coil X21
X4 G2
AWG22 wh Cascade gr
X15
G1
B rd
X13
br
VSYNC AWG26 br 19
X6 X17
3 VSYNC wh
Module 5 U562 - X1 VSYNC GND AWG26 wh 8 2 VSYNC GND X22
Shield AWG26 bk 18 1 Shield
U572 X1 6 Ribbon 6 X1
X5 X4 X3 X2
X1 X2
+12 AWG18 yl 2 1 1 X12
GND 1 +12 I.I. U514 Anode
AWG18 bk 1 2 2
Module 1 U579/U701 - X63 2
GND AWG18 bl 12 3 3 3
+12 AWG18 rd 13 4 4 4 +12 CCD

5 EF-Coil

X3 X9 Iris servo

6 X1
8 15 U632
A2 X4 X5 X3 X2 X6
I.I.
GND +24V U513 Grid 3
10 X4
Master
A1 Thales ADCS
XP0 to the Central Ground AWG14 gn/yl 3
Progr.
Wiring image intensifier with ADCS

C XP0 Inset I.I. X10 Laser
Image Intensifier with ADCS
3 X2 6 X1 AWG22
D-Sub Connection FM25W3 Diagnose X4 X3 X2
X11 3 Laser
AWG14 gn/yl U512 Grid 1+2

Option:
Active Distortion Correction System
only with Thales 12" I.I.
containing U572 plus ADCS electronics

Table of colors
bk = black = schwarz
bl = blue = blau
br = brown = braun
gn = green = gruen
gr = gray = grau
E or = orange = orange Print Date: 25.01.2012
pi = pink = rosa Date Name Signature Description
rd = red = rot
vi = violet = violet
wh = white = weiss Released 24.08.2015 R. Frank
yl = yellow = gelb WIR_VisionR_RFD_MS_Wiring_V1.09 N/A
Ziehm Module
Module 4: 000
Scale Size Page
Image Intensifier
N/A A2 5 of 9

3-15
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-16
3.6.5
2pol. terminal
U614
X100 3 x AWG 18 X1 bk, X2 gn, X3 wh
AWG14 rd rd
Fig. 3-15
1
from FG2025 250V I Tr X1
bk Sensor L1 A1
AWG14 bk + X4 bl
2 X2 X3 AWG14 bl
A FIS111
U561/U624(20KW) pri. 1
3pcs. normal 8pcs. E1 1G Ohm U570
from FG9938 X4 AWG14 bl X5 bl
X1 HV
Anode
20kW option M4x15 +60kV M
from U579/X39 1br, 2bk, 3rd (RAD15 1gn, 2bk, 3wh) X8 2 x AWG22 X1
1,2,3
(RTM70 1bl, 2rd, 3yl) U X12
AWG18 rd, bk 2 AWG16 2 x AWG22 0V
2 x AWG18 rd, bk X6
4,5 AWG18 rd, bk 2 X5
X7 X11
X101 0V
5pol. terminal 80°C AWG22
C-Arm GND AWG14 26 Ribbon U
gn/yl AWG22 X8 0V
Central Ground X4
Generator 5 kVIST +/- X9 +Uist
X8
X12 X2
U613 X10 +mAist
U563 U563
Generator
Oil
C-Arm Swivel Cable

HighVoltageControl X8
gn X5 br
yl X4
Module 5 wiring
5 bk X3 shield
Filament
U562
B AWG22 X7
wh
= Cathode
wet 1 X1 4 wh X1
X2 br br
AWG22 2 U564 U569 X5 PTC
20 Ribbon X4 2
Generator Distribution
1 wh X13 wh
16 Ribbon
X2 20R
2 rd X12 rd
X1 X6CAN BG1
Option FD: U588 - X10 16 Ribbon 3 bl X11 bl
Option I.I.: U632 - X6 X3 U518 4 yl X10 yl
VSYNC
mA
Option FD: Termination-R #91132 X13 X4
small
CAT5 U565 Temperature

Option I.I.: U632 - X3 X3 CAN 4 Ribbon 4x AWG28 X6, X7, X8, X9 X15 -mAist
RJ45 Gen. µP X4
6 Ribbon
large
Module 2 - U648e - X9b CAT5 Shield 2 X14 -Uist

X2 CAN X4

RJ45 black green
X1

X13 0V
Ribbon
Module 15 - U659 / X3 10 Tr1 Tr2 X16 0V
U
X5 CAN
C X1 X2 X17 0V Shield
in+ 1 U602 +12V
+12V 1 3x AWG20 out+ X14 rd U
+24V Rotation Control 2 control X15 wh
Module 15 - U659 / X11 and Power Supply for 3 out- X16 bk M
in- 2 U U570
Oil Pump Oil pump X3
6 -60kV
X3

34 1G Ohm
Ribbon
X4 X24
X-ray Collimator X1

X6 +24V R1
4 x AWG22 mA IST +/-
X4 U614 PTC
X6 wh X1
small X7 gn X2
2 mA Meter
2 x AWG22 rd, bk X8 +24V U564 X3 X8 rd X3
SERVICE
Filament
+ 3 x AWG18
X9 bl X5
Power Supply X2 3 x AWG18 large
D X10 bk X6
X11 yl X7
X10
U591
Filament Transformer
Connection Board

Module 5
Generator

Note: Released 24.08.2015 R. Frank
mA ist = mA actual value WIR_VisionR_RFD_MS_Wiring_V1.09 N/A
Ziehm Module
kV ist = kV actual value 000
Module 5:
Scale Size Page
Generator
N/A A2 7 of 9

280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision R
1 2 3 4 5 6
3.6.6
X-ray Collimator X-ray Collimator
Fig. 3-16
C-Arm Swivel Cable
A
Ziehm Vision R
Module 15 Module 15
280725 - 01/02/2017
Z-Servo Collimator for I.I. Asymmetrical Collimator for FD
U659 U659
U564 X8 +12V_SER U564 X8 +12V_SER
X11 +UB, GNDUB X11 +UB, GNDUB
+5V
Power Supply +5V
Power Supply
Vision Track
Module 15 wiring
B
U562 X5 +5V U562 X5 +5V
+12V_SER
+12V_SER
X3 U629 X3 U611
CAN CAN
slot M1 rotation M1
X15
Position X6 Position
Error Error
+5V +5V
Position X5 iris M2 Position iris M2
Error Error

Position

Error corner M5
µP µP
Laser 2
Position X4 Laser 2
Position X16
X9 Error
U612 X9 Error
U610
C
rotation M3 Position slot 1 M3
to U160/X1 2 to U160/X1 2 Error
X14 X14
Module 4 Module 4 U610

slot 2 M4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Dose Area Product 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Dose Area Product
S1 S2 Ionization chamber S1 S2 Ionization chamber
Ik Uk Ik Uk
OFF OFF OFF OFF
bk bk bk bk
DIP-Switches DIP-Switches
1 +24V 1 +24V
4 2 GND 4 2 GND
D X12 VACU-DAP -C X12 VACU-DAP -C
3 RS485-A 3 RS485-A
4 RS485-B 4 RS485-B

Ziehm Module
Module 15: Collimator 000
Scale Size Page
N/A A2 8 of 9

3-17
1 2 3 4 5 6
3-18
3.6.7
Fig. 3-17
A
TFT Arm Cable
PE AWG14
Module 18
Vision Center
to the Central Ground
gn/yl
SMB X-Ray Indicator
Holding plate G2+
page 1 G2- TFT Touch-Screen

Vision Center
B
No Analog Sound X3
X TFT
Vision Center wiring

2 AWG22 +Ub 1 X1 X2 1 +Ub 1
2 2 unused 2 TFT Touch
3 TxD RxD
4 Passive TFT 4 4 Display Panel
5 Interconnect 5 GND 5
Speaker
Module 2 U648 - X18 2
2 x 0.14mm 6 Board 6 +Ub 6
7 7 unused 7
4 RxD U592 TxD
8 8 8
1 AWG22 9 9 GND 9
GND
!
9 Pin 9 Pin X-Ray Button Emergency Stop Button (N.C.)

D-Sub D-Sub

Emergency a Emergency a

Module 2 U648/X34
Emergency b AWG22 Emergency b
Molex (MicroFit)

D

Ziehm Module
Module 18: Vision Center 000
Scale Size Page
N/A A2 9 of 9

280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision R
4
Power Supply
Mobile Stand
Module 1
Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD 1

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
2 Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4 Power Supply Mobile Stand
4.1 View Power Supply
Fig. 4-1 Front view of power supply 20kW with flow sensor

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 4-2 Front view of power supply 7.5 kW without flow sensor

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 4-3 Left side view of power supply

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 4-4 Left side view of power supply with Boostcap connector

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 4-5 Right side view of power supply

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 4-6 Right side view of power supply, option 20 kW, w. power supply for flat-panel

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 4-7 Front side view with cooling assembly opened option 7.5 kW and 25 kW

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 4-8 Front side view with cooling assembly opened, option 20 kW

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 4-9 U597 fan and pump control board

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 4-10 Boostcap rack type 2

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.2 Functions of the Power Supply
4.2.1 Input
Line Power. The power supply is intended for a single phase line.
− Mains filter
− Voltage selection:
a) 100 V, 105 V, 110 V, 115 V, 120 V
b) 200 V, 210 V, 220 V, 230 V, 240 V
→ Ch. 4.8.1, p. 4-44
− Inrush current limitation
− Fusing
− Line filter for PFC
− Power factor correction (PFC)
4.2.2 Output
Power supply of different functional groups:

− Regulated generator high voltage
− Generator electronics
− Rotating anode (accelerate and run)
− Lift motor
− Water pump
− Heat exchanger fan
− U515 central unit
− Image intensifier
− CCD camera
− Printer, image memory, flatscreen (Ziehm Solo)
− 230 VAC to power supply board for flat-panel detector

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.2.3 Other Functions
− Mains on/off control (HC08 controller)

− Lift motor control / Override protection
− Rotating anode motor control
− Water pump control
− Heat exchanger fan control
optional function:
− Maxwell - BOOSTCAP® Ultracapacitor as supplementary power supply
4.3 Wiring Diagrams
The following pages show the wiring diagrams of the Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
V1.05 New Template, FD2020, PFC wiring 04.07.2013 R. Frank

Option I.I. only:
1B Video to CCD J4/X4 V1.06 ECR 14A056: Cable U515-U531 1m; 07.04.2014 R. Frank
ECR 14A023: Wiener Module added
or
4.3.1
OPTION Central Ground 4 x coax 75W Option RFD only: V1.07 Type 2 Flat Detector added 04.11.2014 W. Hecht
2B Videodata to CCU X18
Top Cover interface cable PE V1.08 U515 is replaced by U648;
06.02.2015 J.Matschnigg
Central Ground Wireless Footswitch Option added
Fig. 4-11
PE 3B GL+ Modifications for shut-down Imaging
AWG14 V1.09 21.08.2015 W. Hecht
XP0 XP0 J2 System
gn/yl 4B GL-
Wireless Footswitch V1.10 P0-Cable and Cable colors corrected 08.08.2016 W. Hecht
A Schieder PFC-Modul added
Protective Earth AWG14 gn/yl CCU up to version d sockets changed
HaFu 3_4
HaFu 5_6
HaFu 7_8
a a
HaFu 1_2
Receiver Board
J1 J3
1A 1A RS232 Tx1 rd
6 12 (onboard) 4 4 4 4
2A 2A RS232 GND bk 1 2 3 4 5 6
gn X14 X33 X3 X4 X5 X6 X26 CAN C-Arm Swivel Cable
7A 7A RS232 Rx1 X11a
X17 Touch Ser.
Option I.I. only:
ON
1B 1B coax 75W 1 GND CAN
X9
X11b
GND
GND
LED-
U588
LED+
Video from CCD
2 TxD
E.-OFF
TFT-Arm Cable
2B 2B Option RFD only: coax 75W Module 5
Video from FD 3 RxD
U648 CAN U562 X2
3B 3B Gigalink+ coax 75W 4 X9a
5 CAN U531 X6
X9b
RJ45 CAT5
4B 4B Gigalink- coax 75W
CAN U531 X6
X13 CAN P0 Module 2 Main Interface X9c
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1C 1C CAN H pi X27 CAN U531 X6
18C 2C CAN Fault yl X9d
1 GND Top Cover Wiring
Wiring U579
9C 3C CAN Sense br 6 LYICY 2 res. 2 TFT Module 18
3 OFF NOTAUS X34 Emergency Stop
11C 4C CAN Shielding
Emerg. OFF
Power ON
Power GND
Power OFF
reserve
4 ON TFT Module 18
5 E.-OFF TFT X18
2C 7C CAN L gr X220 X23 X21 via U592

Wiring U579
CAN Radiation gn 1 2 3 4 5 1234
Top Cover
interface cable
19C 8C 34pin ribbon
B 10C 9C CAN GND wh from Sec 6: 21Vdc 12Vac
AWG22
3
Module 5
1234
1 wh wh Pin 1 Hand Switch
X76 X30 4 X35 X66 X39 Option I.I.: 2 x 12Vdc 4
L X63 Module 4 HaFu 1_2 2 yl yl 2 4 2 5
3D 3D br F1A Option FD: 1 x 12Vdc right side
X2 X6 A U597 Emergency FD 24V Rot. Anode to U648 / X3 3 1 3
EMI- Stops Stator
3 8
F1B N Line IN X24 4 br 4
1D 1D bl Filter br 6 7 gn/yl PE
X3 9
X25 Shield
AWG22
FD 230Vac 2 Option FD: RPS-75-24 Module 1
X38 U579 X26
F1A F1B page 6 Pre Pwr Supply 1 wh wh Pin 1
Test Pins Fan X27 HaFu 3_4 2
Bridge br yl 2
200-240V~ 15AT 15AT X4 Key Switch page 2/3 to U648 / X4 3 yl 4 x Foot Switch
unused X28
X22 4 4 2 5
100-120V~ 20AT 20AT Temperature Switch
Bridge X29 1 3
AWG22 8
X31 NOTAUS Sec 1 1 gn gn 3

unused RD 0V 1 6 7 gn/yl PE

3 X10 X77 HaFu 5_6 2 gr 9
4
RD

45V 2 2 to U648 / X5
30V/150VA to FG9938 3 gr
RD 55V 3 1 1 300VA X78 4 br 5
X47 NOTAUS
RD 160V 4 2 X61 230Vac 2 to U531
XP0 Insert I.I. X52 Emergency
RD 230V 5 1 13
X8 ON/OFF 230Vac 2 to U531 or STOP (N.O. !!)
X53 to U648 / X26 14
C 1 GND Buttons bk
P0 Cable FD
Sec 2 230Vac 2 to U531
2 ON-LED GN 0V X54
XP0 Insert FD 3 OFF-LED 2 X60
PFC
4 ON FG9938 180VA Enable X50 2 LED Swi
GN
wh
1 0V BK 36V 1 X2 13
5 OFF N X37 4 gn ON
2 100V 1 X1
C X13 Sec 3 X1 14
to U580

105V BU 0V
X11 230Vac
3 2 X42 Z - Axis 2 X2
X9 E X15
3A 3A wh Power OFF 4 110V Lift-Ctrl. 240VA
1 OFF G X17 BU 24V 3 bl LED Swi
5A 5A or Emerg. OFF 115V 1 to U579 / X8
2 ON 5 X2 13
8A 8A bk Power GND I X19 Sec 4 25 5
3 GND 120V BN 0V rd OFF

6 2 X59 X5 X11 X1 14
9A 9A bl Power ON M X36
Prim 1 U515 30VA
Up BN 12V to
1 1
U597
1 X84 page 2/3 bk
Button Sec 5 1 30Vdc 2 from Lift-Ctrl. U597
2 0V YE 0V 1 2
7 BK 2 X51 X7
1 Down K X20 X4 Swi Swi
X94 Button_1 100V
CCD 3 20Vac 2
8 30VA 13 UP 13 UP
2 B X12 YE 15V 2 4 1 wh
105V 1
3 9 to U579 / X84 14 14
D X14 Sec 6 2 bl
4 110V YE 0V 3
10 2 X49
Down F X16 GL2
1 X96 Button_2 115V I.I. + TFT 30VA X58
11 KBPC35-08
2 H X18 YE 15V 4 LED Swi
120V 1 X56 1 br
D 3 12 X2 13
L X21 Sec 7 yl
4 Prim 2 OG 0V
to U579 / X94 2 Down_1
2
Top Cover interface cable

X46 X55 3 rd X1 14
unused 100VA
XP0- OG
4 gn
26V
P0 Cable I.I.
X34 NOTAUS 1 X57 LED-Inset
Bridges 230V Sec 8 AWG22 LED Swi
all others 31cm I.I. only #24656 VT 0V 1 br
2 X45 X64 + X2 13
#29102 (Vario Compatibility) to U579 / X96 2 yl
Bridges 115V
unused 60VA Down_2
C C Upper #24668 VT 21V X62 - 3 rd X1 14
vi 1 1
X85 Limit #24844
33Vdc
NC NC Sec 9 4 gn
gn 2 Switch X48
WT 0V 2 X44

C C or Lower U597 Pump 60VA
1 X92 Limit WT 20V
NC NC ye 1
2 Switch
#11125 X23 PE
Danger PE
X93 Switch
NO wh 1 NC
Bridge
C bl 2 C
NC br Module 1 Power Supply Top Cover interface cable
3 NO FM36W4P #21956 Chassis Ground
rd Phase X79 gn/yl
4 NO C3 FM36W4S #21957
Shift PE
5 C PE Cap. 30µF
X80
Numbers indicate black switches X1
Safety earth Date Name Signature Description
d d Drawn 08.08.2016 W. Hecht Wiring Diagram Vision-R /-RFD Mobile Stand
gn/yl
Released 08.08.2016 P. König
25 pol. 12 pol. WIR_VisionR_RFD_MS_Wiring_V1.10 N/A
Ziehm Module
Module C Module C Central Ground 000
PE Module 1: Power Supply
AWG14 Scale Size Page
Electronic Component TFT = Vision Center Module 2: Main Interface
Left Side #817013 N/A A2 1 of 10

4-13
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-14
4.3.2
Fig. 4-12
A Module 1 Pre Pwr Supply
GND
24V DC
0V_Gen.
6.3AT 24Vdc
250V_Gen.
35Vac
UAC
24V=
RJ45 CAT5
RJ45 CAT5
RJ45 CAT5
B U531
Module 1 U579/U701 - X52 2

X5 X6
2 X3 X4
Module 1 U579/U701 - X53
10 6
Module 1 U579/U701 - X54 2
+ X3 X4 +
DC in DC out
- FG2025 -
AWG14 Master
rd
L 2
X13 L PLUS
X14 rd U531

Module 1 U579/U701 - X11 ACin X5 X6

N X3 X4
X12 N
10 6
bk
+ X3 X4 +
X11 PE SCHIEDER MINUS
X15 bk DC in DC out
C PFC - FG2025 -
Wiring PPS with PFC type Schieder

AWG14 Slave 2
or Alternativ zu Assembly options C1, C2 and GL1
C1 C2 Gl1
U531/U641
X16 X5 X6

7.5kW with 30000µF 30000µF not assembled
X3 X4 boostcaps
10 6 C1 C2
+ + 20kW with 2500µF not assembled not assembled
+ X3 X4 +
Module 1 boostcaps

DC in Slave 1 DC out
- FG2025/U650 - 25kW with 30000µF 30000µF not assembled
Wiring PPS with PFC Type Schieder
boostcaps
2
3 Flow 2
X6
Monitor
U597
D Pump
X1 6 Type I-Drive
Capacitor Rack
M Fuse F1
25 X1
X5 X11 Service Plug
U670
X3 X2-

Pump
2 X1+ X2- U653
GL1, GL2, GL3

30Vdc 2 KBPC35-08
1
4

Ziehm Module
Module 1: Power Supply 000
Scale Size Page
SCHIEDER-Module N/A A2 4 of 10

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
4.3.3
Fig. 4-13
A Module 1 Pre Pwr Supply
GND
24V DC
0V_Gen.
6.3AT 24Vdc
250V_Gen.
35Vac
UAC
24V=
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
RJ45 CAT5
RJ45 CAT5
RJ45 CAT5

B 2
U531
Module 1 U579/U701 - X52 X5 X6
2 X3 X4
Module 1 U579/U701 - X53
10 6
Module 1 U579/U701 - X54 2
+ X3 X4 +
DC in DC out
- FG2025 -
AWG14 Master
br
L X6 #29079 X6 L
1 L X5 rd
X1 L U531

AWG14 ACin

Module 1 U579/U701 - X11 2 U580 L X4 PLUS X5 X6
rd

X2 N X3 X4
Filter bl
X3 PE N X9 #29078 X5 N 10 6
N X8
Wiring PPS with PFC type Wiener

+ X3 X4 +
N X7 W-IE-NE-R DC in DC out
C - FG2025 -
MNPFC16 AWG14 Slave 2
Assembly options C1, C2 and GL1
bk
C1 C2 Gl1
MINUS U531/U641
bk X5 X6

7.5kW with 30000µF 30000µF not assembled
X3 X4 boostcaps
Module 1 10 6 C1 C2
+ + 20kW with 2500µF not assembled not assembled
Wiring PPS with PFC Type Wiener
+ X3 X4 + boostcaps

DC in Slave 1 DC out
- FG2025/U650 - 25kW with 30000µF 30000µF not assembled
boostcaps
2
3 Flow 2
X6
Monitor
U597
D Pump
X1 6 Type I-Drive
Capacitor Rack
M Fuse F1
25 X1
X5 X11 Service Plug
U670
X3 X2-

Pump
2 X1+ X2- U653
GL1, GL2, GL3

30Vdc 2 KBPC35-08
1
4

Ziehm Module
Module 1: Power Supply 000
Scale Size Page
WIENER-Module N/A A2 3 of 10

4-15
4.4
4-16
2
AC
Fig. 4-14
30V~
24V=
AC FG9938
24V~ 24V= 2 DC regulated
Not Used
Mains DC regulated
Mains Input Insulation AC

100V~ - 240V~ 15V~ 12V= 2
Transformer CCD
(via Monitor Cart)
DC regulated
Voltage selection
AC DC
15V~ 12V= 2
I.I. Main Interface
DC
DC regulated (U515/U648)
12V~ 2
Mains Contactors U579
(Mains + Soft Start) 21V~ 2 9 Vision
Block Diagrams
Filter Serial Center

34 Opto
Couplers
Block diagram of U579 & U597

2 1
13 P0
On 5
Off 2 Thermo switch120°C
Buttons 20V~
Emer- 160V~ I/O

2 On- / Off- Rotating 3 Flow
gency
Control 50V~ 3
Rot. Monitor
Off Anode Anode U597
Control Stator
0V~
Key 2
6 Pump
winding
I/O
Switch DAC
one secondary
Type A
Option B
160V~ 2 Fan I/O
P0 0V~
Relay AC Reg.
Type Select
Interface 2 Pump
230V~ Option A Type B
DC Option B'
24V=
2 24V~ 2 Lift 4 Fan
DC regulated I/O
PFC + Motor DC
2
Lift Same Ground I/O Option A'
as Lift-Control DAC
PrePower Control Section on U579!
Generator Up 10 9 Limit
Down I/O Temp.
Switches VFC
U580 Sensor
Buttons
U581 / W-IE-NE-R
Drawn: R. Frank 20. Feb. 2006 Drawing No.: . Unit:

Release: R. Frank 31. Mai 2006 File Name : Blkdiagram_U579_U597_b_s2.cdr
Module 1 Blockdiagram U579 and U597 VisionR
Changed: Sörgel 16. March 2015 Page : . of .
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 4-15
U648 / U515
Main Interface
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
U579
U701

CAN
U531+
regulated
U580 U581/ dc voltage
FG2025 Buffer Capacitor
W-IE-NE-R approx.
F18, X11 PFC Filter
310 V DC PPS 75V - 216V
PFC Master
Generator
approx. 230Vac EMI
2 x 30mF (7,5 / 25 kW)
1 x 2,5mF (20 kW)
U531+ U531+
FG2025 FG2025 (7,5kW)
/U650 (20/25kW)
PPS
282Vdc PPS
Slave 2 Slave 1
Service
Connector
U670 + U653
Capacitor
Rack
20AF 120 x 350F
Block diagram of pre-power supply & supplementary power supply

27.01.2015
4-17
4.5 Pre-Power Supply
The pre-power supply supplies the power for the final stage which is generating the high voltage
to the tube in the generator. It is controlled by CAN messages.
The pre-power supply gets a power factor corrected DC voltage as input and produces a stabilized
DC output. The voltage is selectable by CAN messages in a range from 40 V to 250 VDC.
The output current is limited to a fixed value and it is adjusted in the factory.
The pre-power supply is based on the step-down converter principle and comprises two printed
circuit boards.
There are 3 PPS units in the system in order to provide the required output power and control the
boostcaps.
4.5.1 FG 2025
The FG 2025 holds the power stage with the power semiconductors and heat sink. It holds a neon
lamp as safety precaution for service personnel. It indicates dangerous voltages present.
4.5.2 U650
The U650 holds the power stage with the power semiconductors and heat sink. It holds a neon
lamp as safety precaution for service personnel. It indicates dangerous voltages present.
The U650 is capable of supplying up to 130A. It is used as Slave 1 in 20kW Systems.
4.5.3 U531
The U531
− holds the pulse width modulator controller,
− holds the closed-loop control regulation circuits which compare the reference values for cur-
rent and voltage with their respective actual values,
− holds the microprocessor which handles the communication to the CAN bus,
− holds all the power supplies necessary to operate the control electronics.
The complete interface to the CAN bus and the interface to the PWM controller must be isolated
with optocouplers good for 8 mm clearance / creepage.
A hardware enable signal directly operated from the FAULT signal contained on the CAN bus
must shut down the PWM controller.
The high impedance resistors for the actual value of the voltage regulation provide the necessary
second safety barrier for the required 12 mm in a 400 V section.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.5.4
+ +
Fig. 4-16
220K
to U561
from PFC or Generator
Boostcaps or to
220K Boostcaps
Shunt
- -
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
FG2025-001

enable PWM +12V
Opto Controller Regulator
Block diagram of pre-power supply

Opto Opto Trafo
Block Diagram U531 and FG 2025
Stoerung
reference
I
Fault Opto DAC
HC08
CAN actual value
regulator
H L Opto ADC
U
+5V +9V
Trafo Regulators U531

230V
~
IN
Drawn: M. Ernemann 03. Aug. 2001 Drawing No.: Unit:

Release: Frank 22.Jan.2003 File Name : M01_prepwrsupply_R_1d_s.cdr ZIEHM Vision R
Block diagram PrePower Supply Sörgel 27.May.2008 Page : FST / MS
Changed:
4-19
4.5.5 U531: Location of Connectors, LED Indicators and Switches
D50 Watchdog
S1 module number
D37 Overtemperature
in power supply
D45 +9 V
S2 configuration
D44 +5 V
P2 Current Limitation X3 Feedback from
power stage
D10 & D12 Startup

D7 Error
X6 CAN bus
J2 Enable
X4 Control to
power stage
Factory setting
X5 mains input
Fig. 4-17 U531 location of connectors, LED indicators and switches

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.5.6 U531: Connectors
X3: Feedback from Power Stage

Type: 10 pin cable connector
Pin Function
Pin 1 space for safety
Pin 3 actual value current
Pin 4 temperature sensor
Pin 5 ground
Pin 6 +5 V for temperature sensor
Pin 7 ground
Pin 10 actual value voltage
X4: Control Signals to Power Stage

Pin Function
Pin 1 PWM signal
Pin 2 feedback current MOSFET
Pin 3 +12 V
Pin 4 ground
Pin 5 overtemp. shutoff at 85° C
Pin 6 ground
X5: Mains Input for Control Electronics

Pin Function
Pin 1 230 VAC input
Pin 2
Pin 3 230 VAC input

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
X6: CAN bus connector

Type: RJ-45
Pin Function
Pin 1 CAN ground
Pin 2 CAN +5 V
Pin 3 CAN_L
Pin 4 CAN fault
Pin 5 CAN X-ray enable
Pin 6 CAN_H
Pin 7 n. c.
Pin 8 n. c.
Housing earth
4.5.7 U531: LED Indicators

v
LED(s) Status Meaning
LED D10 flashing Startup phase 1

LED D12 OFF
LED D10 OFF Startup phase 2

LED D12 flashing
LED D10 and LED D12 flashing synchronously Waiting for system to run
LED D10 and LED D12 flashing asynchronously System is running
LED D7 (red) ON One or more runtime error/s are set

LED D7 (red) OFF No runtime error is set
LED D50 (red) ON Hardware reset or watchdog is active
LED D37 (red) ON Overtemperature in pre-power supply
LED D44 (green) ON +5 V ok

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.5.8 U531: DIP Switches
DIP switch S1 (module number) Master (10) Slave 1 (137) Slave 2 (138)
Bit 0 (switch 1): CAN bus address = OFF ON OFF
Bit 1 (switch 2): CAN bus address = ON OFF ON
Bit 2 (switch 3): CAN bus address = OFF OFF OFF
Bit 3 (switch 4): CAN bus address = ON ON ON
Bit 7 (switch 8): CAN bus address = OFF ON ON
DIP switch S2 (configuration) Setting
Bit 0 (switch 1) OFF

standalone for production requirements
Bit 1 (switch 2): reserved OFF

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.5.9 FG 2025: Location of Connectors and Indicators
X4 control X3 feedback
from U531 to U531
DC mains input supply voltage

to generator or
to Boostcaps
GL1 Indicator for
high voltage at the
mains input
Fig. 4-18 FG 2025 location of connectors and indicators
After power off, the capacitors at the DC input will be discharged by a discharging circuit (U535).
As soon as the voltage gets below 60V DC, the GL1 indicator will extinguish (→ Ch. 4.9, p. 4-82).
WARNING
Do not perform any service work on the unit as long as GL1 is on!

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.5.10 U650: Location of Connectors and Indicators
X6 control X5 feedback
from U531 to U531
H1 indicator for - + + -
high voltage at DC input supply voltage to generator
the DC input - + + -
Fig. 4-19 U650 location of connectors and indicators
WARNING
Do not perform any service work on the unit as long as H1 is on!

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.5.11 Pre-power Supply Errors
Hardware is checked by software. Errors are indicated on the Vision Center or stored in the log
file respectively.
Hardware checks by software
Startup errors
Check reference voltage DAC (MAX504) E1302
Check data transfer to DAC (SPI interface between HC08 and MAX504) E1300
Check output voltage (nominal value / “VOUT”) from the DAC (MAX504) E1303
Check temperature (above 75 °C) E1301
EEPROM checksum error E1304
Runtime errors
SPI interface between HC08 and MAX504: E1350

Data transfer to DAC is checked every time the nominal value changes
Temperature (above 75 °C): E1351

The temperature is checked permanently.
CAN fault: E1355

The “CAN fault” line is checked permanently during runtime.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.5.12 Replacing the Pre-power Supply
The potentiometer P2 on the U531 / 641 (current limiting) has to be adjusted.

This has to be done according to Work Instruction WI 19_2149 – Exchange Power Supply Rack /
PFC assembly and U579.
If one of the boards U531, FG 2025, U650 is faulty, both boards making up the pre-power supply
must be replaced.
Use thermal paste for mounting the FG 2025 / U650 board.
The boards are shipped as a matched set.
The potentiometer P2 of master and slave 2 is adjusted for sufficient current intake.
Slave 1 must not be readjusted.
To order a replacement, details regarding the pre-power supply function (master, slave, slave 1,
slave 1 130A) are necessary.
Pre-Power Supply Spare Part Replaces
Master 145636 145635 / 145636
Slave 2 145634 145633 / 145634
Slave 1 145698 145698
Slave 1 130A 145632 145632

Table 4-1 Part numbers of the pre-power supplies
NOTE
Adjustment according to Work Instruction WI 19_2149 has to be performed after
installation!
4.5.13 Pre-power Supply U531e Board Layout

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Transmission as well as reproduction of this docume nt, Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage ,
exploitation or disclosure of its contents is not p ermitted. All rights reserved. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gesta ttet.
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims. Subject to change without prior notice. Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten. Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.
4-28
1 2 3 4 5
Fig. 4-20
4.5.13.1
D1
+
S1 S2 X7 C10
+
+
C14 C48
IC17
5
K
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GL1 C65
+
1
+
7
K
IC24
+
~ -
KK2
MP18
+ ~
D2
GND
C39
K
D10 D12 D7 C49
D3
IC25 IC23 IC13
U_CAPS
U_TEMP
U_MAINS
U_ACTUAL
D66
K
D65
K
D64
K
D63
K
D62
K
D61
K
MP6 MP3 MP4 MP5
C53
B 9
K
K
K
U531e board layout page 1

C7
+ IC1 33 C41 R87 R88 R86
+
IC18
R135
R130
R129
R131
R132
C9 +
49
1
+
C2
R21
C3
R20
C20
C63
IC12
TR1
R92
U531e Board Layout Page 1
10
IC15
IC21
Q1
C26
R55
MP8
17
1
IC6
5
+ ~
R3 EA-U R56 IC20
RESET
J2
D36 D60
1
R142 R141
1
7
X2
D52
D51
R19
D34
MP17
K
K
MP23
R22
+
~ -
X3
IC11
KK1
IC19
K
IC22
R17
C13 GL2
K
K
R18
D49
+2V04B_REF
X1 T2
C56
MP7 T4 C25
IC2
IC3
1
R84
C58 +
C50
C19 9
IC5
R128 IC8
R6 IC16 R26 IC27 EA-I2 R83 C66
D47 D35 D48
K
K
K
C42 IC14
R124
C57
C24
IC4 C60 L1 MP21
C77
1
R35
+5V1_REF
IC26 IC28 C64 R115
IC10
C R9
IC7
T7
R73
+
TR2
+
+
R96
R4 D41
C74
+
1 2 3 1 2 3 R101 R116
+ GND1
R75
R5
1
C17 P5 1 X5
MP15
J1 J5 T3 C78
K
MP1 MP19 R118

P3
6
D46
Sim U
Sim I
1
I_DAC2
1
U_DAC1
P1
+5V_REF2
MP2 D45 MP11 D44 MP12 IC9 MP10 + MP14
K K K K
D37
D50
U531e
MP13
P4 C75
pulse
current
MP20
Reset OVERTEMP GND +9V +5V curr_dac GND X6 out X4 +12V
Top Silkscreen
Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

D Drawn: 19.09.2013 Muschler Pre Power Supply for FG2025
Released 30.09.2013 Schwarzbauer U531e-a-a.pcb 531e-48631a-a
Ziehm Module
001
Scale Size Page
U531e 1:1 A4 N/A
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Transmission as well as reproduction of this docume nt, Weitergabe sowie Vervielfaeltigung dieser Unterlage ,
exploitation or disclosure ofi ts contents is not p ermitted. All rights reserved. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gesta ttet.
1 2 3 4 5
Fig. 4-21
4.5.13.2
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
R15

K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
R16
R100
D27 D19
D26 D18
D25 D17
D24 D16
D23 D15
D22 D14
D21 D13
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
R2
R111 D28 D20

C55
R114 R43 R42 R93 T8 R36 C54 R110
R99 C44 R98 C45 R97
R109
R108
R107
R106
R105
R104
R41
R66
C47
C71
C51
R13
R144
R145
B
R89
R85
R90
R40 R7
R46
C22
R45
R44
K
D59
C11
C46
C67
K
K
R133
C28
U531e board layout page 2

D40
R59 R58
D58
R1
R134
R91
C1
C27
C6
D38
D39
R61
C69
C40 R57 C4
R60 C62
R62
U531e Board Layout Page 2
R126
R127
K
R94
R95
R54
K
K
K
C72
R112 R113
D30
D55
T6
D31
K
K
R67
C52
D29
C30
R125
C16
R143
R48
C29 R65 D56
R47 C23 R63 D57
C59
C18
C34
R68 R69 R71 R70
R49
C5
C8
R123
R74
+
R8
R11
R10
C12
D33 C33 C80

R34
R122
R121
K
K
R81
R27
C79
D32
R64
C70
C15
R139
R39 C21 R38
C31
R146
R140
R25
C R72
R23
R12
R137
R136
R76
C32
C43
R14
C61
R77
C38 R82 C35

R138
C68
T1
R119 C76 R117
R24
R37
R103 D43 C36 C73 R78
R102
R80 C37
R79
D42
Bottom Silkscreen

D Drawn: 19.09.2013 Muschler Pre Power Supply for FG2025
Released 30.09.2013 Schwarzbauer U531e-a-a.pcb 531e-48631a-a
Ziehm Module
001
Scale Size Page
U531e 1:1 A4 N/A
4-29
4.5.14 Pre-power Supply U531e Schematics

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V
+5V
C68 R5 R96 R112 R113 R6 R128 R9
Fig. 4-22
4.5.14.1
100n 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K
X7R
A
GND
X2 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 +5V
+5V
10

SL1-10G
+5V
Reset
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
R10 R11 D50 SL1/25-4G
C12 100n 10K 10K rd
X7R 1 X1
MP17 2
R8 IC2 R4 IC1 3
GND 10K 2 3 1K RESET 26 13 4
GND PTE0/TxD

VCC PTA0 +5V
GND
B IC3-A CANSTÖR_IN 27 14
4 7 PTA1 PTE1/RxD
D51 2 3 /Reset 28 15
PFI PTA2 PTE2/TACH0
29 16 GND
1PS79SB31 PTA3 PTE3/TACH1
1 30 17 R13 1K D7
1 5 31 PTA4 18
74HC126 C15 PTE5/MISO SPI_MISO rd
6 8 32 PTA5 19
O_WDI D52 100n SPI_MOSI
WDI PTA6 PTE6/MOSI
33 20 SPI_CLK
1PS79SB31 PTA7 PTE7/SPSCK
X7R
MAX705ESA
C8 D49 U_TEMP 34 4 Dyn_Curr_Lim2
PTB0/ATD0 PTF0/TACH2
U_CAPS 35 5
X7R PTB1/ATD1 PTF1/TACH3
GND 36 6
1PS79SB31 U_ACTUAL PTB2/ATD2 PTF2/TACH4 SPI_CS_DAC1
GND 100n 37 7
U_MAINS PTF3/TACH5 SPI_CS_DAC2

38 PTB3/ATD3 8
U531e schematics page 1

+2V048_REF PTB4/ATD4 PTF4TBCH0
39 11 R144 1K D10
U_DAC1 PTB5/ATD5 PTF5/TBCH1
I_DAC2 40 12 R145 1K gn
41 PTB6/ATD6 PTF6
D12
PTB7/ATD7
gn
R94
60 23 O_WDI
PTC0 PTG0/KBD0
IC3-C 61 24
GND
22K1 PTC1 PTG1/KBD1
8 9 62 25 CANSTÖR_OUT
PTC2/MCLK PTG2/KBD2
63
74HC126 10 R141 1 PTC3 48 +5V
PTC4 PTH0/KBD3
+5V 64 49
C 10K PTC5 PTH1/KBD4
42
+
C11 C4 C9
R95 43 PTD0/ATD8 22 100n 10n
46 PTD1/ATD9 VDD 100µ/10V
IC3-D
GND
22K1 PTD2/ATD10
X7R
X7R
11 12 47
50 PTD3/ATD11 21 R7
74HC126 13 R142 51 PTD4/ATD12/TBCLK VSS
475R
52 PTD5/ATD13
10K +5V 53 PTD6/ATD14/TACLK
R3 R2 GND
PTD7 44
301R 301R
VDDAREF
2
45 +5V
3 AVSS/VREFL
/Reset
9 54 C7
+
CAN_Rx C1 C6 C46 C67

CANRx VREFH 55
CAN Address 100n 1n 100n 1n
10 VDDA
S1 CAN_Tx
CANTx
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
D13 1PS79SB31
1
D14 1PS79SB31 59 56
OSC1 VSSA
D15 1PS79SB31
100µ/10V
D16 1PS79SB31 58 57
D OSC2 CGMXFC
D17 1PS79SB31 GND
D18 1PS79SB31 MC68HC908AZ60A
D19 1PS79SB31

C69
D20 1PS79SB31
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C2 22n
1513 119 7 5 3
16141210 8 6 4 2
X7R
Dil Switch C0G

1 22p
Options GND +5V
S2 Q1
D21 1PS79SB31 R104 15K 2 IC3-E
1
D22 1PS79SB31 R105 15K R1 3 14 7
VCC GND
D23 1PS79SB31 R106 15K 1M1
D24 1PS79SB31 R107 15K 4 16MHz C16 C5 74HC126
D25 1PS79SB31 R108 15K 100n 1n
D26 1PS79SB31 R109 15K C3
X7R
X7R
D27 1PS79SB31 R110 15K

D28 1PS79SB31 R111 15K C0G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
22p
1513 119 7 5 3
16141210 8 6 4 2
Dil Switch GND GND
GND
E Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

Drawn 17.09.2013 Muschler Pre Power Supply for FG2025
Released 30.09.2013 Schwarzbauer U531e-a-a.scm 531e-48631a-a
Print date: Ziehm Module
20.09.2013 001 01_MicroProcessor
U531e Scale Size Page
N/A A3 1 of 6

4-31
1 2 3 4 5 6
C56 100µ/25V
+
4-32
C18 100n CAN+5V +5V
X7R
CANGND
IC5 IC6
Fig. 4-23
4.5.14.2
2 3 1 8
GND VCC NC
2 6 R21 R20 C20
A + 1K 10K 100n
L1
X7R
4 3 7 1
CANH TxD 4 R17 3 - CAN_Rx
1 2 RxD 4 5
392R NC
8 7
11µH 6 Rs 5
CANL Vref
HCNW2611 GND
PCA82C250
CAN+5V
X6
1
CANGND
2 >8mm
CAN+5V
3 +5V
CAN L
4

CANSTOER
5 IC20
CANSTR
6 C19 R19 R18 8 1
CAN H NC
7 100n 10K 1K 6 2 +5V R143
C.GND
X7R
8 + 10K
C.+5V
IC3-B
3 R22 6 5
- CAN_Tx
Shield1
9 5 4
NC 392R 74HC126
Shield2
10 7 4 R34 10K +5V
B RJ45
CANGND HCNW2611
IC8
3 1 +5V
4 2 R23
3
270R
CNY65A +5V
CANGND T7

BSS138 2 CANSTÖR_OUT

1
R37 R35
2K21 22K1
IC9
R24 1 3
CAN+5V CANSTÖR_IN
270R
GND GND
2 4
C CNY65A
GND
R39 33K2 T1
BC848C µP world
C21
R38 10n
47K0 UC3823 world
X7R
IC10
R25 1 3
CAN+5V ENABLE
270R
CANGND
2 4
CNY65A
+9V
D IC23
R41 R40 1 3
10K 1K2

2 4
R114 CNY65A
1K R42 GND1
680R
3
12mm
R43
IC24
1
5K1
TL431CPK
2
E GND GND Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
20.09.2013 001 02_CAN_Interface
N/A A3 2 of 6

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+9V
U_CAPS_INP 1 X3
2
Fig. 4-24
4.5.14.3
D30 SHUNT 3
BAT46 KTY 4
A 5
+5V_REF2 6
7
8
9
+5V_REF2 10
C72
R56
1µ
EA-U
281271-1
X7R
IC21-A 100K
2
- EA-U GND GND
C26 R55 R58 R59
1 MP8 U_DAC1
C0G
3 22n 33K2 10K 22R
I_DAC2

+
C28
LM358M 100n
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
X7R
IC11-B
6
R122 R146 - GND C27 2,2n
D29 R54
4K75 4K75 7 X7R
+9V LL4148 475R 5 R61

+ UFB

B LM358M
56K2
D31 R62
BAT46 4K75
R57
C58 +5V_REF2 IC22-B
P4
EA-I2 6
2K 100K
curr_dac
C0G -
10p 7 AD_Uactual
D56 C59 C57 MP7 GND GND
R124 R60 5
BAT46 +
X7R C0G EA-I2
47n 47K0 10n 100K
R64 LM358M

3K01

R123 IC22-A
2
-
10K R63 D55
1 EA_OUT
3 475R LL4148
+
LM358M +9V +5V_REF2
C D57 R65 R121
C23
BAT46 180R 180R
10n
C0G
D58
BAT46
SHUNT
GND
R130 R129
10K 10K
IC21-B
6 R133
- 4K75
AD_Caps 7
5 R131 R134
+ U_CAPS_INP
10K 1K
LM358M
R132 R135
X7 1 U_MAINS C62 100n 10K 100K
2 X7R
U_ACTUAL
D 3 IC21-C
U_CAPS
4 U_TEMP 8 4 D59
VCC GND
5 /Reset BAT46

6 EA-U LM358M
7 EA-I2
8 I_DAC2 C40 100n
9 X7R
U_DAC1
10 IC15-C GND GND GND
11 8 4
VCC GND
12 +2V048_REF
13 +5V_REF2 LM358M
14 +5V
15 C30 100n
16 +9V X7R
IC11-C
MX 87832-1620 GND 8 4
VCC GND
Test connector LM358M

Only for Ziehm!
C29 100n
X7R
E IC22-C Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
+9V 8 4
VCC GND Drawn 17.09.2013 Muschler Pre Power Supply for FG2025
LM358M
GND Released 30.09.2013 Schwarzbauer U531e-a-a.scm 531e-48631a-a
20.09.2013 001 03_Error_Amplifiers
N/A A3 3 of 6

4-33
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-34
Fig. 4-25
A +12V 4.5.14.4
+5V1_REF C34 D34
MP21 470n 1N5350B
R75
+5V1_REF
X7R
4R7
+5V1_REF GND1

C79 C33 R81
EA_OUT 1µ/35V 470n 3K9
X7R
P3
D32 GND1 2K pulse
GND1
current
R79
LL4148 16 15 4R7 out
B C31 180p MP10
R66 IC13 C0G
3K3 1 3 R68 R71 D33

68K 5K6 R72 5K6 3 E/A OUT BAT46 R76
VCC
VC 13 3K3
2 4 R67 1
10µ/16V
INV
470n
+
5.1V Ref
2K21 R12
CNY65A 2 NONINV OUTA 11
R77 1 X4
GND
0R
X7R
R115 10K 4 2
C35
C74
CLK 10R
IC14 OUTB 14 3
12mm R74 R69 R70 C77 1,2n 5 RT UC3823ADW 4

NP0 R78 5
5K6 5K6 5K6

µP world R73 10K 6 12 6
CT PGND 1K
220n
7
+
C32 2,2n Ramp 501-0627ES
D35
D47
D48
UC3823 world NP0 R125
R119
1K
8 SoftStart 1K
X7R
C37
GND
ILim
C75
47µ/16V
R116
R83 0R
10R 10 9
R14 BAT46
C PGND
0R
D36 D60
R117
ENABLE T2
12K1
R80
BC848C
LL4148 T3 10R
BC850C
3
+
C64
C78
100n
J2 1µ/35V
X7R
SL1-2G R84
C73
1n
2K7 C76 2
220p C38 R82 1
T6
C0G
R118 470n 1K BSS138
X7R
6.8n/100V
NP0
NP0
2K4 R126
C36
10K
GND1 GND1
+5V µP world UC3823 world

D +5V1_REF
R93
270R

IC25
1 3 R127
100R
2 4
3
CNY65A
T8
Dyn_Curr_Lim2 2 BSS138
1
R36 22K1
GND
GND
12mm

20.09.2013 001 04_Switching_Regulator
N/A A3 4 of 6

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V_REF2
Temperature Monitoring
+
C41 R87 R88 IC15-A
2,2µ/25V 2K7 47K0 2 U_ACTUAL U_CAPS U_TEMP +5V
R90 - MP3 MP4 MP5
1 AD_Temp
Fig. 4-26
4.5.14.5
150K
IC15-B 3 D61 D63 D65
A R89 +
KTY 6 D39 1PS79SB31 1PS79SB31 1PS79SB31
- LM358M LL4148
22K1 7 R91
U_ACTUAL R97 2K21 AD_Uactual
5 1K
+ D40
3
LL4148 U_CAPS R98 2K21 AD_Caps
LM358M
R85 R86 D38 U_TEMP R99 2K21 AD_Temp
2
2K21 2K21 BZX84C5V1 R92
100R
C44 D62 C45 D64 C47 D66
10n 10n 10n 1PS79SB31
OVERTEMP MP18

X7R
X7R
X7R
GND D37 GND
rd 1PS79SB31 1PS79SB31
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
GND GND GND

B DAC1
74AHC1G126DBV IC4 R136 10R
IC16-B +5V REFIN 9
R26 4 10 Source
SPI_MISO 2 REFOUT +2V048_REF to uP
R138
22R
+
+
1 10K C17 C42
33µ/16V 33µ/16V
MP23
IC26-A
+5V_REF2 +2V04B_REF
BIPOFF 1
2 4
6 DOUT Sim U

74HC1G14GV GND P1

SPI_MOSI 2 J1 default 10K
DIN 0-4.096V
J1: +5V
VOUT 12 3 1
SPI_CLK 4 14 DEFAULT! 2-3: DAC to voltage ref.value IC16-A
SCLK RFB
2 SL1-3G 1-2: Voltage value from Poti 5 3
VCC GND
SPI_CS_DAC1 5 +5V
\CS
13 GND C70 74AHC1G126DBV
VDD
/Reset 3 10n
\CLR
C43 U_DAC1 IC26-B
X7R
100n 5 3
VCC GND
C R139
X7R
10K 11 U_DAC1 74HC1G14GV
VSS
MP1 GND
8 IC27-A
AGND
7 MP2 5 3
DGND VCC GND
GND GND
C80 74AHC1G126DBV
MAX504CSD 10n
IC28-B
X7R
GND GND 5 3
VCC GND
74HC1G14GV
GND GND
DAC2
74AHC1G126DBV IC7 R137 10R
IC27-B +5V REFIN 9
R27 4 10
SPI_MISO 2 REFOUT
+
C60 +9V
22R
1 R140 33µ/16V
10K
IC28-A
D 1 +5V_REF2
BIPOFF R47 IC11-A
2 4 + MP20
6 Sim I 3
DOUT +5V_REF2

3K01
74HC1G14GV GND P5 T4
SPI_MOSI 2 J5 default 10K 1 BC848C
DIN 0-4.096V R48
VOUT 12 3 1 -
SPI_CLK 4 14 2 +5V_REF2
SCLK RFB 3k 0.1%
2 SL1-3G LM358M
SPI_CS_DAC2 5 +5V
\CS
13
+
VDD GND
3 R49 C24 C25
/Reset \CLR
C61 I_DAC2 1µ 100µ/10V
4k32 0.1%
X7R
100n
X7R
11 I_DAC2
VSS
MP19 GND GND
8
AGND
DGND 7
MAX504CSD
GND Pre Power Supply
Drawn 17.09.2013 Muschler for FG2025
J5: (depending on SW-Version) Released 30.09.2013 Schwarzbauer U531e-a-a.scm 531e-48631a-a
2-3: DAC to current ref.value Ziehm Module
DEFAULT! 1-2: Current value from Poti
Print date:
20.09.2013 001 05_DAC_Temperatur
N/A A3 5 of 6

4-35
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-36
+5V
+9V +5V
D2 U_MAINS
R15 1PS79SB31 MP6
22K1 R102 R101
Fig. 4-27
4.5.14.6
475R 150R
R100
U_MAINS
A
3
3
2K21
+
C55
R16 D3 10n C39 D42 D41
2
2
6K8 1PS79SB31 10µ/35V BZX84C5V1 BZX84C2V7
X7R
GND +9V +5V
D45 D44
GND gn gn
KK2
KL112/25c GND GND

TR1
5 7 +9V OK +5V OK
1
C65 Heatsink IC18 +5V MP12
+9V MP11 +5V
F
220nF/100V IC17 LM1086CS-5.0
~
GL1
D1
1 9 4 3 1 3 3 2
IN OUT IN OUT
B KT2812 - +
LL4007
GND GND
+
+
+
+
GND ~ C10 C14 C48 MC7809CT C49 C51 + C53 C54
230Vac B80C1000G 10µ/50V 330µ/35V 330µ/35V 2 100µ/25V 100n 1 100µ/25V 100n
2
X7R
X7R
uP WORLD R46
475R
X5 1
2
3 GND GND GND
MP13
MSTB2.5/3


KK1
UC3823 WORLD KL112/25c

TR2 +5V_REF2
5 7
1
3
+
C66 Heatsink +12V C22 R44 C63

MP14 100n 3K9 100µ/10V
C71
F
C 220nF/100V
X7R
1µ
~ IC19
GL2
X7R
1 9 4 3 1 3 IC12
1
IN OUT
KT2815 - + TL431CPK
GND GND GND
+
+
GND1 ~ C13 7812 C50 C52
2
2
B80C1000G 330µ/35V 100µ/25V 100n R45

2 3K9
X7R
12mm
GND1 GND1 GND

MP15
+12V
R103
270R
D

D43
2
BZX84C9V1
+12V
D46
gn M[1-4]
MTH3.3mm NDK SC8mm
GND1 M[5-10]
Mark. Point 1.5mm
+12V OK

20.09.2013 001 06_PowerSupply
N/A A3 6 of 6

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 4-28
4.5.14.7
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
U650b schematics
U650b schematics
Print date: 02.03.2010
Drawn: M. Braun 2. Feb. 2010 Date: 2 Draw. No.: 650b-48750a-a Unit:

Release: ate: R. Frank D Date File: U650b-a.scm U650b
PPS Power Stage 20KW
Changed: Date: Page 1 of 1
4-37
4.6 Power Factor Correction
4.6.1 Power Factor Correction Board Wiener Module
− Input voltage: 90 – 265 VAC / 16 A +/- 10% (20 A Peak), 47 – 63 Hz

− Output voltage: 330 VDC +/- 5 V
− Power factor: ≥ 0.98 (P0 ≥ 1000 W)
− Efficiency > 95% (typical)
− Monitor LED for state indication:
− Overvoltage protection
− Temperature
− Power failure warning
− Internal error states
4.6.2 View of Wiener Module
Fig. 4-29 View of Wiener module

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.6.3 Wiener Module state Indication
There is an LED indicator on the Wiener module for showing operation and fault states.
Fig. 4-30 Wiener Module state indicator
Normal operation:
Continuous light: No power fail (output DC is ok)
Quick blinking: Power fail (output DC is too low)
Error display:
In this mode, an error number is displayed in a binary way.
„0“ is a short flash,
„1“ a longer flash.
The error is displayed with the least significant bit starting.
Error Nr. Flash Sequence Description

2 short – long Overtemperature of the heat sink
3 long – long OVP (Over-Voltage Protection) has switched off the module
4 short – short – long Checksum of the code memory is wrong
5 long – short – long Checksum of the data memory is wrong
6 short – long – long Crystal oscillator failure
7 long – long – long Internal usage (unallowed access to flash)
8 short – short – short – long Internal usage (NMI)
9 long – short – short – long Internal usage (watchdog)
all other Internal usage

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.7 DC 24V Supply Unit FG 9938
4.7.1 General
FG 9938 voltages
Input approx. 34 VAC
Output 24 VDC with maximum 4 A ±2%
4.7.2 FG 9938: Location of Connectors, LED Indicators and Fuses
Input fuse
Overvoltage
protection fuse
LED1 input voltage LED 2 output

indicator voltage indicator
AC voltage input DC voltage output

from transformer to generator
Fig. 4-31 FG 9938: Location of connectors, LED indicators and fuses

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.7.3 FG 9938: Connectors
AC Input and DC Output
A1 AC Input:
A2 6.3 mm flat connector
A3 6.3 mm flat connector
A4 DC Output:
A5 4.8 mm flat connector plus
A6 6.3 mm flat connector minus
A2 and A3 indicated on the board as 34 V UAC

A5 indicated on the board as +24 V
A6 indicated on the board as GND
4.7.4 FG 9938: LED Indicators
LED 1 ON (green) AC input voltage present

(labeled Netz on the
board)
LED 2 ON (green) DC output voltage present

(labeled 24V on the
board)
4.7.5 FG 9938 Fuses
AC input fuse
Netz Fuse in series to the bridge rectifier 6.3 A slow

(also labeled
Netzsicherung
on the board)
Overvoltage protection circuit fuse
OVP Fuse in the ground wire 4 A slow

(also labeled
Fuse is blown by a SCR if the output voltage gets too high
OVP-Sicherung
on the board)

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.7.6 FG 9938: Adjustments
Output voltage adjustment
A1 Potentiometer indicated on the board as TRIWI2 “Span.”
Output voltage is adjusted to 24 VDC

This is not intended for service adjustments!
Output current adjustment
A2 Potentiometer indicated on the board as TRIWI1 “Strom”
Output current is adjusted to 4 ADC

This is not intended for service adjustments!
4.7.7 FG 9938 Replacement
The FG 9938 board is shipped preadjusted. The board can be replaced without any additional
adjustments (Part No.: 14249).

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8 U579 Power Supply Control Board
The following functions are integrated on the U579:

− Mains on / off control with the mains contactor (microcontroller)
− Inrush current limiting / control
− Lift motor control with option to “underride” the safe lifting range
− Rotating anode motor control (switching option between “start” and “running”)
− Voltage regulator for the image intensifier
− Voltage regulator for the CCD camera
− Interface to U515

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4-44
MP31 MP32
TFT+24 GNDTFT U515
4.8.1
F20
X47
500mAT D83 U597 GL2
MP35 +24VTFT X30 X64 X62
H+24 X76 X5 +
+ - KBPC35-08
MP36
Fig. 4-32
HUBGND D85
12Vac ~
+ - ~
X58 X56
+24VHUB
-
D75 X93 X96 X94
J7
BK 1 X66
X48 0V WT Sec 9
Pri.1
BK 2 100V MP33 MP34 X55
GNDFTD 60VA
FTD+24 J6 6.3AT 20V WT
BK 3 105V D78 X63
U597
F19 X57
+24VFTD MP5
MP25 X7 0V VT Sec 8
BK 4 110V CCD+12 X92 MP7 D108
MP26 20Vac
D68 CCDGND
X42
+12V CCD X85 60VA
BK 5 115V D74
MP23 +5VHUB
II+12 X84 21V VT
MP24 MP10 MP11
BK 6 120V D67 IIGND H+5 HUBGND
+12V I.I. MP8 7
0V OGSec
X44
F22
3.15AT
BK 7 I 100VA
X19
26V OG
F11
Pri.2 BK H
X45
8 100V
X18
2.5AT
0V 3 YE Sec 6
G MP2 MP27
X17
BK 9 105V X8 GND
F10
D6 MP30
MP29 +25V 2.5AT 30VA
F
X46
GND
X16
Loff
BK 10 110V J1
MP28 J2
15V 4 YE
X9 Lon
E J3
X15
F8
BK 11 115V MP1 J5 J4 5
XP0MS +24V 2AT 0V 1 YE Sec
X22 X4 X31
D
X49
X14
U579 wiring diagram

BK 12 120V
F9
C 30VA
X13
2AT
X32 15V 2 YE
Tr 11125 D18
B Reset
X51
X12
X40 0V BNSec 4
F12
2AT
M
X36
MP13
MP12 START XP0MC
30VA
N MP14
X37
X59
HUBGND MP3 12V BN
X43
NRM RMon
U579 Wiring Diagram
L 3
X21
MP4 D53 0V BU Sec
U579d
RMoff X77 X78
K PFC EN
X20
D87 240VA
BG1 30Vac
X6 X50 24V BU
X2 A
F13
X60
L L 4AT
X38 D82
XP0 ROT X24 X52 0V GNSec 2
RUN
F1A EMI Filter L
F7
4AT
150VA
N X28 X25 X53
X61
X65 X3 30V GN
Note:
F6
XP0 Line Load When mains 100V-120V D81
ROT
BR1a install bridge X65 - X67. X29 X26 X54 2AT
START
TR1 sec.
N 1
D98 230V 5 RDSec
F1B FAN
X10
F5
ON
F16
F14
3.15AT 1AT 160V 4 RD
55V 3 RD
X27 X39
BR1b
45V 2 RD
X1
X11
X80 X79
X67 F18
PE 0V 1 RD
XP0 PE on Central GND Tr 11125

gn/yl
Select Voltage
11125 Transformer TRHT 1970002
100VAC 105VAC 110VAC 115VAC 120VAC 200VAC 210VAC 220VAC 230VAC 240VAC
Connections with AWG 14 (Brown)
A-C A-E A-G A-I A-M A-B A- D A-F A-H A-L
C-B E-D G-F I-H M-L K-C K-E K-G K-I K-M
N-K N-K N-K N-K N-K
F1A = F1B = 20A F1A = F1B = 15A
Drawn: M. Ernemann 20. Dec. 2005 Drawing No.: . Unit:

Release: R. Schwabe 22. Mai 2006 File Name : U579_wiring_g.cdr
Module 1 Voltage Distribution Mobile Stand U579
Changed: M. Braun 08. Jul. 2010 Page : . of .
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.2 U579h Location of Connectors
power to control to Main Interface

Main Interface
lift motor
U579 control
rectifier lift motor
danger down buttons

switch
DC power for
II and CCD (R)
lower limit power to
Panel FAN (RFD)
upper limit U597
(FAN & PUMP)
up buttons
ON/OFF emergency
buttons switch
Front Cover
ON/OFF
thermo
via P0 emergency
switch
switch Vision Center
key emergency
switch reserve
TFT3 emergency
loop bypass
Power
to
FG9938
230V
voltage selector for PPS control
mains input from XP0
230 V to
Flat Panel supply
(RFD only)
Voltage selection for

soft start resistors
stator
rotating
anode 230V
for PPS Power
PE from XP0 phase shift (Generator HV)
capacitor 17.11.15
Fig. 4-33 U579h location of connectors

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.3 U579f Location of LED Indicators
+24VTFT
Supply for U515
+24VFTD (reserve) Lower Lat
+12V CCD +24VHUB

+5VHUB
+12V I.I.
+5V Supply for Processor
+25V Power on Logic
D9
24V DC
Reset
PFC EN
Supply for FG9938
BG1
ROT
RUN
Mains Relay on
ROT
START
Soft start Relay on
FAN (not used)
Fig. 4-34 U579f location of LED indicators

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.4 U579h Location of LED Indicators
D83 +24V for Vision Center, Buzzer&Emergency Loop on Main Interface
D85 AC Supply for Main Interface
D86 +12V CCD

D75 +24VHUB
D74 +5VHUB
D67 +12V I.I.
D33 +5V Supply for Processor
D6 +24V Power on Logic
Processor
state
D9
24V DC D18 Reset
D87 Supply for FG9938
D82 Rotation Run
D5 Mains Relay on
D81 Rotation Start

D8 Soft start Relay on
Fig. 4-35 U579h location of LED indicators

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.5 U579f Location of Fuses

TFT+24 GNDTFT
MP31
F20
MP32
C22
+
C21 D26
+
L15 34 K14
1 X64 X62
X30
+24VTFT X47
F20 500mAT 30Vdc Lift Motor / Rotating Anode control
D83
D84 1
R121
X76
R122
K
KK2 R120 3 1
+
X5
L19 C77 C78 C86 C116
R129 R130 R173 R175 6 4
SKT
2
12Vac
IC5 R5
C32 +
K
D85 C82 + +
D86
R177 C112
1
C79 9 7
+
K
14
-
+ C80 BR3 BR4
X56
X58
4
C111
1
A2 A1
K
+ ~ ~ -
GL5 C115 C114
C113
P4 L20
R128 R167 R174 R176 D99
KK3 D56 R179 R178 BR5 BR6
L5 + +
L3 C98
+
C97 C37
X93 X96 X94
X66
C76
2
1 1 1 3 1 3 1
R127
C100
IC6 R7
L22 D38 D39

+
R151
X48
6 4 6 4 K K
25
R125
L14
1
R3 D107
13
R149 R152 L21 R164 R163
D77
X55
R159
4
K
MP34 D78 MP33
1
C41 IC19 C94
+
K
K
ac
C99 9 7 9 7
D106 C87
D54 R126 R153
F19 10AT 24Vac Lift Motor Power

GNDFTD +24VFTD K
C81
P2 T23
L18 A2 A1 A2 A1
D23
R157
R158 K8
D91
X57
K
C95
R85 R84 R97 C40 R108 R86 R113 MP6 R131
ac
D66 C42
R101
D64 L2 F19
+
C108
+
MP26 D68 MP25 D97 K13 D95 K12

IC11 C35 K
T21 T22 T20 D109
MP5
IC15
IC9
C39
X63
1 K K
CCDGND CCD+12V
C54 X7
X92
K
+
R57 MP7 D105 20Vac 1

+
R78 C104 R141 R140 R144 R142 R137 R139 R180

D52
D108
L17 C75 K
C58
C64
X42
C60 C92
R87 R81 C38 R79 R80 R82 R83 R114 R145 MP36 MP35
+
D75
X85
C93 R106 K
IC17
IC12 L16 R58
D94
R67
L13 HUBGND HUB+24V 2

1
R147 R148 C91

K
D74
D73
R146 C47
L1
K
X84
D93 R134 C89 C90

+5VHUB HUBGND
IC16
KK1 C66
L10
C57
C63
C53 C20 R138 R136 C88

D65 C96 R133 R132 MP10 MP11
R100
R95
K
R135 1
C50
K
C36 C74 C107
MP24 MP23 MP8
X44
D67 IC2
D63 K
D92
F22 3,15AT 20Vac Pump

D102
K K
C101
D96
IIGND II+12V
C84
F22
+
IC7 L4 2
+ ~ ~ - R77 R115
+
GL7
C59
C9
X19
I
C62
+ ~ ~ - 1
GL3
F11
X45
X18
H
C61
+ ~ ~ -
GL2
2
C29 C106 D14
R40 D33
IC1
1
K
X17
MP2 MP27
G
+
1
GND L9
F10 2,5AT 24Vac Reserve

R9 D10 R10 R14 R19
T6 T7 T8
F10
D6 L8 1
K C109
X8 C3 C4 MP30
R16
R15
X46
R43
R25
D12 +25V
K
R6 R8 R12
D29
X16
C31 R45 R47

MP29
F D30 D89 GND

Loff
K K
R117 C19 C23 R51 R50 C7 C8 C28 C27 C26 C45
C2
J1
K K K
D43 1 2
+
1
1
J4 J3 J2
MP28 C110 L11 R169 D31 D44 R52

R56
33
R29 R28 R166 R165 R156 R155 R154 R30
K
R55 R54 R53
F8 2AT 15Vac II / TFT

1 D17
XP0MS
X15
49
E X9 Lon R46 R168 K

F8
J5
K 1 1 1 1 1 D80
K
D90 1
1
L12 R170 D104 MP1 C11

K
X22 X4 X31
~
+24V R31 D100

GL1
X49
+ K
-
D101
X14
R32
D K
3
R27
R33 D103
K
C14 D15 2
17
R34
C13 C12
F9 2AT 15Vac CCD

+
1 K
-
R35 D16
F9
Q1 IC8
R36
X13
C16 C46 1
C X32
R23
R37
C17 D32 Reset 1

C24
R89
K
C34 K
TR2 D28 D18
X51
K
X12
C18 R26
R76
R41 R39
B
IC3
F12 2AT 15Vac U515 / U648

F4 X40 K
D27
F12
R107 R38 C25 2
R171 R22 C15

X36
R172 R193
M
IC4
1
5
MP12 T12 R70 MP13

X43
START R60 R59 R119
X59
X37
N HUBGND R73 MP14 K

D1
NRM MP3 D20 L7

D22 D19
K
C6 C5
R24
R93 R91 2
R75 D47 R71
K
1
K
R42
R1
RMon
R72 D48 R68 R62 T3 R143 L6

K K
X21
L
R2
T14 T13
R61 D21 R88 D53
R74 MP4
D2
PFC EN X78
X77 C83
F1 F2
K
F3 R69 D88
T10
K
T11 T9 RMoff
X20
K
T5 R123
D87
BG1
K
~
R124
IC10
30Vac K
X6
X50
240V 230V 110V
C1 1
X2 A
U579f
F13
F13 4AT 30Vac FG9938

1
X60
K1
L
R118 R48
2
X38
13
T16 1 1
1 ROT D45
K X24 X52
RUN
K
XP0 R63 R64 D82
4 3 2 1
A1
K6
T1
F7 4AT 160Vac ROT START

F7
14
N 1 1 1
X61
D5 R18 X28 X25 X53

4 3 2 1
X3 K
X65
K7
R184 R181 2
F6 2,5AT 55Vac ROT RUN

R66 R65
23
BR1a
R116 D81
F6
K
TR1 sec.
K
1 1 1
D7 X29 X26 X54 1
ROT
K16
R99 T2 START 12 11 14
D46
D8
A2
24
R102
K R44
R98
K
R150 D98
F16 1AT 230Vac

K
X10
D4
R103 K 2
D24 R4 FAN
C43 D25
K
F5
F14 3,15AT 230Vac Flat Panel

ON
F14
R183 R182
F16
K15
12 11 14
A1
R104
U531 Board(s)
K
3
D51
K
21
11
+
(RFD only) D50

K
D55
D57
X39
C44
R188 R187 R186 R185 1 3
K
X27
22
R105
T17
A2
14
F18 15AT 230Vac PPS Power

1
BR1b
X11
R17
X1
K2 PE
X67 R192 R191 R190 R189 X80 X79 2
R13
R11
IC13
C10 F18
11.08.2016
Fig. 4-36 U579f location of fuses

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.6 U579h Location of Fuses
F20 500mAT 30Vdc Lift Motor & Rot. Anode control
F19 10AT 24Vac Lift Motor & FAN Power
F22 3,15AT 20Vac Pump
F8 2AT 15Vac I.I./ TFT
F9 2AT 15Vac CCD
F12 2AT 15Vac Main Interface
F13 4AT 30Vac FG9938
F7 4AT 160Vac ROT START
F6 2,5AT 55Vac ROT RUN
F14 3,15AT 230Vac Flat Panel F16 1AT 230Vac

(RFD only) U531 Boards
F18 15AT 230Vac PPS Power

(Generator HV)
Fig. 4-37 U579h location of fuses

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.7 ON/OFF Control
4.8.7.1 ON/OFF Switching Operation
The mobile stand (MS) is connected via P0 cable to the monitor cart (MC).
The system is connected to the wall outlet, it is still OFF.
The system is switched ON on the MS or MC.
The inrush relay (MC) and the mains contactor 1 (MC, power supply MC) are closed.
The mains contactor 2 (MC, power supply MS) are closed.
The MS is switched ON remotely by the MC.
The inrush relay (MS) and the mains contactor (MS) are closed.
The system is running (ON).
4.8.7.2 Connectors for ON/OFF Control High Voltages
List of all terminals KDS10/SO dealing with high voltages
Phoenix terminal KDS10/SO
X12 mains transformer primary 2: 100 VAC tap 8

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
List of all terminals MKDSP10 dealing with high voltages
Phoenix terminal MKDSP10
X10:3 mains transformer secondary 1: 0 VAC
X11:1 secondary of transformer to U 580 (PFC Filter): 230 VAC
X11:2 secondary of transformer to U 580 (PFC Filter): 230 VAC
List of all connectors MSTB2.5/3 dealing with high voltages
Phoenix MSTB2.5/3
X24 secondary of transformer via F14: 230 VAC L. monitor
X25 secondary of transformer via F14: 230 VAC R. monitor
X26 secondary of transformer via F14: 230 VAC Video printer
X27 secondary of transformer via F14: 230 VAC / AC fan

160 VAC
X28 secondary of transformer via F14 : 230 VAC Image memory
X29 secondary of transformer via F14: 230 VAC
X52 secondary of transformer via F16: 230 VAC U531
X27 is switched by a relay and used for a fan motor. Not used in Sys-
tems with U597 fan and pump control.
List of all connectors Faston dealing with high voltages
6.3 mm Faston connector
X1 protective earth
X2 mains power in (L)
X3 mains power in (N)
X6 voltage selector

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.7.3 Connectors for Low Voltages
X4, X22, X31, X97, X98, X99 interrupting auxiliary voltage (Emergency OFF)
2-pin connector male, PANDUIT
X4 Key switch
X22 Temperature switch
X31 Emergency switch
X97 Emergency switch Vision Center
X98 Emergency reserve
X99 TFT3 emergency loop bypass

(Generally a bridge connector has to be set in Vision R(FD) sys-
tems)
NOTE
A bridge connector has to be installed if the respective option is not used. Other-
wise there is no power ON/OFF – nothing at all.
X8 to ON / OFF buttons
pin1 GND
pin2 Power ON LED
pin3 Standby LED
pin4 ON
pin5 OFF
X9 to XP0 connector
pin1 OFF
pin2 ON
pin3 GND

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
X32 serial interface TTL !DEBUG ONLY!
4-pin connector male, 2.54 spacing
pin1 TxD
pin2 RxD
pin3 GND
pin4 +5 V
normally not fitted
X38 test pins
Pin1 MAINS_1_ON
Pin2
Pin3 INRUSH
Pin4 GND
X40 Programming Connector for 68HC08
Pin1 PTC0
Pin2 PTC1
Pin3 PTC3
Pin4 /IRQ
Pin5 Disable reset
Pin6 Master reset
Pin7 PTA0
Pin8 ---
Pin9 +5 V
Pin10 GND

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.7.4 LED Indicators
LEDs for ON / OFF
LED D5 (gn) Mains relay on
LED D6 (gn) +25 V auxiliary voltage
LED D8 (gn) Relay switch on resistors
LED D33 (gn) +5 V to processor and logic
LED D15 (gn) PTF5 on HC08
LED D17 (yl) PTE4 on HC08
LED D18 (rd) Reset to HC08
LED D 90 (gn) PTF1 on HC08
gn = green, yl = yellow, rd = red
Fuses for ON / OFF
F1 not equipped
F2 not equipped
F3 not equipped
F4 not equipped
F14 3.15 A slow 230 VAC distribution
F16 1 A slow 230 VAC

for pre-power supply control boards U531
F18 15 A slow 230 VAC path to the generator
F1, F2, F3: only one fuse is permitted to be inserted!

One of (F1, F2 or F3) and F4 are fitted when TR2 is equipped

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.7.5 Test Points
Measurement Test Points for ON / OFF
MP1 +25 V
MP2 GND
MP27 +5 V
MP28 /ON signal, local
MP 29 /OFF signal, local
MP 30 GND
MP 3 /ON signal, remote
MP 4 /OFF signal, remote
MP3 and MP4 necessary only if this circuit sits in the MC!
But the logic level is very important for the µP, though
4.8.7.6 U579h Jumpers
Jumpers for options
open closed
J1 not used not used
J4 Input Local OFF: Input Local OFF:

The system is switched off The system is switched off with a delay
immediately of 30 sec.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.8 Lift Motor Control
The motor is switched ON and OFF using one relay which has three single-pole normally open
contacts. These are connected in series to achieve a safe off state.
Two more independent relays are used to select the rotation direction. Each relay’s default state
connects the motor to a low-impedance resistor acting as a brake load.
The control electronics for the relays is deliberately made by simple HC-MOS logic and not by pro-
grammable logic to get optimum reliability. It is actuated by simple pushbuttons (not on the board).
Timing circuits ensure that the main relay is the last when the motor goes on and the first to go off
when the motor should stop. With this the direction relay is decisive.
When the UP button and the DOWN button are pressed simultaneously, the movement stops
immediately.
The motor is switched on only as long as one of the buttons is pressed. As soon as one of the
buttons is released, the up/down movement stops.
The range of movement is determined by limit switches. The upper limit switch is in series to the
UP push button and the lower limit switch is in series to the DOWN pushbuttons. If the limit is
reached or if a wire is broken, the movement stops immediately.
"Lower lateral” function (Ziehm Vision R only)

If the mobile stand is equipped with a 12" I.I., an additional “Lower lateral” function is implemented.
In the range between 0 mm and 50 mm a collision of the generator housing with the foot of the
mobile stand is possible. In the range between 50 mm and maximum all C-arm movements can
be carried out without any risk of collision.
Danger switches and a flashing circuitry are added to comply with the wish of using the lower
range. This is possible, when the first danger switch has opened, by pressing both DOWN buttons
simultaneously. A second limit switch will power up the flashing circuitry.
One supply voltage is used for the motor (about 24 VDC), and the 5 V for the logic is derived from
that voltage, too.
A new overcurrent circuitry is integrated to switch off the lift motor in case of a mechanical
collision.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.8.1 Connectors Lift Motor Control
X42 24 VAC Input mains transformer secondary 3
X42:1 wire a blue
X42:2 wire b blue
X55, X56, X57, X58 Bridge Rectifier
X55 AC
X56 -
X57 AC
X58 +
X62, X64 Approx.30 VDC
X62 -
X64 +
X47, X48 Lift motor
X47 +
X48 -
X84 Up buttons
Pin1 up, logic input
Pin2 up 2

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
X94, X96 Down buttons
Pin1 down, logic input
Pin2 down 2
Pin3 +24 V LED
Pin4 GND LED
The buttons are used with condition “normally open” !!
X85 Upper limit switch
Pin1 up 1
Pin2 up 2
The limit switches are used with condition “normally closed” !!
X92 Lower limit switch
Pin1 down 1
Pin2 down 2
The limit switches are used with condition “normally closed” !!
X93 Danger Switch
Pin1 normally open Danger switch 1
Pin2 common Danger switch 1
Pin3 normally closed Danger switch 1
Pin4 normally open Danger switch 2
Pin5 common Danger switch 2
The danger switch is used with condition “normally closed” !!
NOTE
A bridge has to be set between Pin 2 and Pin 3 if no danger switch is connected.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.8.2 LED Indicators of Lift Motor Control
LEDs for lift motor
LED D106 (yl) lower position indicator (flashing)
LED D75 (gn) +24 V HUB
LED D74 (gn) +5 V HUB
4.8.8.3 Fuses for Lift Motor
Fuses for lift motor
F19 10 A slow 5 × 20 24 V AC
F20 500 mA slow 5 × 20 +24 V Hub
4.8.8.4 Jumpers for Lift Motor
Jumpers for lift motor
J5 Disable short-circuit protection of IC5, 24 V for relays

Jumper is only present in boards up to version d
4.8.8.5 Test Points for Lift Motor Control
Measurement Test Points for Lift motor
MP5 Current sense amplifier
MP6 Differientiator amplifier
MP7 Comparator
MP8 Stop flip-flop
MP35 +24 V HUB
MP10 +5 V HUB
MP36 HUBGND

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.9 Rotating Anode Motor Control
4.8.9.1 Connectors for Rotating Anode Motor Control
X10, X61 45 V – 55 V or 160 VAC Input
X10:3 0 VAC tap power in
X10:2 45 VAC tap power in (run I.A.E. Tube)
X10:1 55 VAC tap power in (run Varian Tube)
X61:2 160 VAC tap power in (accelerate)
X79, X80 Phase Shift Capacitor
X79 Capacitor a
X80 Capacitor b
X39 Stator of the Rotating Anode Tube
Phoenix terminal ICV2.5/3-G
Pin1 Phase shift
Pin2 Phase
Pin3 Common
4.8.9.2 LED Indicators for Rotating Anode Motor Control
LEDs for Rotating Anode Motor Control
LED D81 (gn) Start mode
LED D82 (gn) Normal operation

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.9.3 Fuses for Rotating Anode Motor Control
Fuses for Rotating Anode Motor Control
F5 2 A time-lag 5 x 20 45 VAC (not equipped if

Varian tube is installed)
F6 2.5 A time-lag 5 x 20 55 VAC
F7 4 A time-lag 5 x 20 160 VAC
F5, F6: only one fuse is permitted to be inserted!
4.8.9.4 Test Points for Rotating Anode Motor Control
Measurement Test Points for Rotating Anode Motor Control
MP12 HUBGND
MP13 /START
MP14 /NORMAL_OP
4.8.10 Other Functions
Besides the functions described above, there are some more functions on the U579:
− Power supply for II
− Power supply for CCD
− Power supply for TFT displays
− Power supply for U515
− Power supply for generator electronics
− Power supply for flat-panel detector (optionally)
− PFC enable
− U515 Interface
− Power supply for U597

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.10.1 Connectors
X49 15 VAC Input for II Power Supply / Vision Center Mains Transformer Secondary 6
X49 : 1 wire yellow 3
Vision Center supplied by this output with U579f or modified U579d
X51 15 VAC Input for CCD supply Power Supply Mains Transformer Secondary 5
(Not used in Vision RFD systems)
X63 DC Power to II and CCD

(Not used in Vision RFD systems)
Pin1 +12 V to II
Pin2 GND to II
Pin3 +12 V to CCD
Pin4 GND to CCD
X45 21 VAC Input for TFT Display Power Supply Mains Transformer Secondary 8
X45 :1 wire violet 1
X45 : 2 wire violet 2
Not used with U579f or modified U579d
X59 12 VAC Input for U515 Power Supply Mains Transformer Secondary 4
X59 :1 wire brown 1
X59: 2 wire brown 2

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
X76 Power to U515
Pin1 +24 V to TFT and signal horn
Pin2 GND to TFT and signal horn
Pin3 12 VAC to U515
Pin4 12 VAC to U515
X60 30 VAC Input for FG 9938 Power Supply Mains Transformer Secondary 2
X60 : 1 wire green 1
X60 : 2 wire green 2
X77, X78 30 VAC Output for FG 9938
6.3 mm Faston Connector
X77 wire a
X78 wire b
X46 26 VAC Input for 24 VDC Reserve Mains Transformer Secondary 7
X46 : 1 wire orange 1
X46 : 2 wire orange 2
X66 24 VDC Output Reserve
Pin1 +24 V FTD
Pin2 GND FTD
X44 20 VAC Input Mains Transformer Secondary 9 for Water Pump
X44 : 1 wire white 1
X44 : 2 wire white 2

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
X7 Output to U597
Pin1 + 30 V Fan
Pin2 GND Fan
Pin3 20 VAC Pump
Pin4 20 VAC Pump
X50 PFC Modules Enable
Pin1 C
Pin2 E
opto out: C is Collector, E is Emitter
4.8.10.2 LED Indicators for Other Functions
LEDs for other functions
LED D67 (gn) +12 V II
LED D68 (gn) +12 V CCD
LED D83 (gn) +24 V TFT
LED D85 (gn) 12 VAC U515
LED D87 (gn) 30 VAC FG 9938
LED D78 (gn) 24 VDC reserve
LED D98 (gn) Relay fan is ON
LED D53 (gn) PFC enable

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.10.3 Fuses for All Other Functions
Fuses for all other functions
F8 2 A slow 5 × 20 II and Vision Center

(For Vision Center only if
U779f or modified U579d is
equipped)
F9 2 A slow 5 × 20 CCD (Not used in Vision

RFD Systems)
F10 2.5 A slow 5 × 20 Reserve
F11 2 A slow 5 × 20 U515 +24 V TFT

Not equipped with U579f or
modified U579d
F12 2 A slow 5 × 20 U515 12 VAC
F13 4 A slow 5 × 20 FG 9938
4.8.10.4 Test Points for All Other Functions
Measurement test points for all other functions
MP23 +12 V I.I. / Vision Center

(Vision Center only if U779f or modified U579d is equipped)
MP24 GND I.I. / Vision Center

(Vision Center only if U779f or modified U579d is equipped)
MP25 +12 V CCD

(Not used in Vision RFD Systems)
MP26 GND CCD

(Not used in Vision RFD Systems)
MP31 +24 V TFT
MP32 GND_TFT

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.11 Cross Reference List of the Interface to U515 and to U597
X30 Interface to U515, X5 Interface to U597
U515, X21  U597, X30 U579, X5  U597, X11
Pin1 Pump_ON + Pump_ON + Pin1
Pin2 Pump_ON - Pump_ON - Pin2
Pin3 / NORMAL_OP
Pin4 HUBGND (/ NORMAL_OP -)
Pin5 / START
Pin6 HUBGND (/ START -)
Pin7 PFC_EN +
Pin8 HUBGND (PFC_EN -) GND Pin8
Pin9 +5 V HUB (AC_Fan_ON +)
Pin10 AC_Fan_ON - DC_Fan - Pin10
Pin11 WP_Tacho + WP_Tacho Pin11
Pin12 WP_Tacho - GND Pin12
Pin13 Fan_Tacho + Fan_Tacho Pin13
Pin14 Fan_Tacho - GND Pin14
Pin15 Flow_Monitor + Flow_Monitor Pin15
Pin16 Flow_Monitor - GND Pin16
Pin17 Temp_Freq + Temp_Freq Pin17
Pin18 Temp_Freq + GND Pin18
Pin19 WP_PWM + WP_PWM Pin19
Pin20 WP_PWM - GND Pin20
Pin21 Fan_PWM + Fan_PWM Pin21
Pin22 Fan_PWM - GND Pin22
Pin23
Pin24
Pin25
Pin26
Pin27
Pin28

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
X30 Interface to U515, X5 Interface to U597
Pin29
Pin30
Pin31
Pin32
Pin33
Pin34

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.12 U579 Layout
Fig. 4-38 U579 layout

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.8.13 U579h-b-a Schematic Diagrams
NOTE
Not all parts are used for Ziehm Vision R(FD) systems.
Please turn over page to continue

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
R204
4-70
GND
X1 1 2M21
PE PE
6,3mmVP K1-B X12
RY20 200 B
X2 1 L 14 13 1 X6 A
KDS10/SO
Fig. 4-39
6,3mmVP
4.8.13.1
6,3mmVP
X13
A K2-B C
C1 11 14 F6561-24DC
KDS10/SO
680n/250Vac RV_1 K2-C RV_2
F
21 22 F6561-24DC X14
K1-C D
RY20 200
X3 1 N 23 24 R181 R182 R183 R184 1 X65 KDS10/SO
BR1a
6,3mmVP 6,3mmVP X15
2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W
E
R185 R186 R187 R188 1 X67 KDS10/SO
BR1b
6,3mmVP X16
2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W
F

R189 R190 R191 R192 KDS10/SO
X17
2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W
G
KDS10/SO
TR1
X18 pri
+24Vdc +24Vdc H
Mains ON/OFF
KDS10/SO
B
Mains ON/OFF
X19
I
D5 A1 A1 D8
D7 KDS10/SO
gn K1-A K2-A gn
LL4007 RY20 200 F6561-24DC X20
D4 K
LL4007
KDS10/SO
R18 A2 A2 R44 X21
8K25 8K25 L

KDS10/SO
X36
M
R64 R66 KDS10/SO
PTA4 T1 PTA5 T2
BC817-40 BC817-40 X37
10K 10K
N
R63 R65
KDS10/SO
3K3 3K3
C
GND GND GND GND 8mm
Emergency_B 1 X22 TEST

2
Temperaturschalter
X38
Temperature Switch 1
X99 MLSS100-02
1 2
2 3
4
MLSS100-02 1 X4 +5V
Emergency_A SL1/25-4G
2
Schlüsselschalter
Key Switch GND
MLSS100-02
R40
BG1 1 X31 Notaus Schalter 47R5
OFM-0105/M 2 Emergency Switch
MP2 MP1 Front Cover
MLSS100-02 3
GND +24V
D MP27 D14
2 9 IC1 +5V
BZX84C2V7
- 1 X97
Notaus Schalter 2

~ 2 Emergency Switch +24Vdc
L8
1 3
L9
IN OUT
100V- 8 Vision Center
24V= NC MLSS100-02 FeB 3A GND FeB 3A D33
240V
R78_5V-0.5A gn
1 6 1 X98 2
~ + 2 Reserve
R205
+
MX 70543-2VP C29 C106 C109 C4 D89

100n 100n 475R 10n 1N5339B GND
470µ/35V
X7R
X7R
X7R
C2 220µ/50V +24Vdc
+
D12 D6 C3
R19
100n
gn
1K5
X7R
BZX84C18 +24Vdc GND
GND GND

Drawn 05.11.2015 Muschler Voltage Distribution MS Shut-Down NGIS
Released 09.11.2015 Frank U579h-b-a.scm 579h-48829b-a
05.11.2015 001 01_Mains ON/OFF
U579h Scale Size Page

N/A A3 1 of 10

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 4-40
4.8.13.2
X61
1 F18
A 230VAC_sec
2 160VAC_sec
15AT
MKDSP10
R13
U X11
S20K320
PE 2 Filter Board
R11
U 1 U580
S20K320 MKDSP10
R17
X10 U
1 55VAC_sec S20K320
TR1 2 45VAC_sec

sec. 3
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
MKDSP10
0VAC_sec

B
Secondary 230 VAC

R4 D24
RV_1 RV_1a
Secondary 230 VAC
22R LL4007

R98 R99 R102 R103
200K 200K 200K 200K
F14
+5V
3.15AT F16
1AT
2
R107
1X24 3 T16 2K21
2 L. MONITOR BUXD87T4
C 3 1
MSTB2.5/3 PTB7
IC13
1 4
C10
1X25 47n
X7R
2 R. MONITOR 2 3
3 R104
D25 8K25
MSTB2.5/3 HCPL-817-W6CE
LL4148
C43
C44
+
100n
1X26 1X52 3 47µ/25V T17 GND
X7R
2 VIDEO PRINTER 2 D51 BC847B

3 3 PRE POWER 1 BZX84C12
2 D55
MSTB2.5/3 MSTB2.5/3
LL4148
1X27 1X53
K15-B 2 LÜFTER 2 D57 R105
14 11 24Vdc/16A 3 3 PRE POWER 2 LL4148 68R
FAN
D MSTB2.5/3 MSTB2.5/3
160VAC_sec_a 12 RV_2

1X28 1X54
2 PC BILDSPEICHER 2
3 PC IMAGE MEM. 3 PRE POWER 3
MSTB2.5/3 MSTB2.5/3 Double Insulation 8mm
1X29
2
3
MSTB2.5/3
8mm
to all other
circuity

16mm Drawn 05.11.2015 Muschler Voltage Distribution MS Shut-Down NGIS
to Filename Part No/Drawing No
primary Released 09.11.2015 Frank U579h-b-a.scm 579h-48829b-a
05.11.2015 001 02_Secondary 230V AC

N/A A3 2 of 10

4-71
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-72
+5V
Fig. 4-41
A 4.8.13.3
R31
10K
R32
10K
R33
10K
R34
10K
R35
10K
R36
10K
R37
10K
R38
10K
X40
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
+5V
8
+5V
9
10 X32

1
Controller
SL1-10G Reset 2
+5V 3
R39 R41 D18
Controller
10K 10K rd 4
C34 C24 100n SL1/25-4G
100n X7R
IC3 R26
X7R
2 3 1K IC8 GND
VCC GND
GND
B IC4-B /Reset PTA0 26 13
4 7 D27 27 PTA0 PTE0/TxD 14 +5V
2 4
PTE1/RxD
PFI 28 PTA1 15
PTA2
BAT46 74AHCT1G126GV 29 PTA2 PTE2/TACH0 16
1 PTA3
1 5 30 PTA3 PTE3/TACH1 17
PTA4 R30 1K82 D17
6 8 D28 31 PTA4 PTE4/\SS 18
C18 PTA5 yl
WDI 32 PTA5 PTE5/MISO 19 R154 1K82 D80
BAT46 100n 33 PTA6 PTE6/MOSI 20
MAX705ESA gn
PTA7 PTE7/SPSCK
X7R
R155 1K82 D90
D32 BAT46 PTB0 34 4 gn
35 PTB0/ATD0 PTF0/TACH2 5
PTB1 R156 1K82 D100
C17 PTB2 gn

100n GND PTB3 R165 1K82 D101
38 PTB3/ATD3 PTF3/TACH5 8 gn
PTB4/ATD4 PTF4TBCH0
X7R
39 11 R166 1K82 D103
40 PTB5/ATD5 PTF5/TBCH1 12 gn
41 PTB6/ATD6 PTF6
GND GND PTB7 R28 1K82 D15
PTB7/ATD7
gn
60 23 R29 1K82 D16
+5V 61 PTC0 PTG0/KBD0 24 gn
62 PTC1 PTG1/KBD1 25
63 PTC2/MCLK PTG2/KBD2
1 PTC3 48 R117
C PTC4
64 PTC4 PTH0/KBD3 49
PTC5
PTC5 PTH1/KBD4 10K
R52 R53 R54 R55 R56
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 42
43 PTD0/ATD8 22
PTD1/ATD9 VDD
+5V
46
47 PTD2/ATD10
C45 C26
J1 50 PTD3/ATD11 21
SL1-2G 100n 10n
51 PTD4/ATD12/TBCLK VSS
J2 PTD5/ATD13
X7R
X7R
SL1-2G 52
53 PTD6/ATD14/TACLK
J3 PTD7 44
SL1-2G
VDDAREF
J4 2
SL1-2G C46 C23
\IRQ 45 100n 1n R27
J5 3 AVSS/VREFL
SL1-2G 475R
\RST
X7R
X7R
9 54
CANRx VREFH 55
10 VDDA
GND C11
CANTx
C19 C14
+
59 56 100n 1n 47µ/10V
OSC1 VSSA
X7R
X7R
D 58 57
OSC2 CGMXFC

MC68HC908AZ60A
C12
C16
C0G 22n
22p
X7R
R23 Q1
2M2 16MHz
C13 GND
C0G
22p
+5V
GND
IC4-A
5 3
VCC GND
74AHCT1G126GV
C25 C15
100n 1n
Shut-Down NGIS
X7R
X7R
Drawn 05.11.2015 Muschler Voltage Distribution MS
GND Print date: Ziehm Module
05.11.2015 001 03_ON / OFF Controller

N/A A3 3 of 10

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V
+24Vdc
R50
2K21
Fig. 4-42
4.8.13.4
A R6 R8
+5V
3K3 3K3
T6 T7
R51 BC857B BC857B
+5V +5V
2K21
R9 R10
10K 10K
+5V
D10 R168 D44
3K3 BAT46
R12
T8 PTC5
R89 LL4148 BC847B
10K
2K21

R15 R25 R14 MP28 D104
1K 1K 3K3 Lon BAT46
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
L12 R46
PTB2
BLM21BD221 220R
R16 R43 GND GND
1K 1K C110 D43 C8
Local ON R170 100n BAT46 10n

B 2K21
X7R
X7R
ON/OFF controller
GND GND GND GND
Buttons X8 MP30
+5V
ON/OFF Controller
1 GND
GND 2
LED 3 +5V +5V
L6 1X43 4
2 ON/EIN 5
R1 L7

3 OFF/AUS
3K3 MLSS100-05
BLM21BD221
MLSS100-03 R47 D30 GND
MP3 3K3 BAT46
D1 RMon GND
BAT46
Local OFF
+5V
D31
BAT46
L11 R45
ON R24 D19 PTB3
C 22K1 BAT46
BLM21BD221 220R
R60 R119 XP0MS X9 1
PTA2 T3 PTB0 Loff C31 D29 C7
OFF/AUS 2
BC817-40 MP29 R169 100n BAT46 10n
10K 220R ON/EIN 3 2K21
X7R
X7R
GND
R59 C5 D20 C27 MLSS100-03
3K3 47n BAT46 10n
X7R
X7R
GND GND GND GND GND
GND GND GND GND GND
+5V
K17-B K17-C
+5V
TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
4 3 7 8
R112
+5V 2 9
3K3
R76
R160
PTC4 T15 2K21
BC857B D110 IC20-A
D 10K X101 1 R109 1 8
R2
3K3 2 YL yl
3 1K5

MP4 4 D58 C56 2 7
D2 RMoff 1 K17-A MLSS100-04 LL4148 10n
BAT46 R111 D60 ILD207T
TQ2-5V
X7R
1K2 LL4148 + GND

+5V
WS2
OFF D61
R42 D21 YL 10
22K1 BAT46
yl
R62 R143
PTA3 T5 PTB1
BC817-40
10K 220R
GND Workstation 2 potential
R61 C6 D22 C28
3K3 47n BAT46 10n
X7R
X7R
GND GND GND GND GND
05.11.2015 001 04_ON / OFF Controller

N/A A3 4 of 10

4-73
1 2 3 4 5 6
IC17-B IC17-A HUB+24V
4-74
Up SN74HC14D SN74HC14D
Button 9 IC16-C
A1
X84 1 R138 L10
10 8
2 4 K14-A
100R BLM21BD221 1 11
Fig. 4-43
74HC10 D99
4.8.13.5
MLSS100-02 F6223
R136 C88 LL4007
A 1K 220n +5V HUB D92 R133
X7R
A2 ON
IC16-A IC7-A
3 1 1 LL4148 100R
IC16-B IC17-D
HUBGND 3
2 4 6 2 12 2 12 R132 R137
T20
9 8 BC817-40 HUB+24V
R147 L13 180K 5K62
5 13 13
74HC10 74HC10 C90 SN74HC14D R139
100R BLM21BD221
+5V HUB 74HC10 470n 22K1
X7R
R148 C91 A1
1K 220n
LL4007
R95 HUBGND HUBGND K13-A
X7R
0R0

F6222
Upper Limit HUBGND IC17-C D94 UP
IC15-A R145
D97
Switch A2
5 6 1
X85 1 LL4148 100R
IC17-F
C 2 +5V HUB 13 2
SN74HC14D
NC Q 1B R146 R140
MLSS100-02 C38 100n 13 12 T21
X7R R78 +5V HUB
BC817-40
& 180K 5K62
B 4
R81 0R0
Lift motor control

3 C92 SN74HC14D R141
470n 22K1
12K1 14 HUBGND
CX
X7R
IC9-A 15 HUBGND
R79 2 RX/CX
HUBGND MP5 C95
Lift Motor Control
- 74HC123T 1µ/35V
+
3K01 1
R80 3 +5V HUB R131

I_sense +
3K01 680K
LMC6484IM

D91
HUB+24V
BAT46
R87
4K75 R82 A1
10K
MP6 +5V HUB +5V HUB
K12-A
LL4007
D52
F6222
HUB+24V LL4148 R84 DOWN
D102 R115 D93 R134 A2
C Lower Limit LL4148 10K
D95
100K
Switch D96 R77 IC7-B
13 3 LL4148 100R
IC9-D LL4148 10K C74 IC17-E
X92 1 - X7R 47n
C R135 R144
2 6 IC9-B 14 C36 4 6 T22
NC - X7R 11 10
MLSS100-02 47n BC817-40
7 R57 12 5 180K 5K62
+ 74HC10 SN74HC14D
L22 C89 R142
5 0R0
FeB 3A LMC6484IM 470n 22K1
+ MP8
X7R
+
LMC6484IM R113 HUBGND
Down C39 R83 R97 R85 +5V HUB 0R0
Button_1 10µ/16V 100K 100K 100K 9 IC7-C
MP7
X94 1 9 10 8
IC9-C +5V HUB
1 2 C42 R108 -
3 8 R114 11
R163 2K HUBGND 1µ 33K2 74HC10
LED 2 4
0R0
X7R
MLSS100-04 10 LMC6484IM
+
HUB+24V
R149
R86 C40
Down 10K 22n R159
D 4 8 1K
Button_2 6K20
X7R
K8-B 2 IC19
X96 1 9 7
TQ2-5V

RES VCC
2 3 4 HUBGND
R152 D106
3 R164 2K K8-A 6 yl K8-C
4 THR 7
LED TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
68K 2 DIS 8
MLSS100-04
10 TRIG
1 HUBGND
+
5 3 R157
CONT OUT T23
+
Danger D77 BC847B

GND 4K75
Switch X93 C94
1 10µ/16V 1 LM555CM R158
NO 2 LL4007 33K2
1 C 3
NC L14 R151 HUBGND HUBGND
4 HUBGND
NO 5
2
C BLM21BD221 22R1
MLSS100-05 D23 C41
ZMY5.6 100n
L21
X7R
+5V HUB
HUBGND HUBGND
FeB 3A Voltage Distribution MS Shut-Down NGIS
Drawn 05.11.2015 Muschler
05.11.2015 001 05_Lift_Motor_Control

N/A A3 5 of 10

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
D38 F20 D26

R179 R178
LL4007 500mAT MBR745 MP35
18K2 619R
+
C32 HUB+24V
KK2 P4
Fig. 4-44
4.8.13.6
D39 10µ/50V
KL-224/38.1 20K
1X62
A ac
X55 1 LL4007 IC5
6,3mmVP L19 L20
6,3mmVP 2 1 3 HUB+24V
VIVA SW
to Bridge 1X64
L15
ac
X57 1 1 4 50µH 4.9A FeB 3A HUB+24V
Rectifier 6,3mmVP VIN FB
6,3mmVP D75
FeB 3A SHDN GND gn
+ X58 1
HUB+30V MIC4576BT
C112
5 3
+
+
+
6,3mmVP C22 C21 C111
100n D105
10µ/50V
X56 1 C113 BZX84C18
+
+
+
+
- C114 C115 C116 C86 C82 R177 D56
X7R
680n/100V 1K MBR745 100n
6,3mmVP
F
X7R
R5
0R0 R180

HUBGND 1K5
220µ/50V
220µ/50V
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4x 220µ/50V
F19
X42
1 10AT
C87
2 24V AC 680n/100V

MKDSP10
Lift motor power

B MP36
HUBGND
Lift Motor Power
K14-B
F6223
7

K14-C 8
F6223
MP10
+5V HUB +5V HUB
5 IC2
6
L4
HUB+24V 1 3
IN OUT
K14-D
GND FeB 3A
+
F6223 C47 C9 C50

9 100n R206 100µ/25V 1n
C 2 C101 475R
X7R
X7R
NP0
47n
HUBGND
1 4 3 6
R78_5V-0.5A
K13-B K13-C
F6222 F6222 HUBGND
7 9 MP11
+5V HUB +5V HUB
+5V HUB IC9-E

4 11 C108 100n
VCC GND X7R
+5VHUB
D74 LMC6484IM
R167
R128
R129
R130
R173
R174
R175
R176
gn
2R2/7W
2R2/7W
2R2/7W
2R2/7W
2R2/7W
2R2/7W
2R2/7W
2R2/7W
IC7-D
14 7 C107 100n
D VCC GND X7R
X47
1 3 74HC10
MOTOR+ D73

6,3mmVP
BZX84C2V7 IC15-C
2 16 8 C104 100n
VCC GND X7R
I_sense
74HC123T
1 4 3 6 R106 IC16-D
47R5 14 7 C96 100n
X7R
C37 R127 VCC GND
K12-B K12-C X7R
220n 0R01 2W
F6222 F6222 74HC10
7 9
X48 IC17-G
1 MOTOR- HUBGND 14 7 C93 100n
VCC GND X7R
6,3mmVP
SN74HC14D HUBGND
HUBGND

05.11.2015 001 06_Lift_Motor_Power

N/A A3 6 of 10

4-75
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-76
8mm to ALL
Fig. 4-45
4.8.13.7
1 X80
A 6,3mmVP to Phase Shift
12
160VAC_sec F7 4AT 160VAC_sec_a K16-B 24Vdc/16A 1 X79 Capacitor
11 14 6,3mmVP
55VAC_sec F6 2.5AT K7-B SKA20440

2 1
X39
1
45VAC_sec F5 2AT K6-B SKA20440 2
2 1 3
to Rotating Anode Motor
ICV2.5/3-G-5.08
0VAC_sec

HUB+24V
B
R116 D45 R118 R150
8K25 LL4007 8K25 8K25
A1 3 3 A1
K16-A
24Vdc/16A + K7-A + K6-A K15-A
D46 D50
SKA20440 SKA20440
LL4007 ROT ROT LL4007 FAN
START RUN ON
A2 4 4 24Vdc/16A A2
D81 D82 D98

gn gn gn
+5V HUB
R91
T14 AC_Fan_ON-
Motor control for rotating anode

BC817-40
4K75
R70 R71 R69 +5V HUB
33K2 1K 33K2
C R93
R68 22K1
1K
T9
T11 BC817-40
BC817-40 MP14 HUBGND
R48 NRM
Motor Control for Rotating Anode
100K
R74
T10
BC847B
R73 4K75
T12 MP13
BC847B START
4K75
D48
D
BAT46
R75
T13

BC817-40
4K75
D47
R72 BAT46
4K75
MP12
HUBGND
HUBGND

05.11.2015 001 07_Motor_Control_for_Rotating_Anode

N/A A3 7 of 10

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V HUB AC_Fan_ON- PFC_EN+
Fig. 4-46
PFC EN PFC Enable
4.8.13.8
D53 IC10
R88 1 3
A +5V HUB <-> U597
gn 1X50 <-> U515
82R5 2 X5
PFC_EN+ 2 4 MLSS100-02 1 1 X30
2 2
CNY65A 3 3
4 HUBGND 4
12mm creepage 5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11

12 12
13 13
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
-> U597 14 14
15 15
HUB+30V 1 X7 16 16
X44 HUBGND 2 17 17
1 F22 3 18 18
2 4 19 19

3.15AT 20 20
B MKDSP10 MLSS156-04
21 21
R58 22 22
1K82 23 23
C66 24 24
Water pump control

20V AC 25 25
680n/100V
F
26
R67 Shield 1 26 27
1K82 Shield 2 27 28
29
Water Pump Control
D-SUB 25 30
31

20Vac M2 32
D108 D109 MTH3.3mm DK SC7 33
gn LL4007 34
09185346324
X100 X200
V2-Platform 1 GigaLink + 1
2 GigaLink - 2
U687 / X19 3 RxD 3
4 Emergency_A 4 to XP3
OR 5 Emergency_B 5
6 TxD 6 Remote-Solo-Center
NGIS-Platform 7 TFT+30V 7 or Viewing Station
TFT3 8 TFT_GND 8
Shield 1 9 9 Shield 1
Shield 2 10 10 Shield 2
D
RJ45 47°
RJ45 47°

Emergency_A X600
1
2 to XP3
Emergency Chain, Page 1 3
Emergency_B
MLSS100-03

05.11.2015 001 08_Water_Pump_Control

N/A A3 8 of 10

4-77
1 2 3 4 5 6
4-78
II_GND
Fig. 4-47
4.8.13.9
II+12V
II_+18V IC12
F8 L30 L1 D67 D65 R100
7 8 3 2
A 1 VIN PH
gn
2AT 5 39µH 2.5A FeB 3A 475R
BZX84C9V1
ENA
C48
MP23
10n
X49 ~ 2
R20
GL3 NC II+12V
X7R
1 C62
10k 0.1%
L16
D11
2 15V AC 680n/100V 4 3 3 1 II+12V
R200
1K
30BQ060
F
NC BOOT
- +
MKDSP10 FeB 3A 6 4
GND VSNS
~
+
+
+
C59 C57 C63 C53 D63 C20 C120
B80C5000 2200µ/35V 470n TH-PAD 47n 470n 1N5353B 100µ/25V 100µ/25V
R21
1k 0.1%
2 TPS5430DDA
R201
X7R
X7R
X7R
9

130R
MP24 IIGND
1 X63
CCD+12V 2 to BV NETZTEIL
IC11 3
F9 L31 L2 D68 D66 R101
7 8 3 2 4 to CCD-KAMERA
1 VIN PH
B gn
2AT 5 39µH 2.5A FeB 3A 475R MLSS156-04
BZX84C9V1
ENA
C49
10n
X51 ~ 2 MP25
R49
GL2 NC
X7R
1 C61 CCD+12V
10k 0.1%
L17
D13
2 15V AC 4 3 3 1 CCD+12V
R202
1K
30BQ060
680n/100V
F
NC BOOT
- +
MKDSP10 FeB 3A 6 4
GND VSNS
~
+
+
+
C60 C58 C64 C54 D64 C35 C121
B80C5000 2200µ/35V 470n TH-PAD 47n 470n 1N5353B 100µ/25V 100µ/25V
R90
1k 0.1%
2 TPS5430DDA
R203
X7R
X7R
X7R
9

130R
CCDGND
MP26 CCDGND
R153 R126
18K2 619R
KK3
C F10 P2
MP33 +24VFTD
1 KL-224/38.1 +24VFTD
2.5AT 20K
C84 GL7 IC6 L3 L5
X46 680n/100V ~ B80C5000 2 1 3
SW
1
L18
2 26V AC 4 3 1 4 50µH 4.9A FeB 3A +24VFTD
F
VIN FB
- + D78
MKDSP10 FeB 3A SHDN GND gn
~ C51 C52 C81 C85
+
+
+
+
+
+
C55 C99 MIC4576BT R125 D54 C97 C98 C100

100n 5 3 1K MBR745 330µ/35V 330µ/35V 100n 1X66 to Flat
2 100n D107 2
Detector
X7R
X7R
X7R
BZX84C18
R7 MLSS156-02
0R0
2200µ/50V 2200µ/50V
R3
1K5
GNDFTD
Voltage regulators for CCD / I.I. / flat-panel detector

D GNDFTD
GNDFTD

MP34
Voltage Regulators for CCD / I.I. / Flat-panel Detector

05.11.2015 001 09_Regulators for CCD / I.I. / Flat

N/A A3 9 of 10

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
BR5
II_+18V
Fig. 4-48
2.5mm
A F11
2.5AT 1
TFT+24
X45 ~ MP31
1 GL5
C76 X76
2 21V AC 4 3 BR3 1
680n/100V +24VTFT
F
- + 2
MKDSP10 2.5mm
3 to U515
~ 4
+
+
B80C5000 C77 C78 C79
2 MLSS156-04
1000µ/50V 1000µ/50V 470n

X7R
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
BR4
GND_TFT
2.5mm
+24VTFT
II_GND BR6 MP32 D84
R120 D83
GNDTFT 2 3

2.5mm
B 2K gn
BZX84C12
F12
2AT
X59
1 R121 R122
2 12V AC C80
825R 825R
680n/100V
F
MKDSP10
12Vac

D85 D86
Power for U648 / FG 9938

gn LL4007
4.8.13.10 Power for U648 / FG 9938
F13 X77
1
4AT 6,3mmVP
X60
1 R123 R124
2 36V AC C83 to FG9938
2K74 2K74
680n/100V
F
MKDSP10
36Vac
D87 D88
gn LL4007
X78
1
6,3mmVP
D

8mm to ALL
PE M1 M[3-13] M[17-22]
MTH3.3mm DK SC8mm MTH3.3mm NDK SC8mm Mark. Point 1.5mm

05.11.2015 001 10_Power for U515 / FG9938

N/A A3 10 of 10

4-79
4-80
4.8.14
Fig. 4-49
4.8.14.1
Safe State
Underride Protection
Underride protection safe state

Drawn: M. Ernemann Date: 05. March 2008 Draw. No.: 579f-48679b-a Unit:
Release: R. Frank Date: 05. March 2008 File: U579f-b-a.scm U579f

Voltage Distribution Mobile Stand Lift Motor Control
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 4-50
4.8.14.2
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Danger State

Underride protection danger state
Drawn: M. Ernemann Date: 05. March 2008 Draw. No.: 579f-48679b-a Unit:
Release: R. Frank Date: 05. March 2008 File: U579f-b-a.scm U579f

Voltage Distribution Mobile Stand Lift Motor Control
4-81
4.9 U597 Pump and Fan Control
Functions on the U597:

− Water pump control (provision is made for two totally different motor types).
− DC fan motor control with tacho and speed control.
4.9.1 Location of Connectors
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6
I-Drive Pump DC-FAN Temperature Power input Speck Pump Flow monitor
sensor
X11
Interface
to U579
Fig. 4-51 U597 location of connectors

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.9.2 Location of LED Indicators, Fuses and Test Points
Fig. 4-52 U597 location of LED indicators, fuses and test points

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.9.3 Water Pump Control
The water pump is switched ON and OFF by the Main IF U515. The generator oil temperature at
which the pump switches ON or OFF can be programmed.
A switching regulator provides the power to the pump. The output voltage can be adjusted by the
U515 using a PWM signal from the microprocessor, which is converted to a control voltage to the
regulator on the U597.
4.9.3.1 Connectors Water Pump Control
X4 20 VAC and 30 VDC Input from U579
Pin1 + 30 V
Pin2 GND
Pin3 20 VAC a
Pin4 20 VAC b
Pin 1 and 2 are for the fan electronics

Pin 3 and 4 are for the pump electronics
Equivalent to X7 on U579
X5 Connector to SPECK Pump
Pin1 + Pump (approx 11V if pump is activated)
Pin2 GND

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
X1 Connector to I-DRIVE Micro Pump
Pin1 Switched to 24 V for ON state
Pin2 GND
Pin3 speed control voltage: 0 V – 5 V input
Pin4 tacho signal from pump, 2 pulses per revolution
Pin5 Direction:
Forward: floating
Reverse: set to GND
Pin6 Shield to PE
4.9.3.2 LED Indicators for Water Pump Control
LEDs for Water Pump Control
LED D6 (gn) + 24 V WP
LED D4 (gn) + 5 V WP
LED D14 (gn) 0 V to + 24 V Pump
4.9.3.3 Fuses for Water Pump Control
Fuses for Water Pump Control
F1 3.15 A slow 5 × 20 20 VAC in
F3 2 A slow 5 × 20 +PUMP

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.9.3.4 Test Points for Water Pump Control
Measurement Test Points for Water Pump Control
MP1 GND
MP4 + 5 V WP
MP5 / WP_DAC
MP6 WP_DAC
MP7 WP_PWM
MP9 GND
MP10 GND
MP12 + PUMP (0–24 V)
4.9.4 Fan Control
The fan speed can be adjusted by the U515 using a PWM signal from the microprocessor, which
is converted to a control voltage and put to the fan. Three different speeds depending on the gen-
erator oil temperature can be programmed. The fan is monitored by the U515, a warning will be
issued when the fan (tacho signal) is no longer running.
4.9.4.1 Connectors Fan Control
X2 Connector to DC Fan
4 pin connector male, PANDUIT
Pin1 Tacho signal from fan, max. 3,600 pulses/min.
Pin2 Speed control voltage to fan, 0–10 V
Pin3 +24 V
Pin4 GND
4.9.4.2 LED Indicators for Fan Control
LEDs for Fan Control
LED D21 + 24 V_FAN
LED D26 + 24 V before fuse

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.9.4.3 Fuses for Fan Control
Fuses for Fan Control
F2 2.5 A slow 5 × 20 + 30V in
F4 3.15 A slow 5 × 20 +24V Fan
4.9.4.4 Test Points for Fan Control
Measurement Test Points for Fan Control
MP1 GND
MP2 FAN_DAC
MP3 Filter Output FAN_DAC
MP8 FAN_PWM
MP9 GND
MP10 GND
MP11 + 24 V F

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4-88
4.9.5
Fig. 4-53
U597 board layout

U597 Board Layout
Drawn: W.Muschler Date: 15. Sept. 2006 Draw. No.: 597a-48697c-a Unit
Release: R. Frank Date: 15. Sept. 2006 File: U597a-c-a.pcb U597a-c-a
FAN and PUMP Control Changed: Date: Page
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.9.6
4.9.6.1
Fig. 4-54
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
U597 Schematics
Fan and pump control 1

Fan and Pump Control 1
M M
Drawn: M. Ernemann Date: 15. Sept. 2006 Draw. No.: 597a-48697c-a Unit:
Release: R. Frank Date: 15. Sept. 2006 File: U597a-c-a.scm U597a-c-a

FAN and PUMP Control
4-89
4-90
4.9.6.2
Fig. 4-55


280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.9.6.3
Fig. 4-56
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017

4-91
4.10 Mains Transformer T21
4.10.1 Primary / Secondary
Transformer T21 (11125) color usage
Primary 1 0-100-105-110-115-120 V black Mains input
Primary 2 0-100-105-110-115-120 V black Mains input
Secondary 1 0 red
45 V 60 VA red Stator run RTM70
55 V 100 VA red Stator run RAD15
160 V 640 VA red Stator accelerate
230 V 5.56 A 1300 VA red PFC

continu-
ous
Secondary 2 30 V 5A 150 VA green Gen. 24 VDC
Secondary 3 24 V 10 A 240 VA blue Lift 24 V
Secondary 4 12 V 2.5 A 30 VA brown U515
Secondary 5 15 V 2A 30 VA yellow 1,2 CCD
Secondary 6 15 V 2A 30 VA yellow 3,4 II and Vision Center
Secondary 7 24 V 4.2 A 100 VA orange Reserve
Secondary 8 21 V 2.9 A 60 VA violet Not used
Secondary 9 20 V 3A 60 VA white Water pump
4.10.2 Temperature Switch
In the transformer there is a temperature switch. It will open when the temperature rises above
130o C. This causes the switch-off of the power supply, as it is connected to X22:U579.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.11 Capacitor Rack
4.11.1 General
The system has a capacitor rack as supplementary power supply.

It is located in the foot of the mobile stand.
4.11.2 Service on the Power Supply
The capacitor rack will be charged up to 282 VDC during operation.

It will discharge itself within several hours.
For service the capacitor rack has to be disconnected from the power supply.
The big red connector on the coaxial cable rack above the U648 → Fig. 4-4, p. 4-4.
NOTICE
Before reconnecting, the boostcap rack and the pre-power supplies have to be dis-
charged. Refer to Work Instruction WI 19_2140.
WARNING
Even when the capacitor rack is disconnected, C1 and C2 may be charged.
Make sure that all capacitors are discharged before performing any service work
on the power supply.
4.11.3 Replacement
The capacitor rack is protected by an enclosure to prevent accidental contact to high voltage
sources. You must replace the entire box in order to replace the capacitor rack.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
4.11.4 Fuses for Capacitor Rack
4.11.4.1 Type 2
Fuse located on rack
F1 20 A fast .406" × 1.5" Part# 17072
Fig. 4-57 Fuse on Boostcap rack type 2

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5
Main Interface
Module 2
Ziehm Vision / Ziehm Vision RFD

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/03/2017
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/03/2017
5 Main Interface
5.1 Module 2 Main Interface
5.1.1 General
The main interface consists of the U648 circuit board.
Main Interface Module:

The main interface provides a link between the monitor cart and the mobile stand by means of the
CAN bus. U648 is directly connected to the image system module 11 by means of the CAN bus
inside the XP0 cable.
Ziehm Vision / Ziehm Vision RFD 5-1

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
5-2
V1.00 Initial Version - Successor U515 06.02.2013 JM
5.1.2
HaFo 1 + 2 PPS1 PPS2 PPS3 Generator XP0 V1.01 uP can be 96K or 128K 08.04.2015 Frank
Fig. 5-1
RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 molex
A HaFo 3 + 4
HaFo 5 + 6 CANSTR CANSTR

CAN CANSTOER CANSTOER CAN
5 Main Interface
HaFo 7 + 8
Termination

HaFo 9 + 10 Logic
16 CAN+5V
4
DIP switches
4
HaFo 11 + 12 4
Safety &
4 Radiation
B 4 Logic XP0
HaFo 13 + 14 CAN
4 (Lattice)
4
Driver
HaFo 15 On

ISO+5V 1
1
Off
Keys
SPI 2
DC/DC
converter 8 EEPROM
HW-ID Serialnumber XP0
Main interface block diagram

+24V 8 Microprocessor
I/O Expander Options MC9S08DZ96
+5V Horn 1 (Lattice) 8 6 or
CAN Addr. BDM TFT
MC9S08DZ128 +24V
TFT modulated EEPROM
C Reset Machine Data
Main Interface: Block Diagram
Modulator
X-Ray Lamp 3 2 RES.
1 SPI 2 limit
1
2 Pump SPI 1 sw.
SPI 1 2
4
U521/
1
U579
8
Aux. Out.
EMERGENCY OFF

D
1
CHAIN
MS
4 1
Aux. Inp. +24V (nom.)
(15Vac) VC
CAN+5V 1
~ +5V_TN U685
4
+5V (+12Vac)
1 1 1
Analog Inputs +3V3
34 +24V
vom Trafoblech XP0 RES. RES.
1
+5V Date Name Signature Description
HaFo 11 Drawn 08.04.2015 R. Frank Block Diagram Main Interface - MS Vision R
E HaFo 12 see above
HaFo 13
HaFo 14 Released 08.04.2015 J. Matschnigg BLK_U648_MainInterface_V1.01 N/A
RS232 2
MAX3111 Ziehm Module
Wireless UART 002
12 Footswitch SPI 1 U648 Scale Size Page
Interface N/A A3 1 of 1

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.1.3 U648c: Location of Connectors
Fig. 5-2 U648c location of connectors
NOTE
The layout of connectors on U648d is identical to U648c.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.1.4 U648c: Location of LED Indicators, Switches and Jumpers
Fig. 5-3 U648c location of LED indicators, switches and jumpers
NOTE
The layout of LED indicators, switches and jumpers on U648d is identical to U648c.
5-4 Ziehm Vision / Ziehm Vision RFD

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.2 Main Interface Functions
Main interface functions Remarks
Mobile serial number (separate external EEPROM) is

programmed, then installed on the board
Control external I/O ports (with optocouplers)
Control water pump and beeper
Control hand switches and foot switches

(push, release, short circuit)
Control the "CAN XRAY ENABLE" signal
Control the "CAN FAULT" signal in the startup phase
Control external analog voltage inputs
Power supply for CAN bus (CAN+5V/CANGND)
Power supply for TFT display
Automatic CAN termination (with/without monitor cart)
CAN bus distribution
Distribution of ON/OFF signals
Storing the vision.md file
Control the PFC (power factor correction) Rotating anode only

enable signal
Control the fan (on/off and speed) Rotating anode only
Control the relays for the rotating anode supply Rotating anode only
Interface for wireless foot switch controller
Interface for the touch-display with integrated radiation

indication lamp and radiation pushbutton
Emergency circuit
5.2.1 EEPROM
The U648 board has an EEPROM for storing the serial number. These are factory default data.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.2.2 Microprocessor
A hardware circuit monitors the operating voltage. If it is below 3.0 V the microprocessor gets a
reset signal as long as the voltage is below this threshold.
The same circuit has to be triggered continuously by the microprocessor. If the software fails the
so called watchdog issues a reset signal to the microprocessor.
Internal EEPROM data:
Software calculates the checksum from all EEPROM data during startup phase and checks this
value with the legal checksum value. If the calculated checksum value and the legal value are not
the same it sets an error bit (startup error).
5.2.3 External I/O
The external I/O are used in order to control the following in a the system:
− Fan speed
− Pump speed
− Rotating anode start
− Rotating anode run
5.2.4 Water Pump
Active Cooling for the generator is provided by several components. One of them is the most
important, the cooling pump. This is controlled by means of CAN bus commands issued by either
the generator (Module 5) or the image system (Module 11) to the U648 (Module 2). The U648 then
turns ON/OFF the cooling pump.
5.2.5 X-ray Beeper and Alarm
The U648 board has a beeper which can be used for X-ray 5 min timer limit.
It also indicates missing U648 machine data.
5.2.6 Hand/Foot Switch Features
• Allow the hand/foot switch to control separate functions or radiation release. See hand/foot
switch commands (→ Ch. 5.3, p. 5-8).
• Program hand and/or foot switch for specific operator/facility needs as required for specific
modes of operation of the image and C-arm systems.
• U648 board controls the hand switch operations and safety interlocks.
• U648 sends CAN commands to U674 via CAN bus to inform the image system control that
radiation is being requested and accordingly that a function is requested by pressing hand
or foot switch.
• U674 / U713 handles radiation release request and broadcasts start radiation signal.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
• U674 / U713 handles the processing of the other CAN commands for the hand and foot
switch, i.e. store image, change, select live image transfer mode, etc.
5.2.7 Control the "CAN XRAY ENABLE" Signal
The U648 board provides safety circuits. One of them is X-ray enable (→ Ch. 5.7, p. 5-27).
5.2.8 Control the "CAN FAULT" Signal in the Startup Phase
CAN FAULT signal can be accessed by all CAN modules and is controlled during startup by the
U648.
5.2.9 Power Supply for CAN Bus and Vision Center
The U648 board provides power to the CAN bus interface modules located in the mobile stand
only.
Module 1 (Pre-Power Supply(s))
Module 2 (U648 main interface)
Module 5 (Generator)
Module 15 (Collimator)
Module 4 (I.I. Power Supply / CCU)
Power is also provided for the Vision Center.
5.2.10 Automatic CAN Termination (with/without Monitor Cart)
When the monitor cart is connected the U648 senses the monitor cart and changes the termina-
tion to match the connected CAN modules of the monitor cart.
5.2.11 CAN Bus Distribution
The U648 board provides a connection point for the XP0 cable and all the other modules in the
mobile stand.
5.2.12 Distribution of ON/OFF Signals
The U648 provides the interface between the Power ON/OFF switches of the monitor cart and the
mobile stand. The ON/OFF signals are received from the monitor cart by means of the XP0 cable
that connects the monitor cart and the mobile stand.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.3 Hand/Foot Switch Commands to the Image System
5.3.1 Three Separate Operations of the Hand and Foot Switch
1 Radiation release:
• All hand or foot switches can be programmed to perform radiation release.
2 Operation of a function:
• Control functions such as store, laser on/off, select I.I. magnification etc.
• Second foot and hand switch will be programmable for these operations.
3 Tap function:
• Dual use of the hand and accordingly foot switches. The selected hand or foot switch is
programmed via machine data to provide dual operation of function and accordingly
radiation release.
Example:
If the hand switch for radiation release is pressed and held for more than the program-
mable tap time, this will cause U648 to send a CAN message for radiation release.
Tapping the hand switch quickly less than tap time will place the hand switch in a new
functional operation, such as store, image transfer, etc. The tap time is programmable
in the machine data of the U648 board.
Machine data for the hand/foot switch function mapping is located in the host software. Functional
table in the service mode will allow for selection of foot and hand switch operation.
5.3.2 Hand Switches/Foot Switches Safety Functions
Switches are connected to SELV (Safety Extra-Low Voltage) circuitry.

Software checks if any hand- or foot switches are pressed during the startup phase.
Software checks during startup and system running if any of the hand or foot switches are short
circuited.
Hardware function prevents radiation. Only if both software and hardware are working correctly
and a switch is pressed the module 2 activates the hardware signal "CAN XRAY ENABLE" and
sends a CAN message to the image system.
Software checks the transmission via the SPI (Serial Peripherial Interface) to the external I/O port
interface IC to which the switches are connected. If the transmission is not OK, all switches get
the state "short circuit" and "function switch".

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.3.3 Tap Time
− The tap time is defined in the U648 machine data.

− If the "tap time" is 0, the hand switch or foot switches are in normal operation.
− If the "tap time" is not 0, the hand- and accordingly foot switches have two functions:
− A short press (shorter than "tap time") will activate a special programmed function.
− If the pressing is longer than the "tap time" the second programmed function will be acti-
vated.
5.3.4 Security Break Functions
There are two security X-ray break functions implemented:

− Hardware X-ray break 6 seconds after a hand or foot switch has been released.
− Software can only shorten the hardware X-ray break
(0 to 6000 ms, defined in machine data, not adjustable).
5.3.5 Service mode "Switch Configuration"
For detailed information see (→ Fig. 5-4, p. 5-9).
Fig. 5-4 Switch configuration (example configuration)

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.3.6 Hand and Foot Switch Functions
All functions that can be selected are listed in the following tables.
Switch function Corresponding Tap function

setting of S5 / S6
No switch function on No switch function
Fluoroscopy off Save
Fluoroscopy HLC Mode off 5 minutes alarm off
Magnification (T) on Magnification (T)
Save on Image change
Print on DSA (T)
Cine (T) on Switch through (DSA, MSA, RSA)
DSA (T) on Cine play toggle
Laser (ON) on Browse forward
VCR-Pause (T) on Browse backward
Switch through (DSA, RSA, MSA) on Swap Ref. Monitor ↔ S-Video
Cine on on Ref. Monitor freeze toggle
Cine off on
Image change on
Snapshot + Save off
Cine play toggle on
Browse forward on
Browse backward on
Swap Ref. Monitor  S-Video on
Ref. Monitor freeze toggle on
Table 5-1 Hand / Foot switch functions
Fluoroscopy means: release radiation in selected mode.
Press interrupt function
No switch function This function is performed when the switch is released

Save only for a short time.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.4 HW Settings
5.4.1 Switches
5.4.1.1 Standard Configuration with Two Pedal Foot Switch
5.4.1.1.1 DIP Switch S5
Depending on the use of the hand/foot switch, the following table should be used to select the
hand/foot switch for function or X-ray use.
DIP switch S5 corresponding switch of

(select switch as function or X-ray switch Ziehm Vision
corresponding to hardware input)
ON = switch 01 function switch

Switch 1 hand switch
OFF = switch 01 X-ray switch

Switch 2 not used

Switch 3 left foot pedal

Switch 4 right foot pedal

Switch 5 not used

Switch 6 not used

Switch 7 not used

Switch 8 not used
Note: DIP switches are set to "on" (function) for inputs not used.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
Depending on the use of the hand/foot switch the following table should be used to select the
hand/foot switch for function or X-ray use.


Switch 1 not used

Switch 2 not used

Switch 3 not used

Switch 4 not used

Switch 5 not used

Switch 6 not used

Switch 7 not used
ON = switch 16 function switch Radiation key Vision Center on

Switch 8
OFF = switch 16 X-ray switch Mobile Stand

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.4.1.2 Configuration for Smart Vascular with Dual Plus Foot Switch


Switch 1 hand switch

Switch 2 not used

Switch 3 left foot pedal

Switch 4 center foot pedal

Switch 5 right foot pedal

Switch 6 not used

Switch 7 not used

Switch 8 not used

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface


Switch 1 not used

Switch 2 not used

Switch 3 wireless left foot pedal

Switch 4 wireless center foot pedal

Switch 5 wireless right foot pedal

Switch 6 not used

Switch 7 not used
ON = switch 16 function switch Radiation key Vision Center on

Switch 8
OFF = switch 16 X-ray switch Mobile Stand
In the Service Settings the option "Vascular Footswitch" has to be set.
5.4.1.3 DIP Switch S1
(Option for main interface). No switch shown. S1 not used.
5.4.1.4 DIP Switch S2
(Option for main interface). No switch shown. S2 not used.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.4.2 Jumpers
Jumper Status Meaning
open default
J1
(Type: 2-pin jumper) closed Emergency relay always active
(DEBUG ONLY!)
J2 open signal horn enabled

(Type: 2-pin jumper) closed signal horn disabled
J3 open default
(Type: 2-pin jumper) closed µP flash erase
J4 open default
(Type: 2-pin jumper) closed µP debug mode on
J5 open default (reset enabled)

(Type: 2-pin jumper) closed µP reset disabled
5.5 LED Indicators
5.5.1 Startup Monitoring LED Indicators
LED D16 flashing Startup phase 1

LED D17 OFF
LED D16 OFF Startup phase 2

LED D17 flashing
LED D16 + LED D17 flashing alternately Startup Phase 3
LED D16 + LED D17 flashing synchronously Waiting for system to run
LED D16 OFF System is running

LED D17 OFF

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.5.1.1 Normal Startup
System Reset
Boot up
LED D16 LED 17

D16
Phase 1
LED D16 Flashing D17
LED D17 off
Phase 2 D16
LED D16 off
LED D17 Flashing D17
D16
Phase 3
Both LEDs Flashing
alternately
D17
Waiting for Image System

acknowledge D16
Both LEDs Flashing
synchronistically D17
Start-Up is Completed D16

System is running
Both LEDs off D17
Fig. 5-5 Startup phase
NOTE
Phase 3 is skipped in case of stationary anode generator or if no generator is reg-
istered in the CAN bus.
5.5.1.2 "No Software Installed" Status
System Reset
Boot up
LED D16 LED D17

Software missing
ready for being programmed D16
both LEDs flashing
one quickly, one slowly
additionally D1 flickering
D17
Fig. 5-6 "No software installed" status

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.5.2 Voltage Monitoring LED Indicators
LED Status Meaning
LED D67 ON +5V OK
LED D78 ON +3V3 OK
LED D80 ON ISO +5V OK (CAN)
LED D71 ON +24V OK
LED D76 ON +5V TN OK (transmitter)

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.5.3 Hardware Monitoring LED Indicators
LED Status Meaning
LED D1 ON HaFu timeout
LED D2 ON Hardware reset or watchdog is active
LED D8 ON "X-RAY ENABLE" signal is active
LED D13 ON "CAN FAULT" signal
LED D3 ON Software toggle the "RUN" monostable
LED D4 ON XRay_Ena
LED D15 ON Software enable signal for "CAN XRAY ENABLE"
LED D19 ON Pump on

(Pump LED) AUX out 6
LED D32 ON PWM signal for water pump speed control
LED D33 ON Audible alarm

(Horn LED) AUX out 1
LED D34 ON PWM signal for fan speed control
LED D65 ON with monitor cart

(CAN termination) OFF without monitor cart
LED D22 ON Rotating anode norm
LED D25 ON Rotating anode run
LED D28 ON PFC enable (not used)
LED D31 ON Fan enable
LED D35 ON AUX07 (future use)
LED D36 ON AUX08 (future use)
LED D72 ON ResEmrg
LED D9 ON U loop
LED D23 ON I loop
LED D121 ON /Emrg
LED D26 ON EMG TFT
LED D24 ON X-ray lamp (at touch display)
LED D7 ON X-ray key (HaFu_16 at touch display)

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.6 Connectors
X3: HAFU connector; 1 and 2

Type: 4-pin connector
Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 1
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 2
Pin 4 ISOGND

Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 3
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 4
Pin 4 ISOGND

Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 5
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 6
Pin 4 ISOGND

Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 7
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 8
Pin 4 ISOGND

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface

Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 9
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 10
Pin 4 ISOGND

Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 11
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 12
Pin 4 ISOGND
X10: HAFU connector;13 and 14

Pin Function
Pin 1 switch 13
Pin 2 ISOGND
Pin 3 switch 14
Pin 4 ISOGND
Assignment of:
X9A, X9B, X9C, X9D: CAN distribution
Connector Assignment in Ziehm Vision RFD
X9A PPS Master
X9B Generator
X9C PPS Slave 2
X9D PPS Slave 1

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
X9A, X9B, X9C, X9D, X11A, X11B, X11C, X11D: CAN distribution
Type: RJ-45 connectors
Pin Function
Pin 1 CANGND
Pin 2 CAN+5V
Pin 3 CANL
Pin 4 CANSTÖR
Pin 5 CANSTR (X-ray enable)
Pin 6 CANH
Pin 7 C_GND
Pin 8 C +5 V
Pin 9 shield
Pin 10 shield
X13: CAN distribution; XP0

Pin Function
Pin 1 shield
Pin 2 CAN sense
Pin 3 CAN ground
Pin 4 n. c.
Pin 5 CANH
Pin 6 CANL
Pin 7 CANSTÖR
Pin 8 CANSTR (X-ray enable)

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
X17: TFT connector (from monitor cart)

Pin Function
Pin 1 ground (24 V)
Pin 2  to X18/Pin 3 (TFT TX)
Pin 3  to X18/Pin 4 (TFT RX)
Pin 4  to X18/Pin 5
X18: TFT connector (to TFT mobile stand)

Pin Function
Pin 1 ground (24 V)
Pin 2 +24 V
Pin 3  to X17/Pin 2 (TFT TX)
Pin 4  to X17/Pin 3 (TFT RX)
X20: Water Pump (only used in stat. anode Vision)

Pin Function
Pin 1 OAUX+1
Pin 2 OAUX-1
X22/X220: ON/OFF switch (to U579)

Pin Function
Pin 1 NETZAUS (= power off)
Pin 2 NETZEIN (= power on)
Pin 3 NEAGND
Pin 4 Standby LED
Pin 5 ON LED

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
X23: Power Supply Connector

Pin Function
Pin 1 power supply "HORN", TFT and

emergency chain [+24 VDC]
Pin 2 ground
Pin 3 power supply main interface

[15 VAC]
Pin 4 power supply main interface

[15 VAC]
X26: ON/OFF switch (mobile stand, only used in stat. anode Vision)
Pin Function
Pin 2 NEAGND
Pin 3 NEAGND
Pin 5 LED_ON (+24 V power supply)
Pin 6 GND
X27: ON/OFF switch (only used in rot. anode Vision and Solo)
Pin Function
Pin 1 NEAGND
Pin 2 ON LED
Pin 3 Standby LED

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.6.1 Emergency Loop Connectors
X24 Emergency Switch from MC via P0

2 pin connector male, 2.54mm, Molex SL-Series
Pin Function
Pin1 emergency a
Pin2 emergency b
The emergency chain in the monitor cart can contain:

− Button in the MC itself (always built-in)
− Button in the Position Control Center
− Button in the Remote Vision Center
X29 Emergency Switch local for Touch Display in MS

Pin Function
Pin1 emergency a
Pin2 emergency b
In the mobile stand this stop button is built-in on touch display.
X30 Emergency Switch local in MS

Pin Function
Pin1 emergency a
Pin2 emergency b
In the mobile stand this stop button is built-in on cover plate.
X31 Emergency Chain to U685

Pin Function
Pin1 emergency a
Pin2 emergency b
If the machine is motorized the emergency chain has to include the drives electronics as well.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
X32 Emergency Switch (reserved)

2 pin connector male, 2.54mm, Panduit
Pin Function
Pin1 emergency a
Pin2 emergency b
Emergency loop connector for reserve.
X34 Emergency Switch (if U515 replacement)

Pin Function
Pin1 emergency a
Pin2 emergency b
This connector has to be used if the U515 is replaced and a touch-display will be installed with
X-ray lamp and button.
Then the emergency button of the touch-display needs to be connected to here!
X35 Emergency Switch (reserved)

Pin Function
Pin1 n. o. (normally open)
Pin2 c (common)
Pin3 n. c. (normally closed)
This is an additional relay contact which is activated in case of emergency stop.
X36 Input Emergency-Stop for Lift-Control

Pin Function
Pin1 Switch 1a
Pin2 Switch 1b
Pin3 Switch 2a
Pin4 Switch 2b
Intended to stop the lift motor control unit in case of emergency stop.
This is achieved by interrupting both control inputs of the lift electronics located on U521 or
U579.
Connector X36 and X37 are in series to the inputs and make sure that no further movement
is possible.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
X37 Output Emergency-Stop for Lift-Control

Pin Function
Pin1 Switch 1a
Pin2 Switch 1b
Pin3 Switch 2a
Pin4 Switch 2b
Intended to stop the lift motor control unit in case of emergency stop.
This is achieved by interrupting both control inputs of the lift electronics located on U521 or
U579
Connector X36 and X37 are in series to the inputs and make sure that no further movement
is possible.
5.6.2 Fuses
U648 Fuses
F2 1.6 A slow TFT and emergency chain supply
If fuse is blown: Vision Center on Mobile Stand remains dark.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
V1.00 Initial Version, neutralized for all

Visions machines
15.06.2012 Frank 5.7
Fig. 5-7
V1.01 Pull-up becomes Current Source 20.06.2012 Frank
V1.02 New page 2 for details of CPLD 28.02.2013 Frank
A Hand- / Foot-
Switches Module 2 Module 5 Generator
Watchdog Generator supervisor

Window- Main Interface
Comparators (Mono-Flop) Q
Watchdog
1 switch uP monitors TRG_WDOG
of max. 16 (Mono-Flop) Q

processor
CAN
5V
Switch Out RUN
Reset monitors
TRG_CMON
kV and mA Q
Opto- messages

Couplers Watchdog
Short
Software Enable (Mono-Flop) HV Control
B Ena
uP
radiation
Switch is XR

/RAD ON
Current-Source
command
/XRAY
from host
CAN Stoerung out Fault
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Module 2
5V can ACTIVATE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Key pressed
OFF
5V
Hardware radiation logic overview

C
Q
Mono-Flop Fault Line
15 more switches Pull up
"see above" The blue parts are CAN Distribution
detailed on page 2, optocoupler optocoupler
Time running, as being in CPLD.
{ after Key is released
CAN-Bus Data-Lines (H & L) to all Modules

D Wires in
Hardware Radiation Logic Overview
ONE cable
any Module can VETO any Module can ACTIVATE

the X-Ray Enable Signal the FAULT Signal
by pulling-down by pulling-down
{
Part of Module 11 +5V
User Interface Controller Pre Power

Supplies
Ena
to
+UHV generator
Similar Logic Overview Radiation Safety Logic
E
Current-Source
as above
disable MOS-FET

5 Main Interface
5-27
1 2 3 4 5 6
5.8
5-28
The blue parts
on page 1 are
Fig. 5-8
detailed here. Start Start
Emergency-
Signal-Integrity Rotating Anode
A Power Stage Stop
Run Circuit Run
Circuitry
Time-Out
Out_SW_WD
5 Main Interface
Watchdog Trigger Counter

Software-Running EMERGENCY

uP X-Ray Fault Wire
(/Störung)
SPI-Bus CAN_Fault_out
SPI-Bus Read and Write Registers
OR-Gate
B
CAN_Fault_inp

CAN_XR_Ena_inp to uP directly
Out_XRay_Ena
16
Hardware radiation logic lattice

16
C
X-Ray Enable Wire
(Strahlung)
16 Hand- / Foot- CAN_XR_Ena_out
Switch is shorted
OR-Gate
/Reset-Signal
AND-Gate
Hardware Radiation Logic Lattice
Hand- / Foot-

D Switch is pressed
OR-Gate
16 16 1
Time-Out
and Counter
OR-Gate
Hand- / Foot- Switch-Released
16 Hand- / Foot-Switch Inputs

is selected
to do X-Raying
8 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Detailed Safety Logic

E
OFF OFF
Quarz-
S5 S6 Osc.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.9 U648 Layout

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
5-30
5.9.1
Fig. 5-9
A
5 Main Interface

to U579/X8
1
C114 X3 X4 X5 X6
X20
+
F1 X21
X23
1 1 34
1 1 1 1 1
1
1
X27 X26
X220
IC17 C46
U648d layout
+
R153
R156
R159
R162
R165
R168
R169
R177
R282
R236
R285
R280
R278
R284
+ ~ ~ -
1 1
R246
1 1 1 1
MP14
GL1
D D 1 7
B B
D67
X22 X18 C108
K
+5V
L27 IC51 C95 R254
IC24 IC26 IC28 IC48 IC49 IC47
X9
D68
MP8 X13 C C
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
D81
TFT+24V
1 A 1 A
C96 R255 IC13
D19
B 1 1
D22
IC11
D25
D28
D31
MP15
D35
D36
C107
D33
D34
R251 R317
U648d Layout
R464
X11
+
C97 R327 R252 R325
IC42 D80
R161
K
R158
R164
R166 D32
R172
R216
+
R250
R152
R155
R167
R237
L2 C40 GND R319
C100 R328
R253 R323
IC15
L7 L8 ISO+5V ISOGND
J2 IC30 IC29 R249 R321
+ 1 7 C119 R329
1 H IC14
X17 1 1 R322 R336
C120 R330
X12
MP11 MP12
IC12
C111 R324 R340
IC7
D76 MP6 MP4
C121 R341 R320 R337
T9
C138 F2
R296
Q4 D71 2 6 R326 R339
K
IC38
L5
D70 D69 C6 1
K
R342

X-Lamp +5V_TN GND24VB C122 R318
IC16
K
R338
IC20
+ +
X28
C137 R352
R238
+24VB
IC32 D24 R37 T10 T8 R349 R360
K1
+
+
+
+
+
C183
C110 R350 R368
T4 T13 VCO C139 R353
1
IC18
MP7 MP16 R348 R362
K
T7
IC3
+
C140 R370 R366
IC31
Tone R351 U648d
MP3 C130 C131 C129 R347 R364
X41
R302 D7 C8 C211 C145 R371
MC-pres
144kHz K
D78 IC21
D65
Emrg CANGND
R154
R105
IC22
R34 + R365 R380
R45
C115
MP9
R299
R301
Stop X-Key +3V3 C146 R372
R367 R384
+
GND24VB R242 R235 D66 X42
1
T11 D74 D75 T30
C176
R25 R363 R381
MP17 MP13 C147 R373
K
K 16
IC19
C3 R369 R383
X40
P1 R300 D10
IC9
IC35 IC8 C151
K
R23 1 R385
R95
R361 R382
16
X24
L37 R239 C106
XP0
IC41 1
Xray-Ena
X2
+
K
K
T12 C72 1 D8 S5
R110 C210 Q3 C58 R291 C152 R386 X7 X8 X10
U-Loop
J4 R112 Q1
1
IC23
R11
L43
J5
1
C37 C81
R21 D9
C158 R398
L28 MP2
R117
MP5 MP19 MP18 D2 1 1 1
X43
D139 D140
IC1 C88 C162 R399
X29
TFT
IC25
D72
IC5
Debug ON
1
K
'Emrg' X-Fault
+
EMRG IC10 IC34 R13 1
IC33 IC2 C163 R416
Q2
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
1
R38
1
ResEmrg
37
D13
IC40
K
L36
26
K
K
C
D99
D101
D102
D104
D105
D106
D100
D103
D142 D141 C168 R417 R395 R406
T6
IC52
D63
C47 R127 Reset
R14 C48 X33 R396 R414
R126 R141 Reset dis.

X-Fault
+
K
X30
1
C169 R418
Local
C89 C87 C86
T3
D90
R394 R408
2
J1 IC36 R228
L40
D45
C60
D46
D44
T2
+ R397 R412
R120
R227 C170 R419
R89
R90
R91
R92
S1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
R218
R219
C11
IC27
1 R393 R410
MP10
K
K
K
IC37 1 2 3 4
L30
K2-Res C7 C173 R431 IC50
T5
R85
R86
R87
R88
K2 K3 R411 R426
11
12
R50 R49
X31
C179 R432
U685
R413 R430
IC53
R109
R122
76
1
R131 X14
J3
R130 IC4
51
MP1 R409 R427
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
C188 R442
1
Flash Erase
R46
R429
1
D91
R415
D92
D93
D94
D95
D96
D97
D98
R67 R70 R115 R140
L32
D26
R138
R137
R139
K C189 R443 R407 R428
109
X-Ena
IC54
73
X32
D23
EmrgTFT
IC55
K
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
D15 C192 R453 R439
Reserve
T31 R121 IC6 D16 D17 D18 R448
I-Loop
1
R440 R452
C195 R454
Dbg1
Dbg2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 S2
Dbg0
K
K
K
K
IC56
D53
R438 R449
SW_X-Ena
1 1 1
X25 R441 R451
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
1
D121
K
1 R437 R450
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Run
Tst1
Tst2
Tst3
Tst4
R59
R60
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
R66
'Emrg' IC43 T26 T27 T28 T1
/Done
X1
XR-Ena
S6 R107
HaFu_TO
D1 D3 D4 D6 D11 D12 D14 D20
Touch Emrg-Off
X34 X35 X36 X37
Top Silkscreen

Drawn: 06.02.2014 W.Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
Released 07.02.2014 R.Frank U648d-c-a.pcb 648d-48748c-a
Ziehm Module
002
U648d Scale Size Page
N/A A3 N/A

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 Main Interface
5.10 U648 Schematics

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
5-32
+3V3
+3V3
+3V3 +3V3
R18
MCLK
5.10.1
22R
Fig. 5-10
R137 R141
4K7
4K7 4K7
BLM18PG471
L32
R132
IC2
A X1 1 ZEN_BKGD J5 SL1-2G 73 9
L28
L29
L30
BLM18PG471
BLM18PG471
BLM18PG471
2 76 PTA0/PIA0/ADP0/MCLK VDD
Out_XRay_Ena
3 Reset dis. 78 PTA1/PIA1/ADP1/ACMP1+ 38
R138 0R GND Out_WD_SW
4 81 PTA2/PIA2/ADP2/ACMP1- VDD
/CS_Expander
J3
5 95 PTA3/PIA3/ADP3/ACMP1O 62
R139 0R /CS_SN_EEprom
PTA4/PIA4/ADP4 VDD
SL1-2G
6 98
+
/IRQ_EXT_RS232 C51 C57 C58
100 PTA5/PIA5/ADP5
/CS_EXT_RS232 100n 10n
Flash Erase
5 Main Interface
M80-826VP 3 PTA6/PIA6/ADP6 10 100µ/10V

GND /CS_MD_EEprom
PTA7/PIA7/ADP7/IRQ VSS
X7R
X7R
BDM
Interface GND 39
71 VSS
75 PTB0/PIB0/ADP8 61
77 PTB1/PIB1/ADP9 VSS

GND R120
80 PTB2/PIB2/ADP10
+3V3 +3V3 220R
PTB4/PIB4/ADP12 VDDA
99
5 PTB6/PIB6/ADP14 VREFH
R117
PTB7/PIB7/ADP15 88
+
1K C49 C56 C52 C50 C48
VREFL
C59 100n R126 R127 100n 1n 100n 1n 100µ/10V
R130 R131 X7R 4K7 10K 70 87
PTC0/ADP16 VSSA
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
B 10K 10K IC4 Reset 72
2 3 74 PTC1/ADP17
GND D2
VCC PTC2/ADP18
GND
IC33-B rd 79
4 7 2 4 /ZEN_RES 97 PTC3/ADP19 65
D44 ZEN_BKGD GND
PFI 2 PTC4/ADP20 BKGD/MS
1PS79SB31 1 74AHCT1G126GV 4 PTC5/ADP21 13 /ZEN_RES
1 5 6 PTC6/ADP22
C47
6 8 PTC7/ADP23
ZEN_WD D46 /LAT_RES 100n
WDI
1PS79SB31
X7R
MAX6705ASKAT /Emrg_I_Loop 49 46 CAN_ID0
50 PTD0/PID0/TPM2CH0 PTL0 47
D45 TP6 CAN_ID1
Out_WP_PWM CAN_ID2

PTD2/PID2/TPM1CH0 PTL2
U648d schematics page 1

GND Out_FAN_PWM 52 60 CAN_ID3
1PS79SB31 53 PTD3/PID3/TPM1CH1 PTL3 82
TP7 CAN_ID4
C60 TP8 CAN_ID5
100n TP9 CAN_ID6
PTD6/PID6/TPM1CH4 PTL6
X7R
Debug +3V3 64 33 CAN_ID7
TP10 PTD7/PID7/TPM1CH5 PTL7
X2 1
GND
2 24 83 1 X43
+3V3 3 25 PTE0/TxD1 PTK0 84 2
PTE1/RxD1 PTK1
U648d Schematics Page 1
4 26 85 3
27 PTK2 86 4
C SPI1_CLK
SL1/25-4G 28 PTE3/SPSCK1 PTK3 91 5
SPI1_MOSI
29 PTE4/SCL1/MOSI1 PTK4 92 6
+3V3 +3V3 SPI1_MISO
8 44 PTE5/SDA1/MISO1 PTK5 93 7
GND ZEN_CANTx
R129
4K7
45 PTE6/TxD2/TXCAN PTK6 94 8
ZEN_CANRx
IC43 PTE7/RxD2/RXCAN PTK7 9
+3V3 10
VCC
5 3 R106 34 7
SPI1_MOSI FAN_TACHO
GND
SI TP11 PTF0/TxD2 PTJ0/PIJ0/TPM3CH0 SL1-10G

SPI1_MISO 2 35 8 WP_TACHO
J4
SO 4K7 TP12 PTF1/RxD2 PTJ1/PIJ1/TPM3CH1
SPI1_CLK 6 36 14 FLOW_MON
SCK R217 TP13 PTF2/TPM1CLK/SCL1 PTJ2/PIJ2/TPM3CH2
SL1-2G
/CS_MD_EEprom 1 7 37 15 TEMP_FREQ
Debug ON
TP14 PTF3/TPM2CLK/SDA1 PTJ3/PIJ3/TPM3CH3
CAN_Fault_inp 17 20
4K7 PTF4/ACMP2+ PTJ4/PIJ4 TP22
GND GND am Lattice 18 21
PTF5/ACMP2- PTJ5/PIJ5 TP23
AT25256A 19 22
TP15 PTF6/ACMP2O PTJ6/PIJ6 TP24
4 59 23
TP16 PTF7 PTJ7/PIJ7/TPM3CLK TP25
GND
11 55
PTG0/EXTAL TP26
12 56 SPI2_CLK
30 PTG1/XTAL PTH1/SPSCK2 57
+3V3 ZEN_WD SPI2_MOSI
31 PTG2 PTH2/MOSI2 58
+3V3 TP17 SPI2_MISO
8 40 PTG3 PTH3/MISO2 66
TP18 Out_Dbg0 +3V3
R31 41 PTG4 PTH4 67
TP19 Out_Dbg1
D IC6 42 PTG5 PTH5 68
4K7 TP20 Out_Dbg2
43 PTG6/SCL2 PTH6 69
VCC TP21 TP27 R140
5 3 R32 PTG7/SDA2 PTH7

SPI1_MOSI SI \WP GND 1K
SPI1_MISO 2 SO 0R MC9S08DZ96
SPI1_CLK 6 SCK SW_X-Ena
1 7 R33
/CS_SN_EEprom \CS \HOLD C41
4K7 D15
GND C0G gn
Out_XRay_Ena
CAT 25010LI-G 22p

4 +3V3 +3V3 +3V3 Q1
R26
R112 R111 T1
0R 1M BC817-40
8MHz 22K
GND R115 R70 R67 C42
1K 1K 1K
C0G
R24
10K
Dbg2 Dbg1 Dbg0 22p
Out_Dbg2
Out_Dbg1
Out_Dbg0
GND
D18 D17 D16
gn gn gn GND GND
E R114 R69 R160 Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

T28 T27 T26
BC817-40 BC817-40 BC817-40 Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
22K 22K 22K
+3V3 Filename Part No/Drawing No
IC33-A Released 07.02.2014 Frank U648d-c-a.scm 648d-48748c-a
R113
10K
R68
10K
R151
10K
C55
5 3 Print date: Ziehm Module
X7R
VCC GND
06.02.2014 002 01_Zentrale_uP
GND 100n 74AHCT1G126GV GND
GND GND GND GND GND GND U648d Scale Size Page
N/A A3 1 of 13

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
IC5-A IC5-B IC5-C IC5-D

+3V3 +3V3 +3V3 +3V3
7 37 79 118
5.10.2
VCCIO3 VCCIO2 VCCIO1 VCCIO0
16 51 88 123
30 66 102 135
Fig. 5-11
1 Dout_AC_FAN_On 38 HF01_is_XR 107 143
A PL2A/L_GPLLT_FB PB4A PR2A PT9A
2 Dout_Horn 39 HF02_is_XR 106 142
PL2B/L_GPLLC_FB PB4B PR2B PT9B
3 Dout_PFC_On 40 HF03_is_XR 105 141
PL2C/L_GPLLT_IN PB4C/CSSPIN PR2C PT9C
4 Dout_Pump 41 HF04_is_XR 104 140
PL2D/L_GPLLC_IN PB4D PR2D PT9D
5 PL3A/PCLKT3_2 Dout_RotAn_Norm 42 PB6A HF05_is_XR 100 PR3A 139 PT10A

6 Dout_RotAn_Start 43 HF06_is_XR 99 138
PL3B/PCLKC3_2 PB6B PR3B PT10B
9 SPI2_CLK R17 0R 44 TDO 137
PL3C PB6C/MCLK/CCLK PT10C/TDO
10 SPI2_MISO 45 HF07_is_XR 98 PR4A TDI 136
PL3D PB6D/SO/SPISO PT10D/TDI
HF08_is_XR 97
PR4B
11 PL4A 49 PB9A/PCLKT2_0 HF09_is_XR 96 133 PT11A
PR4C
12 50 HF10_is_XR 95 132
PL4B PB9B/PCLKC2_0 PR4D PT11B
13 47 TCK 131
PL4C PB9C PT11C/TCK
14 48 94 130

PL4D PB9D HF11_is_XR PR5A TMS PT11D/TMS
HF12_is_XR 93
PR5B
Dinp_Mux00 19 PL5A/PCLKT3_1 R16 0R 55 PB11A/PCLKT2_1 MCLK 92 CLK_20MHz 128 PT12A/PCLKT0_1
PR5C/PCLKT1_0
Dinp_Mux01 20 56 91 127
PL5B/PCLKC3_1 PB11B/PCLKC2_1 PR5D/PCLKC1_0 PT12B/PCLKC0_1
21 CAN_Sense_inp 52 126
PL5C PB11C PT12C/SCL/PCLKT0_0
22 CAN_Fault_inp 54 HF13_is_XR 86 PR8A 125
PL5D PB11D PT12D/SDA/PCLKC0_0
85

HF14_is_XR PR8B
23 PL8A 57 PB15A Dout_Tst4 84 122 PT15A
PR8C
24 CAN_Fault_out 58 Dout_Tst3 83 +3V3 121
PL8B PB15B PR8D PT15B
B Dinp_Mux02 25 CAN_XR_Ena_out 59 R29 1K 120
PL8C PB15C PT15C/JTAGENB
Dinp_Mux03 26 +3V3 Dinp_EmrgLoopOpen 60 Dout_Tst2 82 PR9A R30 1K 119
PL8D PB15D PT15D/PROGRAMN
Dout_Tst1 81
PR9B
Dinp_Mux04 27 PL9A/PCLKT3_0 Dinp_Mux06 61 PB18A 78 117 PT16A
PR9C
Dinp_Mux05 28 Dinp_Mux07 62 HF15_is_XR 77 115
PL9B/PCLKC3_0 PB18B PR9D PT16B
65 114
PB18C PT16C
Dout_7 32 67 HF16_is_XR 76 113
PL10A PB18D PR10A PT16D
Dout_8 33 Dout_Res_Notaus 75
R19
22K
PL10B PR10B
/LAT_RES 34 Out_WD_SW 68 Dout_XR_Lamp 74 112
PL10C PB20A PR10C PT17A
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
EMERGENCY 35 Out_XRay_Ena 69 73 111
PL10D PB20B PR10D PT17B
/CS_Expander 70 110
PB20C/SN PT17C/INITN
SPI2_MOSI 71 LED_Done 109

PB20D/SI/SISPI PT17D/DONE

LCMX02-640UHC-4TG LCMX02-640UHC-4TG
LCMX02-640UHC-4TG LCMX02-640UHC-4TG
S2 Options 2
1 2 D91 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux00 +3V3 +3V3
1
3 4 D92 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux01 Q2
2 R11 L43
5 6 D93 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux02 1 4
3 EN VCC
7 8 D94 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux03 +3V3
4 1K
9 10 D95 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux04 BLM18PG471 C91 100n GND

5
C 11 12 D96 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux05 X7R
6 R12
13 14 D97 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux06 2 3 CLK_20MHz
X25 1
7 GND OUT
15 16 D98 1PS79SB31 Dinp_Mux07 2 TDO
8 22R
20MHz 3V3 3 TDI
4
Dil Switch
5
C28
47n
6 TMS
S1 Options 1
X7R
7
1 2 8 GND
1
D99 1PS79SB31 R81 10K TCK
3 4 D100 1PS79SB31 R82 10K GND GND SL1-08G
2
5 6 D101 1PS79SB31 R83 10K
3
7 8 D102 1PS79SB31 R84 10K
4
Dil Switch
R89 0R D103 1PS79SB31 R85 10K
R90 0R D104 1PS79SB31 R86 10K
IC5-E
R91 0R D105 1PS79SB31 R87 10K +3V3
R92 0R D106 1PS79SB31 R88 10K +3V3
36 VCC
HW-ID 72 GND 8
VCC
GND 108 GND 18
VCC
144 29
VCC GND
46
R71
1K
R72
1K
R73
1K
R74
1K
R75
1K
R76
1K
R77
1K
R78
1K
D +3V3 GND
15 53
NC GND
CAN-Address = 0x04 HaFu_TO Run XR-Ena /Done Tst1 Tst2 Tst3 Tst4 17 64
NC GND
31 80

yl
yl
yl
yl
yl
NC GND
gn
gn
gn
D1
63 90
D3
D4
D6
D11
NC GND
D12
D14
D20
87 101
NC GND
4K7
4K7
4K7
4K7
4K7
4K7
4K7
4K7
89 116
NC GND
103 124
NC GND
129 134
NC GND
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
CAN_ID0 +3V3 LCMX02-640UHC-4TG GND
CAN_ID1 C[20-25]
CAN_ID2
CAN_ID3 X7R
LED_Done
Dout_Tst1
Dout_Tst2
Dout_Tst3
Dout_Tst4
CAN_ID4 1n
CAN_ID5 C[30-39]
CAN_ID6
CAN_ID7 X7R
22n
0R
0R
0R
0R
0R
0R
0R
0R
E C[61-69] Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
X7R Drawn CPU CAN-P0 N/A
06.02.2014 Muschler
100n
C[80-85]
R59
R60
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
R66
Released 07.02.2014 Frank U648d-c-a.scm 648d-48748c-a
X7R Ziehm Module
Print date:
100n 02_I/O_Expander
06.02.2014 002
GND
GND U648d Scale Size Page
N/A A3 2 of 13

5 Main Interface
5-33
1 2 3 4 5 6
ISO+5V ISO+5V
5-34
in every +3V3 +3V3
switch 120R
R247 R251 R255 R184 R314 R322 R330 R188
5.10.3
220R 4K3 330R 2K2 220R 4K3 330R 2K2
Fig. 5-12
S 270R IC11-A IC12-A
IC13-A 1 8 IC14-A 1 8
A 4 4
- C96 - C120
2 2 7 10n 2 2 7 10n
R248 R250 R316 R320
X7R
X7R
5 ILD207T 5 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K 10K 10K
LM339 GND GND LM339 GND GND
5 Main Interface
C101 C92 ISO+5V C112 C113 ISO+5V

L14 470n 10n 470n 10n
BLM21BD221 R252 +3V3 R324 +3V3
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
2K2 2K2

R254 R183 R329 R187
330R 2K2 330R 2K2
ISOGND ISOGND IC11-B IC12-B
IC13-B 3 6 IC14-B 3 6
6 6
- C95 - C119
1 4 5 10n 1 4 5 10n
R249 R318
X7R
X7R
7 ILD207T 7 ILD207T
C44 + +
B L16
X7R 10K 10K
LM339 GND GND BLM21BD221 LM339 GND GND
X3 1 HaFu_01_inp 47n R253 R326
2 C45 2K2 2K2
3 HaFu_02_inp
4 X7R
47n
MLSS100-04
ISOGND ISOGND
ISOGND C53
ISOGND
X4 1 X7R
HaFu_03_inp
ISO+5V 2 47n


3 HaFu_04_inp C54
4
+3V3 MLSS100-04 X7R
47n
ISOGND
L15 R313 R321 R328 R186 ISOGND
BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2 ISO+5V
IC15-A
IC13-C 1 8 +3V3
8
C - C100
14 2 7 10n L17 R334 R338 R342 R190
BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2
R315 R319
X7R
9 ILD207T IC16-A
+
IC14-C 1 8
10K 10K 8
LM339 GND GND
- C122
C102 C93 ISO+5V 14 2 7 10n
470n 10n
R335 R337
X7R
R323 +3V3 9 ILD207T

+
X7R
X7R
2K2
10K 10K
LM339 GND GND
R327 R185
ISOGND ISOGND 330R 2K2 C103 C117 ISO+5V
IC15-B 470n 10n
IC13-D 3 6 R339 +3V3
X7R
X7R
10 2K2
- C97
13 4 5 10n R341 R189
330R 2K2
R317
X7R
11 ILD207T IC16-B
+
IC14-D 3 6
10K 10
D LM339 GND GND
R325 - C121
2K2 13 4 5 10n

R336
X7R
11 ILD207T
+
10K
ISOGND LM339 GND GND
R340
2K2
ISOGND
ISO+5V
E IC13-E
C94 100n 3 12 Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
X7R
VCC GND
LM339
IC14-E Released 07.02.2014 Frank U648d-c-a.scm 648d-48748c-a
C118 1n 3 12 Print date: Ziehm Module
X7R
VCC GND
06.02.2014 002 03_HaFu_Inputs_1-4
LM339
ISOGND ISOGND U648d Scale Size Page
N/A A3 3 of 13

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
ISO+5V ISO+5V
+3V3 +3V3
R345 R349 R353 R192 R357 R365 R373 R196

5.10.4
220R 4K3 330R 2K2 220R 4K3 330R 2K2
Fig. 5-13
IC18-A IC19-A
IC20-A 1 8 IC21-A 1 8
A 4 4
- C139 - C147
2 2 7 10n 2 2 7 10n
R346 R348 R359 R363
X7R
X7R
5 ILD207T 5 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K 10K 10K
C123 C135 ISO+5V C134 C143 ISO+5V

470n 10n 470n 10n
R350 +3V3 R367 +3V3
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
2K2 2K2

R352 R191 R372 R195
330R 2K2 330R 2K2
IC18-B IC19-B
IC20-B 3 6 IC21-B 3 6
6 6
- C137 - C146
1 4 5 1 4 5

10n 10n
R347 R361
X7R
X7R
7 ILD207T 7 ILD207T
+ +
B L12 L10
10K 10K
BLM21BD221 LM339 GND GND BLM21BD221 LM339 GND GND
R351 R369
2K2 2K2
ISOGND ISOGND
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
C74 C79
MLSS100-04
X7R X7R

X5 47n X6 47n

1 HaFu_05_inp 1 HaFu_07_inp
2 2
C75 C90
4 X7R 4 X7R
47n 47n
ISO+5V ISOGND MLSS100-04 ISOGND
ISO+5V
ISOGND
ISOGND +3V3 +3V3
C
L13 R356 R364 R371 R194 L11 R378 R382 R386 R198
BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2 BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2
IC22-A IC23-A
IC20-C 1 8 IC21-C 1 8
8 8
- C145 - C152
14 2 7 10n 14 2 7 10n
R358 R362 R379 R381
X7R
X7R
9 ILD207T 9 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K 10K 10K
C124 C142 ISO+5V C141 C150 ISO+5V

470n 10n 470n 10n
R366 +3V3 R383 +3V3
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
2K2 2K2
R370 R193 R385 R197

330R 2K2 330R 2K2
IC22-B IC23-B
IC20-D 3 6 IC21-D 3 6
10 10
D - C140 - C151
13 4 5 10n 13 4 5 10n

R360 R380
X7R
X7R
11 ILD207T 11 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K
R368 R384
2K2 2K2
ISOGND ISOGND
E ISO+5V Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

IC20-E Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
C136 100n 3 12 Filename Part No/Drawing No
X7R
VCC GND
LM339
IC21-E Print date: Ziehm Module
C144 1n 3 12 04_HaFu_Inputs_5-8
X7R
VCC GND 06.02.2014 002
LM339 U648d Scale Size Page
ISOGND ISOGND N/A A3 4 of 13

5 Main Interface
5-35
1 2 3 4 5 6
ISO+5V ISO+5V
5-36
+3V3 +3V3
R391 R395 R399 R142 R403 R411 R419 R146
5.10.5
220R 4K3 330R 2K2 220R 4K3 330R 2K2
Fig. 5-14
IC25-A IC27-A
IC40-A 1 8 IC50-A 1 8
A 4 4
- C162 - C170
2 2 7 10n 2 2 7 10n
R392 R394 R405 R409
X7R
X7R
5 ILD207T 5 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K 10K 10K
5 Main Interface
C153 C156 ISO+5V C155 C166 ISO+5V

470n 10n 470n 10n
R396 +3V3 R413 +3V3
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
2K2 2K2

R398 R199 R418 R145
330R 2K2 330R 2K2
IC25-B IC27-B
IC40-B 3 6 IC50-B 3 6
6 6
- C158 - C169
1 4 5 10n 1 4 5 10n
R393 R407
X7R
7 ILD207T 7 ILD207T X7R
+ +
B L22 L20
10K 10K
BLM21BD221 LM339 GND GND BLM21BD221 LM339 GND GND
R397 R415
2K2 2K2
ISOGND ISOGND
C109 C199
MLSS100-04
X7R X7R

X7 X8

1 HaFu_09_inp 47n 1 HaFu_11_inp 47n
2 2
C197 C200
4 X7R 4 X7R
47n 47n
ISO+5V ISOGND MLSS100-04 ISOGND
ISO+5V
ISOGND
ISOGND +3V3 +3V3
C
L23 R402 R410 R417 R144 L21 R424 R428 R432 R148
BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2 BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2
IC52-A IC53-A
IC40-C 1 8 IC50-C 1 8
8 8
- C168 - C179
14 2 7 10n 14 2 7 10n
R404 R408 R425 R427
X7R
X7R
9 ILD207T 9 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K 10K 10K
C154 C165 ISO+5V C164 C171 ISO+5V

470n 10n 470n 10n
R412 +3V3 R429 +3V3
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
2K2 2K2
R416 R143 R431 R147

330R 2K2 330R 2K2
IC52-B IC53-B
IC40-D 3 6 IC50-D 3 6
10 10
D - C163 - C173
13 4 5 10n 13 4 5 10n

R406 R426
X7R
X7R
11 ILD207T 11 ILD207T
+ +
10K 10K
R414 R430
2K2 2K2
ISOGND ISOGND

IC40-E Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
X7R
VCC GND
LM339
IC50-E Print date: Ziehm Module
C167 1n 3 12 05_HaFu_Inputs_9-12
X7R
VCC GND 06.02.2014 002
LM339 U648d Scale Size Page

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
ISO+5V
+3V3
R435 R439 R443 R150

5.10.6
220R 4K3 330R 2K2
Fig. 5-15
IC54-A
IC55-A 1 8
A 4
- C189
2 2 7 10n
R436 R438
X7R
5 ILD207T Test-Connector 1 - 8
+
10K 10K 1 X41
LM339 GND GND
2
C180 C186 ISO+5V 3
470n 10n 4
R440 +3V3 5
X7R
X7R
2K2 6
7
8

R442 R149
330R 2K2 9
IC54-B 10
IC55-B 3 6 11
6 12
- C188 13
1 4 5 10n 14

15
R437
X7R
7 ILD207T 16
+
B L25 SL2-16G
10K
BLM21BD221 LM339 GND GND
R441
2K2
Test-Connector 9 - 16
ISOGND
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 X42
C201
MLSS100-04 2
X7R 3

47n

X10 1 4
HaFu_13_inp
2 5
C202
3 HaFu_14_inp 6
4 X7R +3V3 7
47n 8
ISO+5V ISOGND 9
R95 10
10K 11
ISOGND +3V3 12
TP28
13
C 14
L26 R446 R450 R454 R119 15
BLM21BD221 220R 4K3 330R 2K2 16
IC56-A SL2-16G
IC55-C 1 8
8 GND
- C195
14 2 7 10n
R447 R449
X7R
9 ILD207T
+
10K 10K
LM339 GND GND
C185 C193 ISO+5V

470n 10n
R451 +3V3
X7R
X7R
2K2
R453 R118
330R 2K2
IC56-B
IC55-D 3 6
10
D - C192
13 4 5 10n

R448
X7R
11 ILD207T
+
10K
LM339 GND GND
R452
2K2
ISO+5V
ISOGND
X14 1
2 HaFu_11_inp
3 HaFu_12_inp
4 HaFu_13_inp
5 HaFu_14_inp
IC55-E 6 Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
X7R
VCC GND 53047-06
LM339
ISOGND Print date: Ziehm Module
C194 1n 002 06_HaFu_Inputs_13-14
X7R 06.02.2014

5 Main Interface
5-37
1 2 3 4 5 6
5-38
+3V3 +3V3
5.10.7
WP_TACHO
Fig. 5-16
IC29-A IC48-A
R170 8 1 R171 R211 8 1 R278
Inp_AUX04+ Inp_WP_TACHO+
A 2K2 330R 2K2 330R
7 2 Inp_AUX04- 7 2 Inp_WP_TACHO-
GND ILD207T GND ILD207T
FAN_TACHO
IC29-B IC48-B
5 Main Interface
R173 6 3 R174 R279 6 3 R280

Inp_AUX03+ Inp_FAN_TACHO+
2K2 330R 2K2 330R
5 4 Inp_AUX03- 5 4 Inp_FAN_TACHO-

FLOW_MON
IC30-A IC49-A
R175 8 1 R176 R281 8 1 R282
Inp_AUX02+ Inp_FLOW_MON+
2K2 330R 2K2 330R
7 2 Inp_AUX02- 7 2 Inp_FLOW_MON-
B GND ILD207T GND ILD207T
TEMP_FREQ
IC30-B IC49-B
R178 6 3 R179 R283 6 3 R284
Inp_AUX01+ Inp_TEMP_FREQ+
2K2 330R 2K2 330R
5 4 Inp_AUX01- 5 4 Inp_TEMP_FREQ-


+3V3 +3V3
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
R272
R271
R270
R269
R268
R267
R266
R265
R463
R462
R461
R460
R459
R458
R457
R389
S5 S6
HF01_is_XR 2 1 HF09_is_XR 2 1
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
HF05_is_XR 10 9 HF13_is_XR 10 9
5 5
HF06_is_XR 12 11 HF14_is_XR 12 11
6 6
HF07_is_XR 14 13 HF15_is_XR 14 13
7 7
HF08_is_XR 16 15 HF16_is_XR 16 15
8 8
Dil Schalter Dil Schalter

GND GND
D

DIP-Switch
DIP- function x-ray
position switch switch
HaFu 1/9 1 ON OFF

HaFu 2/10 2 ON OFF
HaFu 3/11 3 ON OFF
HaFu 4/12 4 ON OFF
E HaFu 5/13 5 ON OFF Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
HaFu 6/14 6 ON OFF Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
HaFu 7/15 7 ON OFF
HaFu 8/16 8 ON OFF Ziehm Module
Print date:
06.02.2014 002 07_Opto_Inputs
HaFu stands for Hand-/Foot-Switch Input. Scale Size Page
U648d N/A A3 7 of 13

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
to Pump
D19 IC24-A D32 IC47-A
R152 1 8 R153 R166 1 8 R169
+5V 180R gn Out_Pump+ +5V 180R gn Out_WP_PWM+
0R 0R
5.10.8
2 7 Out_Pump- 2 7 Out_WP_PWM-
Fig. 5-17
ILD207T ILD207T
R2 R8
A Dout_Pump T15 Out_WP_PWM T22
BC817-40 BC817-40
3K3 3K3
GND GND
D22 IC24-B D34 IC47-B

R155 3 6 R156 R172 3 6 R177
+5V 180R gn Out_RotAn_Norm+ +5V 180R gn Out_FAN_WPM+
0R 0R
4 5 Out_RotAn_Norm- 4 5 Out_FAN_WPM-

ILD207T ILD207T
R3 R9
Dout_RotAn_Norm T16 Out_FAN_PWM T23
BC817-40 BC817-40
3K3 3K3

GND GND
D25 IC26-A
R158 1 8 R159
B +5V 180R gn Out_RotAn_Start+
0R
2 7 Out_RotAn_Start-
ILD207T
R4
Dout_RotAn_Start T17
BC817-40
3K3
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
GND


D28 IC26-B D35 IC51-A
R161 3 6 R162 R216 1 8 R236
+5V 180R gn Out_PFC_On+ +5V 180R gn Out_AUX07+
0R 0R
4 5 Out_PFC_On- 2 7 Out_AUX07-
ILD207T ILD207T
R5 R10 1 X12
Dout_PFC_On T18 Dout_7 T21
BC817-40 BC817-40 2
3K3 3K3 3
C
4
MX 70543-4VP
GND GND
D31 IC28-A D36 IC51-B

R164 1 8 R165 R237 3 6 R285
+5V 180R gn Out_AC_FAN_On+ +5V 180R gn Out_AUX08+
0R 0R
2 7 Out_AC_FAN_On- 4 5 Out_AUX08-
ILD207T ILD207T
R6 R1
Dout_AC_FAN_On T19 Dout_8 T24
BC817-40 BC817-40
3K3 3K3
GND GND
D33 IC28-B to Horn

R167 3 6 R168
+5V 180R gn Out_Horn+
0R
D 4 5 Out_Horn-

ILD207T
R7
Dout_Horn T20
BC817-40
3K3
GND

Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
06.02.2014 002 08_Opto_Outputs
N/A A3 8 of 13

5 Main Interface
5-39
1 2 3 4 5 6
5-40
X9-A X11-A CAN+5V
A1 CANGND A1 CANGND
CANGND CANGND
A2 CAN+5V A2 CAN+5V
5.10.9
CAN+5V CAN+5V
A3 CANL A3 CANL C159 82R
CAN L CAN L
Fig. 5-18
A4 CANSTÖR A4 CANSTÖR 100n R291
D75
CANSTOER CANSTOER
A5 CANSTR A5 CANSTR
LL4148
CANSTR CANSTR
X7R
A A6 CANH A6 CANH
CAN H A7 CAN H A7
C_GND C_GND STRAHLUNG
C.GND A8 C.GND A8
C_+5V C_+5V GND
C.+5V C.+5V X-RAY
RJ45 RJ45 +3V3
4K7
ENABLE
R289
D74
LL4148
T11 R227
5 Main Interface
BC807-40 4K7
X9-B X11-B
B1 CANGND B1 CANGND MP1
CANGND CANGND
B2 CAN+5V B2 CAN+5V X-Ena
CAN+5V CAN+5V
4K7
B3 CANL B3 CANL
R288
CAN L CAN L
B4 B4

CANSTÖR CANSTÖR L35 L33
CANSTOER CANSTOER R229
B5 CANSTR B5 CANSTR CANSTR CANSTR T5
CANSTR CANSTR
B6 CANH B6 CANH BC817-40
CAN H CAN H R93 BLM18PG471 BLM18PG471 22K
B7 C_GND B7 C_GND CAN_XR_Ena_out T30 High active
C.GND B8 C.GND B8
C_+5V C_+5V BC817-40 R39 = Strahlung Enable
C.+5V C.+5V 22K
R290 2K2 R231
RJ45 RJ45 3K9 10K
C1
22n
R94
X7R
10K Xray-Ena
B D8
yl
X9-C X11-C CANGND CANGND CANGND
C1 CANGND C1 CANGND
CANGND CANGND
C2 CAN+5V C2 CAN+5V CANGND CANGND CANGND CANGND
CAN+5V CAN+5V
C3 CANL C3 CANL
CAN L CAN L
C4 CANSTÖR C4 CANSTÖR
CANSTOER CANSTOER
C5 CANSTR C5 CANSTR
CANSTR C6 CANSTR C6
CANH CANH
CAN H C7 CAN H C7
C_GND C_GND
C.GND C8 C.GND C8
C_+5V C_+5V
C.+5V C.+5V


RJ45 RJ45 CAN+5V
+3V3
R48
470R
X9-D X11-D PULL-UP R228
D1 CANGND D1 CANGND 4K7
CANGND CANGND In the
D2 CAN+5V D2 CAN+5V STÖRUNG
CAN+5V CAN+5V
D3 CANL D3 CANL Generator
CAN L CAN L
D4 CANSTÖR D4 CANSTÖR X-Fault

FAULT MP2 CAN_Fault_inp
CANSTOER CANSTOER
C D5 CANSTR D5 CANSTR D13 X-Fault
CANSTR CANSTR
D6 CANH D6 CANH rd
CAN H D7 CAN H D7
C_GND C_GND L36 L34
C.GND D8 C.GND D8 R230
C_+5V C_+5V CANSTÖR CANSTÖR T6
C.+5V C.+5V
BC817-40
BLM18PG471 BLM18PG471 22K
Low active
Shield1
S1 Shield1
S1 = Fault
S2 S2 R49
Shield2 Shield2 CAN_Fault_out T2 R232
Shield3
S3 Shield3
S3 BC817-40 10K
C2
22K
22n
Shield4
S4 Shield4
S4 MP3
X7R
Shield5
S5 Shield5
S5 CANGND
Shield6
S6 Shield6
S6 R50
Shield7
S7 CANGND Shield7
S7 CANGND 10K
RJ45 RJ45 CANGND CANGND CANGND CANGND
CANGND CANGND
CAN+5V
R226
4K7
X13 1
CANGND
2

CANSENSE
3 CANGND
XP0 4
5 CANH
6 CANL
7 CANSTÖR
8 CANSTR
6410-08
+3V3 +3V3
+
C72 220µ/10V
C98 47n
X7R
R28
22K
GND
IC9
2 3
GND VCC

L2 7 1 ZEN_CANTx
CANH TxD 4
CANH ZEN_CANRx Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
1 2 RxD
CANL 8
4 3 6 Rs 5 Released 07.02.2014 Frank U648d-c-a.scm 648d-48748c-a
CANL Vref Ziehm Module
11µH Print date:
SN65HVD230D 002 09_CAN_Distribution
GND
06.02.2014
N/A A3 9 of 13

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Test Connector
1 X40 X17
2 GND24VB 1 to XP0
3 2
Fig. 5-19
TxD (TFT sender)
5.10.10
4 RxD (TFT reciever) 3
5 4 +5V LineMaster
A WP_TACHO Sound+
FAN_TACHO 6 SoundGND 5
FLOW_MON 7 L9 FeB 3A
TEMP_FREQ 8 MLSS100-05
Interface
EMERGENCY 9
X7R
X7R
C99 C19
Dinp_EmrgLoopOpen 10 GND24VB
TxD 11 100n 100n
RxD 12
TFT+24V 13 1X33
GND
+5V_TN 14 2
15 X18 HaFu_11_inp R96 0R 3
/Emrg_I_Loop 16 1 to TFT HaFu_12_inp R97 0R 4
+20V 17 TFT+24V 2 HaFu_13_inp R98 0R 5
18 3 6

+5V TxD (TFT sender) HaFu_14_inp R99 0R
+3V3 19 RxD (TFT reciever) 4 ISOGND R100 0R 7
20 Sound+ 5 8
SoundGND 6 9
MX 87832-2020 10
MLSS100-06 11
GND24VB GND GND 12

MW-06-03-G-D-231-079
B
L41
TxD
BLM18PG471
L42
RxD
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
BLM18PG471
+3V3
used in VISION-R used in VISION

based machines based machines

to Pump
L40
X20 1
Universal I/O´s Out_Pump+
BLM18PG471
2 Out_Pump-
(to U579 / U701) C209 22n
MLSS100-02
X7R
X21 1
Out_Pump+ PUMP ON to XP0
2 Out_Pump- C11 10µ/35V
X220
C 3 Out_RotAn_Norm+ NORMAL 1 NETZAUS R14 R13 +
4 Out_RotAn_Norm- 2 NETZEIN 10K 10K

5
X22 3
Out_RotAn_Start+ START NEAGND IC10
6 Out_RotAn_Start- 4 +20V 16 15
VCC GND
7 Out_PFC_On+ PFC EN 5
8 Out_PFC_On- MLSS100-05 IC34 C86 100n 1 2 C88 100n
X7R
C1+ V+ X7R
9 Out_AC_FAN_On+ AC FAN ON MAX3100CEE
10 Out_AC_FAN_On- 16 8 3
VCC GND C1-
11 Inp_WP_TACHO+
R102
475R
12 Inp_WP_TACHO- from ON/OFF Buttons C87 100n 4 6 C89 100n
X7R
C2+ V- X7R
13 Inp_FAN_TACHO+ 7 15
TX
14 Inp_FAN_TACHO-
X26 1
-OFF- 5
C2-
15 Inp_FLOW_MON+ 2 -GND- /IRQ_EXT_RS232 6 14 GND
RX
16 Inp_FLOW_MON- 3 -GND-
R101
475R
17 Inp_TEMP_FREQ+ 4 -ON- L31 SPI1_MOSI 1 11 11 14
DIN T1IN T1OUT
18 Inp_TEMP_FREQ- 5 LED ON
TP1
19 Out_WP_PWM+ 6 SPI1_MISO 2 13 10 7
BLM21BD221 DOUT T2IN T2OUT
20 Out_WP_PWM-
21 MLSS100-06 3 5 12 13
Out_FAN_WPM+ SPI1_CLK SCLK NC R1OUT R1IN
22 Out_FAN_WPM- GND
TP2
23 Inp_AUX01+ /CS_EXT_RS232 4 12 9 8
NC R2OUT R2IN
24 Inp_AUX01-
25 Inp_AUX02+
D 26 Inp_AUX02- in case of U515 X1 X2 MAX3232CUE+
27 Inp_AUX03+
28 replacement 10 9

Inp_AUX03-
29 Inp_AUX04+
30 Inp_AUX04-
X27 1
-GND- NEAGND Q3
31 Out_AUX07+ 2 ON LED 3.6864MHz
32 Out_AUX07- 3 Standby LED
33 Out_AUX08+ 4 -ON- 4 1
34 Out_AUX08- 5 -OFF- C14 C12
281276-1 NETZAUS 33p 3 2 33p
MLSS100-05
C0G
C0G
instead of U579/X8
GND

Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
06.02.2014 002 10_Var_Connectors
M[1-6] M[7-10] M[11-16]
MTH3.3mm NDK SC8mm MTH2.8mm NDK SC5 Mark. Point 1.5mm U648d Scale Size Page
N/A A3 10 of 13

5 Main Interface
5-41
1 2 3 4 5 6
CAN+5V
5-42
Automatic CAN termination +24VB L39 HORN
+3V3
1
C105 K1-A BLM18PG471 C104
R235 100n + TQ2-5V R233 R234 220p
Fig. 5-20
2K2 R105 R243 22K 220K
R23
4K7
R79
0R
5.10.11
X7R
C0G
7 8 4K7 1K
R25
A V+ D64 CAN_Sense_inp
2 CANGND LL4148 10 Out_Horn+
- 2 4 100R
6 R80
D65 Low = MC present T7
L37 yl K1-B BC847B
C3
R239 0R
47n
CANSENSE 3 TQ2-5V
+
X7R
3
2
MC-pres 3
BLM18PG471 1K 1
V- T8 H1
5 Main Interface
C106 R242 5 BC817-40

100n 3K3 4 IC41 GND GND F/SU27
CA3140M
X7R
1
3 CANH
CANGND R238
C4
100n

CANGND CANGND T10 2K21
R154
X7R
R225 680K 2 BSS138 9 7
1 I.I. or Generator
10R
C128 68p K1-C R244
C0G terminates with second R240
+24VB TQ2-5V 121R Out_Horn- T9
CANGND CANGND 8 120 Ohm resistor BC847B
22K
GND24VB
J2 R241
SL1-2G 10K
R245
B CANL
GND24VB
121R
15Vac_1
1 +20V CAN+5V
F2
1.6AT
C107 GL1 L7
B80C5000 IC42 MP14
F
~ PTN78060WAD +5V
X23 1 FeB 3A

L3 L4 +5V
2 4 3 2 VIN Vout 6
3 - +

4 FeB 3A 5 FeB 3A
VSense
C211
C131
~ X28
C110
C108
C129
C210
C130
MLSS156-04
C111
C132
C133
C71
C26
C70
3 4 1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Vadj D66
680n/100V
2 1N5339B 2
GND GND
F1
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
100µ/10V
100µ/10V
100µ/10V
15Vac_2 MLSS100-02
220µ/10V
220µ/10V
100n
100n
100n
100n
100n
1000µ/50V
1000µ/50V
1 7
20K
R287
1.0AT
1µ/50V
C
GND
+5V L8
GND
MP15
FeB 3A
CANGND
L24
FeB 3A
C5 1n +3V3
MP13
X7R +3V3
IC38
C6 +
L38
2 4
VIN VOUT
GND
100µ/10V FeB 3A
C8
+
R390 1 5
+5V
10K
GND
C10
C13
LP3873ES 3.3
3
220n
22n
D +5V +3V3 ISO+5V
X7R
X7R
100µ/10V

R246 R301 R464
GND GND GND GND GND 470R 750R 470R
+5V +3V3 ISO+5V +5V

D67 D78 D80
gn gn gn
3 3
+
+
MP11 C114 C115 C116

ISO+5V 100µ/10V 100µ/10V 470n
C203
C204
C205
C206
22n
22n
10n
10n
IC17 D68 D81

L18 L19
D10
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
+5V 1 7 ISO+5V 2 2
LL4148
BZX84C2V7
BZX84C2V7
VCC +Vout
FeB 3A
C77 C76 FeB 3A C78
6
+
100n 100n C46 100n GND GND ISOGND
NC
10µ/35V GND
X7R
X7R
X7R
2 5 ISOGND
E GND -Vout Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
TMV0505EN Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
ISOGND R107 Filename Part No/Drawing No
GND Strom reicht für 7x gedrückt: MP12 2M21
C208
7 x (14mA Schalter + 10mA LED) = 168mA
X7R
ESD Print date: Ziehm Module
mit Leerlauf 26mA
Prot.
4n7/250VAC 06.02.2014 002 11_CAN-Trm_Pwr_Horn
GND GND
N/A A3 11 of 13

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
K2-C +24VB
TQ2-5V +24VB
X35 1
7
8
2 typically 21Vdc
3
9
R273
MLSS100-03 820R
Fig. 5-21
5.10.12
D108
Current-
LL4148
Source: 30mA +24VB
R306
R307
R308
56R
56R
200R
A D71 C126 C125 C127
gn 100n 100n 100n
3
X7R
X7R
X7R
1
D109
D69
BD136-16
LL4148
XP0 BZX84C9V1
X24 1 T12 3 2
L1 BLM18PG471
2 3
MX 70543-2VP 2 D70
BZX84C9V1
2
+3V3 GND24VB
TFT
R304
3K3
C207
X29
100n
1

Emg_Loop+ EMRG
X7R
2 MP19
R15
2K2
MX 70543-2VP D139 R305
2 3 GND24VB GND24VB
IC36-A
BAT64 10R 1 8
3
3
EMERGENCY
Local +24VB
Any unused connector

has to be bridged!

X30 1
D140
D142
C16
47n
2 2 7
2
2
BAT64
BAT64
R310
120R
C15
X7R
10n
B all MX 70543-2VP BAT64
X7R
2 3 ILD207T
R43
820R
GND
D141
GND
Emergency Stop
U685 If ca. 10mA
X31 1 Emg_Loop- low = Loop is open MP5
2 20V = Buttons closed, Loop still open
R116
820R
Emergency- MX 70543-2VP 5V = Buttons closed, Loop closed = OK

Switches L6 BLM18PG471 U-Loop +3V3
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
N.C.
1
D9
Reserve

gn
X32 TP4
D121
1 + K2-A
R22
2K2
gn
2
D5

TQ2-5V
IC8-A
LL4148
MLSS100-02
1 8
3
from U579/X31 Dinp_EmrgLoopOpen
R42
10K
10 178Ohm;
EmrgTFT 30mA; +/-10%
D53
4K7
R309
2 7
2
+5V_TN D26 IC37-A
R103
1 8 NETZAUS
BZX84C2V7
rd ILD207T
82R
2 7 R41
R108 NEAGND T25 GND
R40
C
470R
1K BC817-40
2K2
Touch Emrg-Off ILD207T
Any unused connector

has to be bridged!
X34 1 L49 BLM18PG471 T14
TP3
2 L50 BLM18PG471 BC817-40 MP10 C18
MX 70543-2VP K2-Res 47n
R303
4K7
+5V R47
X7R
in case of C7
+
U515 replacement GND24VB GND24VB
180R
D72 IC36-B 10µ/50V

R27
3 6 2 4
rd GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB
R215 C148 180R
Dout_Res_Notaus ResEmrg K2-B J1
C17
100n
X7R 4 5 TQ2-5V
22R
X7R
1µ ResEmrg 3 SL1-2G
MP18 ILD207T
R218
22K
D90
1 IC1-A MP4
1PS79SB31
4 R38
T3 GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB
GND GND 2 BC817-40
D 2K2
C149 74AHC1G32
R223

/ZEN_RES GND24VB +3V3
X7R GND +5V IC1-B
22R C9
1µ +5V +5V 5 3
X7R
VCC GND
1 R46 47n 74AHC1G32
R219
22K
D63
1K
+ K3-A GND GND
1PS79SB31
D21
from limit switches I-Loop IC37-B
GND GND 3 6
X36 1
TQ2-5V D23
LL4148
TP29
A 2 10
gn
3 4 5
B 4
R110
3K9
MLSS100-04 2 4 9 7 IC8-B ILD207T
R21 3 6
Emg_Loop+ /Emrg_I_Loop
K3-B K3-C
R121
1K8
10R
to U521/U579 3 8 Emg_Loop- 4 5 T31
TQ2-5V TQ2-5V BC817-40 Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
E X37 1
ILD207T
A 2 If ca. 10mA Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
3
R109
10K
R122
3K6

B 4
MLSS100-04
GND GND GND 002 12_Emergency
06.02.2014
N/A A3 12 of 13

5 Main Interface
5-43
1 2 3 4 5 6
5-44
C160 R180
C0G
22p 2K2
Q4
Fig. 5-22
5.10.13
ACHTUNG!!
R182
1M
A NEUE FREQUENZ NÖTIG
18.432MHz
C161
C0G IC31 10 9 +5V_TN +24VB
22p 74HC4060D
11 RS RTC CTC VDD 16
GND24VB +5V_TN C191
5 Main Interface
CP
100n
R35 12 CD 8
VSS Transmitter
X7R
MR
L46
FeB 3A
3K3 7 5 4 6 1413151 2 3 X-Ray-Lamp
+5V
to Touch-Center

GND24VB
:128
R37
180R
+
C184
C138
100n
L27
X-Lamp
yl
220µ/50V
X7R
+5V_TN
D24
3.3mH 0.7A
IC3-A
B 1 8 MP9 +5V_TN
144kHz GND24VB GND24VB
144,00kHz
R181
T4
2 7 BC817-40 MP7 MP8
1K
IC32-B Tone TFT+24V
ILD207T 6
C182
220p
100K
-
R277
C183 L5
C0G
GND24VB 7 TFT+24V
2K7
R275
R44 C0G
T29 C172 R292 R293 5 10n BLM21BD221
BC817-40 +
3K3 X7R
10n 8K2 8K2
MAX4477ASA

R294 BC807-40
4K7
R295
GND T13
C181
1K5
R276
100p

100K
1K
R286
C0G
GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB
Dout_XR_Lamp
Tone_Tx_Rx
C
+5V_TN +5V_TN
+24VB
MP6 R296
+5V_TN 330R
IC7
L44 L45
1 3 +5V_TN
IN OUT
D76
Decoder X-Ray-Key FeB 3A GND FeB 3A
R78_5V-0.5A gn
from Touch-Center +5V_TN 2 3
C177
+
Tone_Tx_Rx
NP0 C198 C196
115,20kHz +5V_TN +5V_TN D77
C29
C43
100n 100n
100n
100n
C40
150p 2
BZX84C2V7
X7R
X7R
X7R
X7R
220µ/10V
R298
1K
+3V3
R20
10K
R34
180R
C178
+5V_TN max. 200mV GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB
X7R X-Key
100n
GND24VB
gn
D
R36
3K3
D7
R302
220K
R297
22K

IC3-B
IC35 3 6
3 IN V+ 4
GND24VB
1 OUTF OUT 8 low active! 4 5
2 LOOPF TCAP 6 ILD207T +5V_TN
7 5 R299 R300
GND TRES GND 100n C190
X7R
3K9 120R IC32-C
LM567C
47n
10n
10n
P1 8 4
R45 V+ V-
VCO
MAX4477ASA
3K3
X7R
X7R
X7R
MP16 1K
C176
C175
C174
C73 C27
MP17 GND24VB
1n 1n
GND24VB
NP0
NP0
GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB GND24VB Drawn 06.02.2014 Muschler CPU CAN-P0 N/A
Bandwidth Center Frequency
06.02.2014 002 13_Tone_Modulation
N/A A3 13 of 13

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
6
Image Intensifier
Module 4
Ziehm Vision / Ziehm Vision R

280721/280725 - 01/03/2017
280721/280725 - 01/03/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.1 Parts Location
Fig. 6-1 Image intensifier parts location
Ziehm Vision / Ziehm Vision R 6-1

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Infringements shall entitle to damage claims. Subject to change without prior notice. Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz.
6-2
Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten
6.2
U559 X4 CCD
1 2
Fig. 6-2
VSYNC+ VSYNC-
Input and Output are both low active
CCD-Camera
3 4
CCD-Camera X1 X1 Sensor Board
Charge Reset+ Charge Reset- analog video
5 6
X2 X2 X4
SF Capture+ SF Capture- +3.3 U559 FT 50 U560 FT 50 coax cable
7 8 X3 X3
12V CAM GND CAM
9 10
to image memory
Gain GND IN +
11 12 2 1 11 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 8
6 Image Intensifier
SF Enable Blanking Iris-

10 10 6
13 14
3.3V OUT +3.3 HSYNC 14 pin Flatribbon Motor &
+12V CCD Potentiometer
14 Pin = 1-87456-0
14 pin Flatribbon Conn. X5 X7 / X9
+12V 2 +12V CCD
U521 or AWG18 Source: U521 or U579 of the transformer unit
U579 +12V 2 +12V I.I. both voltages “ground free”
AWG18
Power Supply
X12
+12V +12V Fix
Resonant-Converter X12
+24V-GEN Anode 30kV
Anode
X14
+5V actual value
+5V regulator U514
X18
VSync U536
Image intensifier block diagram

Cascade
Gain
3 pin Panduit
U632
General Block Diagram
+12V max
Resonant-Converter G3 X10
X6 X10 / X11 G3 12kV
SF-Enable
Normal Mag. 1 Mag. 2
X16
Charge Reset
M1 U513 actual value
M2
Single Frame Capture

X15
U662 Laser
Generator Current-
Source +12V max
Resonant-Converter G2 X13
on/off
G2 2kV
6
6 pin Flatribbon
Normal Mag. 1 Mag. 2
X1 M1
MOBILE STAND M2
1x4 DIP- +12V
Switch irq Out Out FT50+ Mot. X7 Out
16
U512
X3 Inp Mag. 1
Out +12V
Mag. 2 Resonant-Converter
CAN-Bus HC08 Out max
U648 8 X17
Optos I/O CONTROLLER G1 G1 350V
Zentrale CAT5 via generator
CPU
RJ45
RJ45
120W
Termin.
Technische Änderungen vorbehalten
Module 4 Frank / Mircev 10.08.2000 Unit:

Drawn: Drawing No.: .
ZIEHM Vision
Blockschaltbild Release: J. Haab 07.Aug.2002 File Name : M04_ii_ccd_1a_s_NGP.cdr
II + CCD + Generator based systems
Block Diagram Changed: R. Sörgel 05.Jan 2015 Page : 1 of 1 Image Intensifier
280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.3 Image Intensifier Power Supplies
6.3.1 I.I. Power Supply with U632
Fig. 6-3 Image intensifier power supply with U632
6.3.1.1 General
The I.I. power supply provides the necessary voltages for the different image intensifiers.
It also supplies the power for the CCD camera.
The CAN controller of the I.I. power supply runs software to control the iris, the laser switching,
and the magnifier selection.
The power supply equipped with the U632 board can be used for the FT50 Camera as well as for
the FT18 camera (Art. No. 887763).

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.3.1.2 Main Parts and their Functions
Main Part Function Remarks
Controller Controls the magnification modes of the I.I.

Controls the CCD iris.
Controls laser switching.
Provides CCD camera supply voltage.
Power inverters High voltages
Cascade Multiplies the voltages
6.3.1.3 HW Description
6.3.1.3.1 PCBs
PCBs
U512: Grid 1 and Grid 2 inverter
U513: Grid 3 inverter and magnetic choke current

(for static S-distortion correction, not used)
U514: Grid 4 and anode inverter
U632: controller board
6.3.1.3.2 Cascade
PCB
U536 30 kV cascade supports also Grid 4
Grid 3 cascade
Rationale: Cascade sealed in insulation material
6-4 Ziehm Vision / Ziehm Vision R

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.3.1.3.3 Switches
DIP switch S1
Bit 0 Standalone for production requirements

ON = standalone active
Bit 1 RS232 debug interface ON/OFF
Bit 2 (switch 3) reserved
Bit 3 (switch 4) reserved
All switches OFF for normal Operation
Fig. 6-4 DIP switch S1
6.3.1.3.4 Jumpers
For debugging purposes
J 16 Erase Flash Memory
J7 RS232 debug interface ON/OFF
J1 Laser installed

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.3.1.3.5 U632 LED Indicators
Status LEDs for service requirements
LED 1 (red) ON Position error, ATMEGA
LED 2 (green) ON Servo OK, ATMEGA
LED 1 and LED 2 are undefined if a FT18 camera is used and can be neglected in this case.
(ATMEGA is the servo controller for the FT50 camera iris.)
LED 4 (green) flashing Startup phase 1
LED 5 (green) flashing Startup phase 2
LED5 + LED4 flashing synchronously Waiting for system ready

OFF System is running
LED 6 (green) flashing System is running
LED 9 (red) ON Reset MC9S08
LED 24 (green) ON Magnification 1 active
LED 25 (green) ON Magnification 2 active
LED 26 (green) ON CCD gain on
LED 27 (green) ON CCD single frame enable
LED 31 (green) ON +5 V logic OK
LED 33 (green) ON CCD +12 V OK
LED 36 (green) ON +5 V servo motor OK
LED 37 (green) ON CCD single frame capture
LED 38 (green) ON CCD charge reset pulse
LED 40 (green) ON +12V I.I. OK

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.3.1.3.6 U632 LED Location
D 40
12V I.I.
D4, D5, D6 D9 D24, D25 D 26,27,37,38 D31, D36

Startup indication reset Magnifier CCD Status 5V logic, 5V Servo
D1, D2 D33
Servo Err & OK 12V CCD
Fig. 6-5 U632 LEDs

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.3.1.3.7 U512: Connectors
X1: Power inverter connector

Type: 6-pin ribbon cable connector
Pin Function
Pin 1 n. c.
Pin 2 Magnification 1
Pin 4 Ground
Pin 5 +12 V
Pin 6 Ground

Pin Function
Pin 1 n. c.
Pin 4 Ground
Pin 5 +12 V
Pin 6 Ground
X6: Magnetic choke connector

Type: 3-pin Panduit connector
Pin Function
Pin 1 n. c.
Pin 2 +
Pin 3 Ground

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier

Pin Function
Pin 1 n. c.
Pin 4 Ground
Pin 5 +12 V
Pin 6 Ground

Pin Function
Pin 1 n. c.
Pin 4 Ground
Pin 5 +12 V
Pin 6 Ground
X2: RS232 debug connector

Type: 3-pin Panduit cable connector
Pin Function
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 TxD
Pin 3 RxD

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
X3: CAN bus connector J12

Type: RJ-45
Pin Function
Pin 1 CAN ground
Pin 2 CAN +5 V
Pin 3 CAN_L
Pin 4 CAN fault
Pin 5 CAN X-ray enable
Pin 6 CAN_H
Pin 7 not used
Pin 8 not used
Housing earth
X4: Programming interface connector

Type: 6-pin Picoflex connector
Pin Function
Pin 1 serial data
Pin 2 GND
Pin 3 disable reset
Pin 4 Reset output
Pin 5 disable reset
Pin 6 +5V

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
X5: CCD Connector to FT50 camera with U559

Pin Function
Pin 1 V-sync +
Pin 2 V-sync -
Pin 3 Charge reset +
Pin 4 Charge reset -
Pin 5 Single capture +
Pin 6 Single capture -
Pin 7 +12 V CCD
Pin 8 Ground CCD
Pin 9 Gain
Pin 10 Ground in
Pin 11 Single frame enable
Pin 12 Blanking
Pin 13 +5 V out
Pin 14 H-sync
X5: CCD Connector to FT50 camera with U639

Pin Function
Pin 1 +3.3 V_OUT (VSYNC +)
Pin 2 VSYNC- output
Pin 3 SPI "Clock" input
Pin 4 GND
Pin 5 SPI "MOSI" input
Pin 6 GND
Pin 7 +12 V CCD
Pin 8 GND
Pin 9 SPI "Chip-Select" input
Pin 10 GND
Pin 11 VSYNC Trigger input
Pin 12 SPI "MISO" output
Pin 13 +3.3 V_OUT
Pin 14 HSYNC output

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
X6: Generator interface

Pin Function
Pin 1 Ground
Pin 2 V-sync -
Pin 3 V-sync +
X7: Interface iris control of FT50 Optics

Pin Function
Pin 1 Motor +
Pin 2 Motor -
Pin 3 Potentiometer +5V
Pin 4 Potentiometer wiper
Pin 5 GND
X8: Programming Interface ATMEGA

Pin Function
Pin 1 Reset
Pin 2 MISO
Pin 3 SCK
Pin 4 MOSI
Pin 5 GND
X9: Servo motor interface

Type: 5-pin Molex cable connector
Pin Function
Pin 1 +5 V
Pin 2 Ground
Pin 3 Servo control pulse
Pin 4 Feedback servo position
Pin 5 Servo return (there or not)

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
X10: Laser diode 1 connector

Pin Function
Pin 1 Laser -
Pin 2 Laser +
Pin 3 n. c.
X11: Laser diode 2 connector

Pin Function
Pin 1 Laser -
Pin 2 Laser +
Pin 3 n. c.
X12: I.I. power input connector

Pin Function
Pin 1 +12 V I.I. power supply
Pin 2 Ground I.I. power supply
Pin 3 Ground CCD
Pin 4 +12 V CCD
X13: SPI Interface MC9S08

Pin Function
Pin 1 /SS
Pin 2 SCK
Pin 3 MOSI
Pin 4 MISO
Pin 5 GND

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.3.1.3.11 U632 Connectors Location
X1
Power Inverters
X9
FT18 iris
X3 X7 X6 X10, X11
CAN FT50 iris V-Sync Lasers
X5
CCD Camera
X12
Power in
Fig. 6-6 U632 Connectors

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.3.1.3.12 Connectors Cascade
Connectors Range Function
Anode 30 kV factory set Anode Voltage
Grid 1 approx. 150 V 9" II HP Edge focus (depends on tube type)

(Thales TH9428HP)
approx. 250 V 9" II HX
(Toshiba E5830SD)
approx. 125 V 12" II HX
(Thales TH9432HX)
Grid 2 approx. 0.5 kV – 2 kV Focus adjustment
Grid 3 approx. 2 kV – 12 kV Size adjustment
Grid 4 approx. 2.5 kV Not adjustable
Ground
6.3.1.3.13 Connectors Cascade Location
Fig. 6-7 Connectors cascade location

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.3.1.4 Adjustments
6.3.1.4.1 Potentiometer Location
Fig. 6-8 U512, U513, U514 potentiometer location
6.3.1.4.2 Adjusting the CCD Camera Iris
In order to get the camera working correctly, the CCD iris has to be adjusted. During this proce-
dure the iris is moved stepwise to the end positions. The controller on the I.I. power supply records
the corresponding servo position values and stores them in the I.I. power supply machine data.
This procedure has to be performed each time the camera or the i.i. power supply is
changed.
To perform this setting, press the "Adjust Camera Iris" button in the "Other" service settings
section. Wait until message box disappears and restart the system.
Fig. 6-9 "Other" service menu

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.4 I.I. Tube Types
There are two types of I.I. tubes:
− With a 20 mm output window (HP Type)
− With a 25 mm output window with integrated anti scatter lens (HX Type)
Fig. 6-10 I.I. tube types: HP type (left), HX type (right)
NOTE
The setting of the camera prior to installation depends on the type of tube.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.5 CCD Cameras
6.5.1 CCD Camera FT50 Plus
Fig. 6-11 FT50 Plus CCD camera without cover
6.5.1.1 General Description
The CCD sensor is a solid-state imaging device that produces a 1024 × 1024 progressive scan,
black and white image. Light entering wells in the sensor are converted to electrons, which are
read out from the sensor, amplified and converted to a digital video signal. The video signal is
transmitted via an analog video coaxial cable to the image processing system.
6.5.1.2 Service Kits
Depending on the I.I. of the device, the specific camera kits must be ordered.
For ordering and additional information, please refer to:
General Technical Information 14/001. "Follow-up model FT50 Plus camera".

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.5.1.3 Presetting Camera for I.I. Type:
By means of spacers installed in the camera lens, the camera is preset to different I.I. types.
To fit to tubes with 20 mm image output window diameter, the camera is equipped with the spac-
ers.
In case that a tube type with 25 mm output window is used, the spacers are not equipped.
NOTE
The camera included in the specific replacemant kit is already equipped corre-
sponding to the tube.
Securing screw
Fig. 6-12 Lens spacers
Fig. 6-13 Spacers

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.5.1.4 Scattered Light Lens
By removing a lens from the camera the camera is preset to different I.I. Types.
The camera is shipped without lens.
NOTE
Corresponding to the tube type the lens is included in the specific replacement kit.
Fig. 6-14 Scattered light lens.
Check the tube type:

For a 20 mm output window size type, the lens has to be installed.
Fig. 6-15 I.I. tube types: 20 mm output window (left), 25 mm output window (right)

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.5.1.5 Mounting of the CCD Camera
In order to mount the camera, an I.I. adapter and different adapter rings are used.
II adapter
adapter ring
Fig. 6-16 I.I. adapter and adapter ring
Additional adapter rings are only used for I.I. types with 25mm output window:
I.I. Type Adapter Ring

Thales TH 9428 HP, 9’’ 20 mm output window not required
Toshiba E5830SD, 9" 25 mm output window 3801-449-112-00
Thales TH9432 HX, 12" 25.2 mm output window (grid 4 connector cable present) 3801-449-113-00
Toshiba E5796SD, 12" 25 mm output window (grid 4 connector cable not present) 3801-449-114-00
NOTE
Corresponding to the tube type the adapter ring is included in the specific replace-
ment kit.
The camera is mount on the I.I. adapter using a 0.5 mm shim ring and 3 hexagonal fixation screws.
adjusting washer hexagonal fixation

screws
Fig. 6-17 Mounting of the CCD Camera to the I.I. adapter
The camera mount on the I.I. adapter plus the adapter ring (if necessary) is put onto the output
window and is fixed by using 3 Allen screws.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
Center adjustment is made by moving the mounting plate on the mounting base of the I.I.
Angular adjustment is made by turning the camera within the I.I. adapter. To do this, loosen the
hexagonal fixation screws.
For adjustment see → Ch. 6.7, p. 6-29.
NOTE
The 3 hexagonal fixation screws at the I.I. adapter have to be be tightened with a
torque value of 0.8 Nm.
For this purpose, Ziehm Imaging provides a service tool:
Torque wrench 0.3 Nm – 1.3 Nm
Part No.: #912218
Fig. 6-18 Torque wrench
Fig. 6-19 Tighten screws with 0.8 Nm

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.5.1.6 Focus Adjustment
The focus of the camera is already set by using all the corresponding adapters, spacers and shim
rings. To double-check the focus, set iris to 100% (Bone LPK) and check if target values are
achieved.
If focus is out of tolerance, it can be adjusted by using different shim rings between camera and
I.I. adapter. 0.5 mm is the default value.
The set of rings includes 0.1 mm, 0.2 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.5 mm and 1 mm.
NOTE
If target values can not be achieved anyhow, double-check the I.I. grid voltages
adjustment.
Fig. 6-20 Set of shim rings for focus fine adjustment

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.5.1.7 Setting the CCD Camera Timing (U559)
Jumper 1
Fig. 6-21 Location of Jumper 1 on the CCD camera
Jumper 1
Not set 50 Hz
Set 60 Hz
Depending on the operation frequency of the unit, the camera timing has to be set to either 50 Hz
or 60 Hz.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.5.1.8 Setting the CCD Camera Timing (U737)
LED D36
Switch S1
Fig. 6-22 Location of switch S1 and LED D36 on the CCD camera
Switch S1
0-7 25 Hz
8-F 30 Hz (blue LED D36 on)
Depending on the operation frequency of the system, the camera timing has to be set to either
25 Hz or 30 Hz.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.5.1.9 Adjusting the CCD Camera Iris
In order to get the camera working correctly, the CCD iris has to be adjusted. During this proce-
dure the iris is moved to the end positions stepwise. The controller on the I.I. power supply records
the corresponding servo position values and stores them in the I.I. power supply machine data.
This procedure has to be performed each time the camera or the I.I. power supply is
changed.
To perform this setting, press the "Adjust Camera Iris" button in the "Other" service settings
section. Wait until message box disappears and restart the system.
Fig. 6-23 "Other" service menu

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.6 Size and Resolution Adjustment
6.6.1 Size and Resolution Requirements
6.6.1.1 Extremities mode, without patient equivalent filter, automatic dose
Adjustment is best performed without using the patient equivalent filter.

Values for adjustment procedure.
II Type 23 cm 30 cm
M0 M1 M2 M0 M1 M2
Size 21 16 11.1 27,5 21 16

[cm] -0.3 -0.3 -0.3 ± 0.4 -0.3 -0.3
Resolution >= >= >= >= >= >=

[lp/mm] 2.0 2.5 3.1 1.6 2.0 2.5
Fig. 6-24 U512, U513, U514 potentiometer location
6.6.1.2 Extremities mode, with 25 mm Al patient equivalent filter, automatic

dose
Values for double-checking resolution values after adjustment using the patient equivalent filter.
II Type 23 cm 30 cm
M0 M1 M2 M0 M1 M2
Size 21 16 11.1 27,5 21 16

[cm] -0.3 -0.3 -0.3 ± 0.4 -0.3 -0.3
Resolution >= >= >= >= >= >=

[lp/mm] 1.8 2.2 2.8 1.4 1.8 2.2

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.6.2 I.I. Power Supply Adjustment
Visual alignment of the I.I.
no Adjust CCD iris:

CCD iris adjustment already performed?
Service Settings > Collimator > Iris Adjust (SW5.xx)
Service Settings > Other > Adjust Camera Iris (SW6.xx)
yes
Mount centering cross (91108) to the the I.I.
Set Grid 1 according to Tube Type
G 3 / G2
no Visual alignment of the image size with centering cross
30cm I.I. = 27.5cm ±0.4cm
U 513 P 4 (Mag 0)
23cm I.I. = 21.0cm -0.3cm
Kompensate loss of focus with
& Patterns Visible
U512 P4 to keep line patterns visible.
yes
Switch to magnification 1 / 2
G3 / G2
no Visual alignment of the image size with centreing cross
30cm I.I.: Mag 1 = 21 cm -0.3cm and Mag 2 = 16cm -0.3cm U 513 P 3 (Mag 1) and P2 (Mag 2)
23cm I.I.: Mag 1 = 16 cm -0.3cm and Mag 2 = 11.1cm -0.3cm Kompensate loss of focus with
& Paterns visible U512 P3 (Mag 1) and P2 (Mag 2) to keep line patterns visible.
yes
Remove centering cross and

postion linepair phantom 45° centered in front of the I.I.
(psition with interference patterns visible, then turn 90°)
Switch to magnification 2 and

BONE LPK
G2
no Visual alignment with magnifcation 2
30cm I.I.:Line pairs / mm (LP/mm) >= 2.5 U 512 / Potentiometer P 2
23cm I.I.:Line pairs / mm (LP/mm) >= 3.1
If necessary, readjust focus of Camera-Optic to max resolution.
yes
Switch to magnification 0 / 1
no G2
30cmI.I.: LP/mm: Mag 0 >= 1.6 and Mag 1 >=2.0 Visual alignment
23cmI.I.: LP/mm: Mag 0 >= 2.0 and Mag 1 >=2.5 U 512 / Potentiometer P 3 (Mag 1) and P4 (Mag 0)
yes
Switch off magnification
Adjustment completed.
05.01.2015
Fig. 6-25 I.I. power supply adjustment

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.7 Centering the camera
In order to center the camera on the Image intensifier tube the service tool (Part No. 91108) is
used.
Fig. 6-26 Service tool (Part No. 91108)
6.7.1 23 cm Image Intensifier
The tool is mounted to the image intensifier. The front side has to face to the I.I. The arrow has to
indicate towards the head of the patient symbol sticker on the I.I. housing. For mounting use
screws M3x16 (Part No. 56103).
Arrow
Fig. 6-27 Service tool mounted to the image intensifier

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
Fig. 6-28 Patient symbol sticker
Adjust the camera position. In order to do this, activate the cross hair. The center cross of the test
tool has to be aligned with the cross hair by shifting the camera. The arrow has to indicate to the
top.
NOTE
When doing the adjustment, be sure no image reversal is set and the image is not
rotated.
Camera position before adjustment Camera position after adjustment
no image reversal set image not rotated
Fig. 6-29 Camera position adjustment

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.7.2 30 cm Image Intensifier
The tool is mounted to the image intensifier. The front side has to face to the I.I. The Ziehm Logo
has to indicate towards the head of the patient symbol sticker on the I.I. housing. For mounting
use screws M5x16 (Part No. 56074).
Ziehm Logo
Fig. 6-30 Service tool mounted to the image intensifier.
Fig. 6-31 Patient symbol sticker.
Adjust the camera position. In order to do this, activate the cross hair. The center cross of the test
tool has to be aligned with the cross hair by shifting the camera. The Ziehm Logo has to indicate
to the top.
NOTE
When performing the adjustment, be sure no image reversal is set and the image
is not rotated.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
Camera position before adjustment Camera position after adjustment
no image reversal set image not rotated
Fig. 6-32 Camera position adjustment

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.8 Removable Grid
Removable grids for 23cm tubes are available as an option.

This option consists of a mounting ring with an intake for the Grid.
6.8.1 Removed Grid
Fig. 6-33 Removed Grid

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.8.2 Mounting Ring without Grid
Fig. 6-34 Mounting Ring without Grid

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier
6.8.3 Mounting Ring with Grid installed
Fig. 6-35 Mounting Ring with Grid installed

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Image Intensifier

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
7
X-ray Generator
Module 5

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.1 Overview 7.5 kW Generator
Fig. 7-1 7.5 kW Generator assembly
The equipped collimator may vary.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.2 Overview 20/25 kW Generator
Fig. 7-2 20/25 kW generator assembly
The equipped collimator may vary.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
2pol. terminal
U614
7.3
X100 3 x AWG 18 X1 bk, X2 gn, X3 wh
Fig. 7-3
AWG14 rd rd
1
from FG2025 250V I Tr X1
bk Sensor L1 A1
AWG14 bk + X4 bl
2 X2 X3 AWG14 bl
A FIS111
U561/U624(20KW) pri. 1
3pcs. normal 8pcs. E1 1G Ohm U570
from FG9938 X4 AWG14 bl X5 bl
X1 HV
Anode
20kW option M4x15 +60kV M
from U579/X39 1br, 2bk, 3rd (RAD15 1gn, 2bk, 3wh) X8 2 x AWG22 X1
1,2,3
(RTM70 1bl, 2rd, 3yl) U X12
AWG18 rd, bk 2 AWG16 2 x AWG22 0V
2 x AWG18 rd, bk X6
4,5 AWG18 rd, bk 2 X5
X7 X11
X101 0V
5pol. terminal 80°C AWG22
C-Arm GND AWG14 26 Ribbon U
gn/yl AWG22 X8 0V
Central Ground X4
Generator 5 kVIST +/- X9 +Uist
X8
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
X12 X2
U613 X10 +mAist
U563 U563 Oil
C-Arm Swivel Cable

HighVoltageControl X8
gn X5 br
yl X4

5 bk X3 shield
Filament
U562
B AWG22 X7
wh
= Cathode
wet 1 X1 4 wh X1
X2 br br
AWG22 2 U564 U569 X5 PTC
20 Ribbon X4 2
Generator Distribution
1 wh X13 wh
16 Ribbon
X2 20R
2 rd X12 rd
X1 X6CAN BG1
Option FD: U588 - X10 16 Ribbon 3 bl X11 bl
Option I.I.: U632 - X6 X3 U518 4 yl X10 yl
VSYNC
mA
Option FD: Termination-R #91132 X13 X4
small
Temperature
Generator wiring diagram

Option I.I.: U632 - X3 CAT5 U565
X3 CAN 4 Ribbon 4x AWG28 X6, X7, X8, X9 X15 -mAist
RJ45 Gen. µP X4
6 Ribbon
large
Module 2 - U648e - X9b CAT5 Shield 2 X14 -Uist

X2 CAN X4

RJ45 black green
X1

X13 0V
Ribbon
Module 15 - U659 / X3 10 Tr1 Tr2 X16 0V
U
X5 CAN
C X1 X2 X17 0V Shield
in+ 1 U602 +12V
+12V 1 3x AWG20 out+ X14 rd U
+24V Rotation Control 2 control X15 wh
Module 15 - U659 / X11 and Power Supply for 3 out- X16 bk M
in- 2 U U570
Oil Pump Oil pump X3
6 -60kV
X3

Generator Wiring Diagram
34 1G Ohm
Ribbon
X4 X24
X-ray Collimator X1

X6 +24V R1
4 x AWG22 mA IST +/-
X4 U614 PTC
X6 wh X1
small X7 gn X2
2 mA Meter
2 x AWG22 rd, bk X8 +24V U564 X3 X8 rd X3
SERVICE
Filament
+ 3 x AWG18
X9 bl X5
Power Supply X2 3 x AWG18 large
D X10 bk X6
X11 yl X7
X10
U591
Filament Transformer
Connection Board

Module 5
Generator

Note: Released 24.08.2015 R. Frank
mA ist = mA actual value WIR_VisionR_RFD_MS_Wiring_V1.09 N/A
Ziehm Module
kV ist = kV actual value 000
Module 5:
Scale Size Page
Generator
N/A A2 7 of 9

7-3
7 X-ray Generator
7 X-ray Generator
7.4 Interface Generator – Mobile Stand
Command Interface
All commands sent through CAN bus
Power Interface
Regulated voltage 40 V to 230 VDC / 20 A see pre-power supply for generator / Module 1
Stabilized voltage 24 VDC / 4 A see FG 9938 / Module 1
Switched Voltage 160 V / 55 V anode accelerate / run
Sync Interface
V-Sync from the CCD camera (Vision R)

V-Sync from image system (Vision RFD systems with ODDC)
NOTE
In Vision RFD systems the CAN connector not used on the U562 board has to be
terminated with the CAN termination resistor (Part No. 91132).
In case of generator replacement use resistor of replaced generator.
7.5 Self Tests
7.5.1 During Bootup
Software Check the Hardware
Hardware flip-flop for extreme interrupt If not OK: error will be detected E1008 / E1009
Checksum from machine data If not OK: error will be detected E1007
Filament If not: error will be detected E1000 / E1001

(small and/or big focus if present MD)
Must be operating.
Check v-sync (present or not) If not: error will be detected E1002

Must be present.
Temperature 1 min/max If not OK: error will be detected E1003 / E1004

Oil temperature
Temperature 2 min/max If not OK: error will be detected E1005 / E1006

Oil temperature

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
Software Check the Hardware (cont.)
Over-temperature switch oil If not OK: error will be detected E1014

(reset via service)
Hardware signal/XRAY If not OK: error will be detected E1010

and CAN fault line will be acti-
vated
CAN X-ray enable signal If not: error will be detected E1011

Must be inactive during startup.
Reference voltage D/A converter If not OK: error will be detected E1012
Actual voltage from kV (D/A converter) If not OK: error will be detected E1013
Valid data bytes and the version If not OK: error will be detected E1015
from the MD
Humidity sensor active/not active If not OK: error will be detected E1016
7.5.2 During Runtime
Software Check the Hardware
Check v-sync time If not OK: error will be detected E1068
Temperature 1 If not OK: error will be detected E1069

Oil temperature
Temperature 2 If not OK: error will be detected E1070

Oil temperature
CAN fault signal If not: error will be detected E1066
Basic heating from filament If not OK: error will be detected E1067
Hardware signal /XRAY missing during If not OK: error will be detected E1060
radiation [1]
Over-temperature switch oil If not OK: error will be detected E1072
CAN X-ray enable signal If not OK: error will be detected E1056
Monostable RUN during radiation If not OK: error will be detected E1058
Monostable CAN_MONITOR during If not OK: error will be detected E1057

radiation
Anode HVC error hardware signal E1051
Cathode HVC error hardware signal E1052
HVC fault hardware signal E1050

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
Software Check the Hardware (cont.)
Difference value between actual [IST] E1054

and nominal [SOLL] kV value
kV actual value after X-ray command too E1082

low, radiation not allowed
Humidity sensor active/not active If not OK: error will be detected E1073
[1]
Check positive kV actual value If the positive or negative E1074

and negative kV actual value is greater than 2
kV (radiation is not active):
error will be detected [1]
mA peak error hardware signal E1053
If the generator gets the X-ray start CAN message and there is an error:
− X-ray break CAN message is sent to all members
− X-ray sequence is not started
If the generator detects an error during radiation:
− X-ray break CAN message is sent to all members
− radiation is aborted
[1] If this error is detected: The generator sends a CAN message to the pre-power
supply (sets output of power supply to 0 V)

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.5.2.1 Location of Oil Over-temperature Switch
oil over-temperature switch
Fig. 7-4 Location of oil over-temperature switch
7.6 General PCBs
PCBs summary
U565 Generator supervisor (incl. U518)
U564 Filament board & power supply
U561 kV power stage
U563 High voltage controller board
U562 Generator connection & distribution board
U569 High voltage cascade (inside tank)
U570 +kV -kV actual value (inside tank)

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
PCBs summary
U591 Connector board for filament transformer
U608 Power stabilization for oil pump & rotation control
U596 Power Source Filter board
7.7 U565
7.7.1 General
Processor
Ziehm standard processor (Motorola 68376)
Programmable via CAN bus
Interfaces
Interface to U562 for CAN, wet sensor, V-sync
Two temperature sensor inputs (PT1000)
Controls U577 high voltage winding selector switch
Controls U564 filament inverter
Controls U563 high voltage inverter
Provides supply power for U517 Vision Track / U608 Vision Track / U608 Asymmetric
Collimator
Safety circuitry
Two independent watchdogs
CAN fault line overrides X-ray-ON signal to the generator
CAN X-ray enable line overrides X-ray-ON signal to the generator
Temperature switch manually resettable
7.7.2 Switches and Jumpers
J9: Standalone mode
open run mode
closed standalone

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
J1–J8: Jumpers for CAN node number (hardwired)
J1 Closed
J2 Closed
J3 Closed
J4 Closed
J5 Open
J6 Closed
J7 Closed
J8 Open
Default node number 9
7.7.3 U565 LED Indicators
LED 38: RUN (green)
LED 42: CAN monitor (green)
LED 43: fault (red)
LED 44: X-ray ON (yellow)
LED 50: +5 V ok (green)
LED 51: -5 V ok (green)
LED 52: +15 V ok (green)
LED 53: -15 V ok (green)
7.7.4 U565 Connectors
X1: to U564 filament controller
34-pin flat ribbon cable connector
1 GND
2 /Reset Error flip-flop
3 Filament Select
4 Tube Regulation

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
X1: to U564 filament controller (cont.)
5 Actual value 25 mA Range
6 Filament ON
7 mA peak Error flip-flop
8 Reset PWM IC
9 GND
10 mA Actual Tube
11 mA Actual Primary
12 GND
13 mA Reference
14 GND for pin 13
15 mA Reference
16 n. c.
17 n. c.
18 n. c.
19 n. c.
20 n. c.
21 mA over U564
22 GNDF
23 +5 V
24 -5 V
25 -15 V
26 -15 V
27 GNDF
28 GNDF
29 +15 V
30 +15 V
31 GND 24 V
32 GND 24 V
33 +24 V
34 +24 V

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
X2: to U563 high voltage controller
1 GND
2 +kV Error
3 GND
4 Fault
5 /Reset Error flip-flop /RES HV
6 Faster Pulse raise time FASTRISE
7 /XRAY
8 KV Nominal
9 GND
10 +kV Actual +KVIST5
11 kV Ground
12 -kV Actual -KVIST5
13 kV Ground
14 RUN
15 GND KV Nominal
16 HV Primary Current IPP HV5
17 GND
18 REF 10 Volt
19 GND
20 Temperature Switch Off TEMP ERR
X3: to U562 CAN distribution board
1 GND
2 Fault Out
3 Fault In
4 XRAY Enable In
5 CAN Rx
6 CAN Tx
7 XRAY Enable Out

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
X3: to U562 CAN distribution board (cont.)
8 GND
9 V-Sync
10 +5 V
11 Wet sensor
12 GND
13 n. c.
14 n. c.
15 n. c.
16 n. c.
X4: Temperature sensor 1 & 2
1 Sensor 1
2 Sensor 1
3 Sensor 2
4 Sensor 2
X5: power for collimator
2-pin MLSS156-02 connector
1 +24 V
2 Ground
X8: serial interface for debugging
4-pin SL1/25-4G connector
1 TxD TTL
2 RxD TTL
3 Digital ground
4 +5 V

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.8 U564 Filament Board
7.8.1 General
Type of inverter
Resonant inverter
Switching frequency 50 kHz
Two push pull power stages (large and small focus)
Supply voltage 24 VDC
Maximum power output 50 W
Separate inputs for positive and negative mA feedback values
Possibility to insert mA meter (for feedback value)
Adjustable offset error of input amplifier
Selectable measurement ranges 10 and 25 mA
PCB independently testable (no processor needed)
Sinus waveform
Monitor values to control unit
Primary power current
mA feedback value
Tube current greater 23 mA
Filament select signal
Control unit access
Reset over mA error flip-flops
Reset inverter
General enable signal
Regulation loop select signal
Analog reference value for mA

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.8.2 U564 Potentiometers
P1: mA nominal (factory adjustment, not for service)
Adjustment of mA nominal
P2: mA offset (factory adjustment, not for service)
Adjustment of mA offset
LED D24 -15 V ok (green)
LED D7 mA peak detection (red)
LED D23 +15 V ok (green)
LED D22 +5 V ok (green)
X1: interface to/from U565
see U565 X1 (page 7-9)
X2: to filament transformer (oil)
1 large focus left
2 large focus mid
3 large focus right
4 small focus left
5 small focus mid
6 small focus right
X3: mA meter for service
1 meter
2 meter

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
X4: mA values from oil insert
1 anode side +
2 anode side -
3 cathode side +
4 cathode side -
X6: power input +24 V from swivel cable
1 +24 V
2 ground
X8: power for oil pump
2- pin MLSS156-02 connector
1 +24 V
2 ground
X10: earth connector to 24 V ground
1-pin FASTON connector
1 earth
7.9 U561 / U624 High Voltage Power Inverter
7.9.1 General
Type of inverter
Pulse width modulation
Switching frequency 22 kHz
Full bridge power stage
Supply voltage for bridge adjustable and current limited.
Separate inputs for positive and negative high voltage feedback values
PCB independently testable (no processor needed)

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
Monitor values to control unit
Primary power current
Positive kV feedback value
Negative kV feedback value
DC equivalent to PWM signal alternative to REF 10 Volt
Positive kV greater than negative kV software give the limit
Positive kV less than negative kV software give the limit
Fault signal
Control unit access
Reset kV error flip-flops
General enable signal
X-ray on/off
Analog reference value for kV
7.9.2 U561 / U624 Connectors
X1: ground of 250 V power input
Soldered cord
1 ground of 250 V power input
X2: 250 V power input
Soldered cord
1 250 V power input
X3: to high voltage transformers (oil)
M4 pem stud
1 high voltage transformers (oil)
X4: to high voltage transformers (oil)
M4 pem stud
1 high voltage transformers (oil)

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
1 regulated pulses 1 / 4
2 GND
3 regulated pulses 2 / 3
4 GND
5 fixed pulses 1
6 GND
7 fixed pulses 2
8 GND
9 +5 V
10 +5 V
11 Cur. Sens H (for save stop, U561 output)
12 Cur. Sens L (for save stop, U561 output)
13 GND 24 V
14 GND 24 V
15 +24 V
16 +24 V
17 to X6: 1 Current sense 1
18 to X6: 2 Current sense 2
19 to X7: 2 +24 V_a
20 n. c.
21 n. c.
22 n. c.
23 n. c.
24 n. c.
25 n. c.
26 n. c.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
X6: Current sens
solder cord
1 Current Sens 1
2 Current Sens 2
X7: Manual reset temperature switch
1 +24 V
2 +24 V_a
X8: Current sens
solder cord
1 Current Sens 1
2 Current Sens 2

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.10 U563 HV Controller Board
7.10.1 U563 Potentiometers
P2: current limit (factory adjustment, not for service)
I LIM over current error detection
P3: PVM (factory adjustment, not for service)
P MAX Max. value PVM
P1: kV nominal (factory adjustment, not for service)
kV nominal
LED 6 fault (red)
LED 7 X-ray ON (yellow)
LED 8 KV ERR
7.10.3 U563 Connector
X1:power interface to/from U564
16-pin flat ribbon connector
1 n. c.
2 n. c.
3 mA over U564
4 GND
5 +5 V
6 -5 V
7 -15 V
8 -15 V
9 GND

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
X1:power interface to/from U564
10 GND
11 +15 V
12 +15 V
13 GND 24 V
14 GND 24 V
15 +24 V
16 +24 V
X2: to/from U565 microprocessor
see U565 X2 (page 7-11)
26-pin flat ribbon connector
see U561 X5 (page 7-17)
X8: actual kV measurement (oil)
1 +kV
2 +kV ground
3 -kV ground
4 -kV
5 shield
Pin 5 is monitored. If there is no GND present, X-raying is disabled.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.11 U562 Generator Connection and Distribution Board
X1: V-sync from I.I.
1 shield
2 Vsync-
3 Vsync+
X2: CAN Ziehm Standard
RJ-45
X3: CAN Ziehm Standard
RJ-45
X4: CAN Shield
6.3 mm FASTON connector
1 shield
X5: To U517 Vision Track
1 BL +5 V
2 n. c.
3 BL RXD
4 BL TXD
5 n. c.
6 BL GND
7 n. c.
8 n. c.
9 n. c.
10 n. c.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
X6 to U518 via U565
1 GND DIG
2 STOER OUT1
3 STOER IN
4 STR IN
5 GE RXD
6 GE TXD
7 STR OUT1
8 GND DIG
9 VSYNC
10 +5 V
11 n. c.
12 n. c.
13 n. c.
14 n. c.
15 n. c.
16 n. c.
X7: Wet sensor
3-pin MLAS100-3 connector
1 Wet sensor
2 n. c.
3 GND Wet sensor
X8: Supply from mobile stand
3-pin MLAS100-3 connector
1 +24V FST
2 GND 24V

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
X9: to U564
Solder connection
1 +U High
7.12 U565 and U518 Features
7.12.1 U565
V-SYNC control and 1ms timer

Parameter: kV value and mA value
Pulse control parameters
Filament control
Generator and image system control
X-ray tube / radiation
Heat Unit Calculator
Rad exposure
Pre-power supply control
Water pump control
7.12.2 U518 Moni
32-bit microprocessor (MC68376)

PLD (ispLSI 1048E)
Voltage control chip (MAX791)
1 MBit / 512k x 16 Bit flash memory EPROM
2 x 32k x 8 bit EEPROMs
2 x 128k x 8 Bit RAMs
3 x 16 Bit bus driver
8 green LEDs ; 1 red “RESET” LED
4.1943 MHz Quarz

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
Fig. 7-5 U518 board (Moni)

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.12.3 U518: Block Diagram
Address/Data/Control BUS
32K x 8 EEPROM
Boot Program
8 x LED Quarz
32K x 8 EEPROM
ispLSI1048E MC68376
Progam
Machine Data
PLD CPU Connector
PLD BDM
Progam 512K x 16 FLASH
Connector MAX791
EPROM
User Program
1 x LED
128K x 8 SRAM
128K x 8 SRAM
Bus Driver
4 x 34pin I/O Connector

I/O Port’s SPI PWM/Timer Analog RS232 CAN IRQ Input Address/Data/Control
Input
Fig. 7-6 U518 block diagram
7.12.4 U 518: Bootup
Start
Verify Checksum not OK Program new Calculates Checksum Boot program and
Boot program Boot Program compares with Checksum-Value (Code).
Test Version not OK LED 4 ON

Constancy
Verify Checksum Calculates Checksum of application program

not OK LED 5 ON
Application Program and compares with Checksum-Value (Code).
Verify HW-Revision # Reads Hardware-Revisionl number of circuit board

not OK LED 6 ON
and compares with Software-Revision number of
With SW-Revision #
application program.
Check HW-Revision # Hardware-Revision number = 0xFF->Emergency Exit

OK LED 7 ON
equals 0xFF (Software development / application program).
1 2
Exit Boot program

Ready to program Flash Aftersuccessful programming CPU goes to auto start
(Boot EEPROM)
EPROM via CAN-BUS with (program start - boot program) and validates all self- tests
to Application program new application program. again.
(Flash EPROM)
LED 2 and 3 blink alternating
Fig. 7-7 U518 bootup sequence

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.13 Pulse Technology
7.13.1 Parameters for Pulse Control
− Fixed values:
− Preheat time: 200 ms
− Delay after V-Sync: 3 ms for II systems, 16 ms for FD systems
− 0 ms delay after V-SYNC for continued radiation
− Changeable values:
− Pulse Width: 10 ms, 16 ms, 20 ms, 30 ms for II systems, 10 ms – 23 ms for FD systems
Pulse width defined in APR, not changing during use of this APR
− Pulse sequence: 0 – 25
Amount of V-SYNCs with no radiation pulse, Influenced by:
User selection
Automatic dose reduction
Anode temperature
Generator oil temperature
7.13.2 Example of Pulsed Radiation
− Time span V-SYNC: 40 ms
− Pulse width: _____ 10 ms, .......... 30 ms
− Pulse sequence: 1
Fig. 7-8 Example of pulsed radiation

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.14 X-ray Tube Filament Control (Filament Wire)
7.14.1 Filament States
• Standby heat;
(MD value)
• Pre-heat;
depending on kV value and mA value
• In between pulse heating;

depending on kV value, mA value and pulse sequence value
7.14.2 Example of Filament Control
Fig. 7-9 Example of filament control

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.15 Heat Unit Calculator
7.15.1 Fluoroscopy
Surveillance of anode capacity “Heat Unit Calculator”

Tube specifications of tube VARIAN RAD-15:
− max. anode capacity: 260,000 J

− max. heat dissipation into oil: 1000 Watt
Calculation of the active anode capacity:

Cooling = HU * 1000 Watt / 260,000 J
HU = actual HU + (power_in - Cooling)
“power_in” = average power per second
− actual kV value
− actual mA value
− V-SYNC time (33 ms or 40 ms)
− pulse width
− pulse sequence
Example:
kV value: 100 kV
mA value: 15 mA
pulse width: 20 ms
pulse sequence: 1
V-SYNC: 40 ms
Fig. 7-10 Calculation of average anode power

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
Fig. 7-11 Pulse radiation by Heat Unit Calculator
7.15.2 Power Management during DSA
When the system switches from regulation startup phase to DSA mode, it calculates the average
actual power (kV, mA, pulse width, frame rate and V-Sync).
Afterwards it simulates the heating power for the tube (estimating X-ray time for DSA) and adds
the actual anode heat capacity to that result.
If the result is greater than the max. anode heat capacity, it reduces the frame rate for the DSA.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.15.3 Direct Radiography (Vision R systems only)
Why pause time calculation until radiation start release:

If the anode capacity is exceeded during exposure, the generator will limit the maximum power
output (600 W). The generator will automatically establish a pulse sequence value to limit the max-
imum power demand:
→ film will be underexposed.
Example:
− actual anode capacity, e.g. 28,000 J
− exposure 80 kV, 20 mA and 5 seconds
→ anode capacity: 28,000 kJ + 8,000 Ws = 36,000 J
Pause time calculation:
Parameter:
− actual anode capacity, e.g. 28,000 J
− exposure 80 kV, 20 mA and 5 seconds → 8,000 Ws
Fig. 7-12 Delay by heat unit calculator
If the anode surface is too hot, the following message will be shown:
E1095 Generator overheated, recovery time .... seconds

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.16 Water Pump Control
Depending on the actual oil temperature the generator controls pump operation.
→ CAN telegram to “main interface U515”
Fig. 7-13 Example of pump control
NOTE
In systems equipped with 20/25 kW Generator, the pump is always running after
the system has started up.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.17 Measuring kV and mA
7.17.1 Measuring kV and mA in 7.5 kW Generator
7.17.1.1 mA Test Points
In order to measure mA, the connector X3 on the U564 board is used.

Before the mA meter is connected, the jumper has to be removed.
Fig. 7-14 U507 X3 without jumper
CAUTION
After measuring the jumper has to be set again!
For a correct readout the generator has to screen continuously (→ Ch. 7.17.3, p. 7-37).

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.17.1.2 kV Test Points
In order to measure kV the test points MP27 “f” and MP128 “GND” on the U563 board are used.
Fig. 7-15 kV measuring points MP27 „f“ and MP28 GND
The reading of the voltmeter are the actual kV divided by 10000.

For example 67 kV are measured as 6.7 V.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.17.2 Measuring kV and mA in 20/25 kW Generator
7.17.2.1 Service Position
In order to measure kV, the generator electronics need to be put into a service position.
Remove screw as indicated.
Fig. 7-16 Remove screw for service position
Loosen indicated screws and pivot the generator electronics.
Fig. 7-17 Loosen screws and pivot to service position

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.17.2.2 mA Test Points
In order to measure mA, the connector X3 on the U564 board is used.

Before the mA meter is connected, the jumper has to be removed.
Fig. 7-18 U564 X3 without jumper
CAUTION
After measuring the jumper has to be set again!

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.17.2.3 kV Test Points
In order to measure kV the test points MP27 “f” and MP 28 “GND” on the U563 board are used.
Fig. 7-19 kV measuring points MP27 „f“ and MP28 GND
The readout of the voltmeter is the actual kV value divided by 10000.

For example, 67 kV are measured as 6.7 V.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.17.3 Setting to Continuous Mode
In order to get a correct readout, measurements should be done in a mode with 100% Pulse
width. In this mode the generator will screen continuously.
Alternatively, if no such mode is available, the „Pulse Length“ value may be set to „0“
temporarily (→ Fig. 7-20, p. 7-37).
CAUTION
After measuring, the "Pulse Length" value must be set to the original value again!
Fig. 7-20 Adjustment dialog Dose 2 with "Pulse Length" value

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.18 Adjustment of Center Beam
After the generator has been mounted to the system and is placed into operation, the center beam
needs to be adjusted, before the collimator is installed.
7.18.1 Required Tools for Center Beam Adjustment
In order to perform this adjustment, a center beam test device is required (91116).
Additionally a pre-collimator should be used for radiation protection during adjustment (65699).
Fig. 7-1 Center beam test tool and pre-collimator

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.18.2 Setup for Center Beam Adjustment
In order to do the center beam adjustment, the center beam test device has to be put on the
generator’s output window. Insert the pre-collimator first, in order to provide radiation protection
(beam will be limited).
Fig. 7-2 Setup for center beam adjustment
NOTE
Horizontal and vertical image reversal (mirroring) and image rotation must be inac-
tive in order to provide a correct readout of the image on the screen.
7.18.3 Procedure of Center Beam Adjustment
NOTE
To get a sharper image and lower radiation, set to manual mode after the first
image and reduce tube voltage 2 or 3 kV (Image should just appear).
Center beam adjustment is done in two steps:
• First: find the correct position of the center beam test device.
• Second: adjust the generator position to get the image of the center beam test device into the
center of the screen.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.18.3.1 Correct Position of the Center Beam Test Device
By shifting the position of the center beam test device, a concentric shape of the center beam test
device has to appear on the screen. This concentric shape may appear uncentered to the screen.
WARNING
Center beam adjustment is done while screening.
Take care for radiation protection.
Fig. 7-3 Shifting the center beam test device
wrong correct
Fig. 7-4 Wrong and correct position of the center beam test device

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.18.3.2 Adjusting the Generator Position
The generator position can be adjusted in two directions:

− by the adjustment screws in order to shift the image of the center beam test device left and
right (generator angle adjustment)
− by the generator attachment in order to shift the image of the center beam test device up
and down.
7.18.3.2.1 Adjusting Generator Angle
Fig. 7-5 Elements for adjusting the generator angle
In order to adjust the generator angle, the fixation screws have to be loose.
By turning the adjustment screws, the concentric shape has to be centered to the image.
Only a left to right centering is possible by this adjustment.
Fix the fixation screws tightly after the adjustment is done (46 Nm).
WARNING

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
Fig. 7-6 Adjusting generator angle
Fig. 7-7 Effect of generator angle adjustment

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator
7.18.3.2.2 Adjusting Generator Attachment
If there is a top down deviation, this is adjusted by turning the generator attachment.
In order to do this, the fixation bolts have to be loosened (8 mm allen key required).
Then the attachment can be adjusted in a small range.
Fix the bolts tightly when the correct position is found (46 Nm).
WARNING
Fig. 7-8 Adjusting generator attachment
For adjustment, the generator has to be removed from the attachment temporally in order to
access the fixation bolts.
Fig. 7-9 Effect of generator attachment adjustment
Center beam adjustment is finished if the concentric shape appears centered to the screen.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
7 X-ray Generator

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
8
Vision Track
Module 15

280721/280725 - 01/03/2017
280721/280725 - 01/03/2017
8 Vision Track
8.1 View of Vision Track with U659
Fig. 8-1 Vision Track with U659

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8-2
Subject to change without prior notice. Technische Aenderungen vorbehalten
8.2
8.2.1
Fig. 8-2
+12V_SER +5V
Power Supply
8 Vision Track
+UB, GNDUB
Power X11
+5V
CAN-Bus X3
Block Diagram
U608/659 Dose Area Product

Ionization chamber
CAN
Ik Uk
U629
bk bk
Vision Track block diagram

M2 iris
X1 +5V
X5 1 pulse
Error 2 reset
Vision Track with U659
6 3 calibrate +
X6 4 calibrate -
Error X10 DAP
slot 5 GND
M3
HC08 8 +UB
U612 X4
Error
rotation
+12V_SER X9
M1 2
Laser
X14
DIP-Switches
Drawn: Haab / Ernemann 07. Aug. 2002 Drawing No.: Unit:

ZIEHM Vision
Release: Haab 07. Aug. 2002 File Name : Vision_U608_blk_a.cdr Vision Track w.
Module 15
Changed: Haab / Sörgel 24. Nov. 2008 Page : 1 of 1 Ziehm Servos
280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.2.2 U659a: Location of Connectors, Switches and LED Indicators
Fig. 8-3 U659a connectors, switches and LED indicators

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.2.3 U659: Switches
DIP Switch 2
Switch 1 Standalone mode for production requirements

on == standalone active
Switch 2 RS232 debug interface on/off (only for R&D requirements)
Switch 3 reserved
Switch 4 reserved
Switch 5 reserved
Switch 6 reserved
switch 7 reserved
switch 8 on = VacuDAP-C
off = VacuDAP-2002, Calculated DAP/Kerma
All switches except switch 8 have to be turned off.

Switch 8 setting depends on type of dose meter installed.
DIP switch S2 factory setting
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 VacuDAP-2002
S2 or no dose meter
equipped or
OFF dose calculated
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
S2 VacuDAP-C
equipped
OFF
Fig. 8-4 U659 S2 factory settings
NOTE
On the U659 there is no DIP switch for CAN Module number setting.
The module number is hardwired to 18.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.2.4 U659: LED Indicators
Status LED indicators for service requirements
LED 1 red flashing: shows startup phase 1
LED 5 red flashing: shows startup phase 2
LED 1 & 5 red both flashing: waiting for system to start
LED 6 green flashing: system is running
8.2.5 U659: Connectors
X1: Programming Interface Connector
6-pin Molex Picofix
Pin 1 BKGD
Pin 2 Ground
Pin 3 Watchdog disable
Pin 4 \Reset
Pin 5 Watchdog disable
Pin 6 +5V output
X2: RS232 Debug Connector
3-pin Panduit cable connector
Pin 1 ground
Pin 2 TxD
Pin 3 RxD
X3: CAN Bus Connector J12
Pin 1 CAN +5 V
Pin 2 n. c.
Pin 3 CAN_RxD
Pin 4 CAN_TxD
Pin 5 n. c.
Pin 6 ground

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
X4: Rotation Motor Connector
4-pin molex cable connector
Pin 1 +12 V
Pin 2 ground
Pin 3 servo control pulse
Pin 4 feedback servo error
X5: Iris Motor Connector
Pin 1 +12 V
Pin 2 ground
X6: Slot Motor Connector
Pin 1 +12 V
Pin 2 ground
X9: Laser Diode Connector Generator
Pin 1 Laser -
Pin 2 Laser +
Pin 3 not connected
X10: VacuDAP-2002 Connector
Pin 1 count input
Pin 2 reset output
Pin 3 calibrate output +
Pin 4 calibrate output –

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
X10: VacuDAP-2002 Connector
Pin 5 ground
Pin 6 n. c.
Pin 7 n. c.
Pin 8 +UB 18 V
X11: Power Input
Pin 1 ground
Pin 2 +24 V
X12:VacuDAP-C Connector
Pin 1 +24 V
Pin 2 GND
Pin 3 RS 485 A
Pin 4 RS 485 B
X13: Wellhoefer DAP-C connector
RJ 45 connector
Pin 1 RS 485 A
Pin 2 unused
Pin 3 +24 V
Pin 4 GND
Pin 5 RS 485 B
Pin 6 RS 485 Z
Pin 7 unused
Pin 8 RS 485 Y
Pin 9 GND
Pin 10 GND

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
X14: Laser diode connector Flat Panel
Pin 1 Laser +
Pin 2 Laser -
Pin 3 not connected

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.3 Changing the Collimator
8.3.1 Part Replacement
• Remove the 4 mounting screws.

With power switched off, the collimator with U517 can be rotated manually in order to access
the screws.
NOTICE
Collimators equipped with U608 or U659 (Ziehm Servos) must not be rotated
manually. In order to access the mounting screws, the collimator has to be rotated
by using the Vision Center controls.
• Switch off the power.
• Remove connectors X3, X9, X10, X11, as applicable.
• Replace the collimator.
• Connect X3, X9, X10, X11, as applicable. Power up the unit.
• Mount the new collimator with the 4 screws. Take care about the pre-collimator. Do not tighten
the screws, because centering is necessary.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.3.2 Mechanical Centering
WARNING
Collimator adjustment is done while screening.
• Press briefly reset button of each function of the collimator (iris, slot, rotation) to get the starting
position.
• Close the iris collimator to a diameter of 10 cm or less.
• Screen in order to get an image of the collimator.
• Press briefly one of the collimator buttons to display the preview.
• Adjust the center of the collimator.
• Repeat the two steps mentioned above until collimator is centered to preview.
• If the image of the collimator is in the center and you can see a hexagon, the adjustment was
successful.
• Fix the collimator using the screws.
NOTICE
Collimators equipped with U659 (Ziehm Servos) must not be rotated manually. In
order to access the mounting screws, the collimator has to be rotated by the Vision
Center controls.
Press the reset button of the collimator control (iris, slot, rotation) to get the starting position.
Fig. 8-5 Centering corresponding to preview

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.3.3 Collimator Size Adjustment
8.3.3.1 General
For this adjustment, a mechanically centered collimator is required (see above).

For iris and slot collimator reference values have to be defined at 30% for min and at 90% for max.
The general adjustment is done in full field mode.
Seperate adjustments in Mag modes are only done for User, Grid fact. and Scaling virt. Collimator
settings.
Fig. 8-6 "Collimator" tab
After opening the "Collimator" tab, the left monitor shows an image with centering lines.
The division is 5% per line (Tick 5%). Required reference values equal 6 lines for 30% and
18 lines for 90%.
If a magnifier format is selected, the division is changing accordingly.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
Fig. 8-7 Collimator centering lines
8.3.3.2 Iris Adjustment
• Press "Iris" button.
Fig. 8-8 Iris adjustment
• Set "Min virt. Collimator" reference value to 30%.
• Set "Max virt. Collimator" reference value to 90%.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
• Expose and move collimator to 90% opening using iris collimator buttons:
Fig. 8-9 Iris 90% open
• Assign the value in the "Inc." field to the "Max. Collimator" field (e.g.157).
Fig. 8-10 Assign "Max. Collimator" value

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
• Expose and move collimator to 30% opening using iris collimator buttons:
Fig. 8-11 Iris 30% open
• Assign the value in the "Inc." field to the "Min. Collimator" field (e.g.49).
Fig. 8-12 Assign "Min. Collimator" value

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.3.3.3 Slot Collimator Adjustment
• Press "Slot" button.
Fig. 8-13 Iris adjustment
• Set "Min virt. Collimator" reference value to 30%.
• Set "Max virt. Collimator" reference value to 90%.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
• Expose and move collimator to 90% opening using slot collimator buttons:
Fig. 8-14 Slot 90% open
• Assign the value in the "Inc." field to the "Max. Collimator" field (e.g.152).
Fig. 8-15 Assign "Max. Collimator" value

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
Fig. 8-16 Slot 30% open
• Assign the value in the "Inc." field to the "Min. Collimator" field (e.g.56).
Fig. 8-17 Assign "Min. Collimator" value

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.3.3.4 Collimator Rotation Adjustment
• Press "Rot." button.
• Set value in left "Deg." text box to 0 and value in right "Deg." text box to 180° (see below).
• Turn slot collimator to left limit stop:
• When left limit stop is reached, only the left button will remain active:
• Expose and check if the 0° position is reached.
Fig. 8-18 Slot "0° position"
• Assign the value in the "Inc." field next to the buttons to the left rotation "Inc." field (e.g. 0).
Fig. 8-19 Assign "Inc." value (0° slot rotation)

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
• Turn collimator to right limit stop:
• When right limit stop is reached, only the right button will remain active:
• Expose and check if the 180° position is reached.
Fig. 8-20 Slot "180° position"
• Assign the value in the "Inc." field next to the buttons to the right rotation "Inc." field (e.g. 180).
Fig. 8-21 Assign "Inc." value (180° slot rotation)

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.3.3.5 Adjusting Iris to Field Size
• On every format, open collimators fully and expose:
• If the collimator is not visible, or too far inside the image, the size may be adjusted by changing
the "User" value in the corresponding format.
• To apply the change, press the iris collimator open button until the iris stops:
Fig. 8-22 "User" setting
Suitable default values as a starting point are:
9" I.I. 12" I.I.
No Mag 100% 100%
Mag 1 76% 76%
Mag 2 53% 58%

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.3.3.6 Adjusting "Scaling Virt. Collimator" and "Grid Fact." Values
Fig. 8-23 "Scaling" setting
NOTE
The "Scaling Virt. Collimator" and "Grid fact" values usually remain at 1.00.
However, in some cases it may get necessary to adjust these values.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.3.3.6.1 "Scaling Virt. Collimator."
This value allows to change the size of the virtual collimator for every field size.
See examples below.
Fig. 8-24 Virtual collimator scaling 0.90, 1.00, 1.10
NOTE
In adjustment mode the scaling only gets visible if the "Scaled" button is pressed.
8.3.3.6.2 "Grid fact."
This value allows to change the size of the AOI (measurement area) relative to the opening of the
virtual collimator.
This may avoid loss of contrast, if the physical collimator gets into the area of the virtual collimator.
NOTE
By pressing the "Grid" button, the active area will be shown by the preview mask.
8.3.3.7 "Keep Collimation across Mag."
If checked, collimator position remains when image format (magnifier) is changed. Collimator will
not open on image format change.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.3.4 Automatic Cropping
NOTE
As automatic cropping only works in combination with ZAIP2 Filters, it is not avail-
able in I.I. Systems.
By choosing an automatic crop level, the area behind the non-scaled virtual collimator will be dark-
ened.
By choosing the "Auto Crop" button, the cropped area will be shown by the virtual collimator.
Currently the cropped area always corresponds to the unscaled virtual collimator.
Fig. 8-25 Automatic cropping
Automatic cropping level
4 94%
3 87%
2 (Default) 75%
1 50%
0 0%

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
8 Vision Track
8.3.5 "DAP Calculated" Option
CAUTION
If the "DAP calculated" option is installed, the DAP calculation needs to be cali-
brated after the collimator has been changed (→ Ch. 18.4, p. 18-22.).

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
9
TFT Vision Center
Module 6

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/03/2017
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/03/2017
9 TFT Vision Center
9.1 View of Vision Center
Radiation indication lamp
Radiation control button
Emergency Stop button
Fig. 9-1 TFT Vision Center view
9.2 General
The Vision Center is a passive VGA TFT touchscreen. It receives a serial video and audio data
stream via GigaLink interface. It transmits the touch data via serial interface to the CPU.
It is used twice in the Vision unit: once on the mobile stand and once in the monitor cart.
Optionally a Remote Vision Center is available
A radiation indication lamp and a radiation control button is integrated in the Vision Center on the
mobile stand and in the Remote Vision Center.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
9 TFT Vision Center
9.3 Vision Center Main Parts
Main Part Function

TFT LCD 10.4" Color TFT panel with backlight function
640 x 460 pixels
CCFL converter Backlight-driving DC/AC converter
Touchscreen 10.4" Analog resistive touchscreen
Vision Center board GigaLink interface

Touch controller
Power sequencing
Audio amplifier
DC power supply
Metal housing EMC shielding
Integrated speaker
Interface Video and sound data via serial GigaLink

Touch data via RS232
Power (10 VDC … 30 VDC)
Radiation button and radiation indication
lamp are controlled via high frequency
modulation on power supply line

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Image Memory
V1.00
V1.01
Initial Version
New Frame, New page „Function Blocks“

14.11.2011
20.06.2012
J.Matschnigg
J.Matschnigg
9.4
Fig. 9-2
U 687 (U621 successor)
A CPU GigaStar Driver for passive TFTs
IB930
2x
VGA SMB
VGA INOVA GigaLink
SND Vision Center

Sound INDT166BG
#1 MC

2x
B SMB
RS232 INOVA GigaLink
1 Vision Center
INDT166BG

COM 2 #2 MS
µC
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
3 MC9S08DZ60
control
INOVA GigaLink
interface INDT166BG
detection #3
+12V see p.2 DSUB 9
Block Diagram w. U687
C Power +12V
Supply
Vision Center block diagram w. U687

+5V Em.
Stop
+5V CAN / RS232 DSUB 9
U578
Interface CAN control
Remote
8
+12 Vision Center
see p.2 +30
see p.2 see p.2 /
see p.2
RJ45
em.off chain
CAN termination
Remote

D
Joystick Center
Em.
P0 Connector Stop U539
MC
Power Supply

9-3
9 TFT Vision Center
1 2 3 4 5 6
9-4
9.5
Fig. 9-3
U714 U718
A GigaStar Driver for passive TFTs
Interface
VGA
VGA Datastream FPGA INOVA GigaLink
INDT166BG 2x
9 TFT Vision Center
Lattice SND

SMB Vision Center
digital Sound #1
RS232 MC
DSUB 9
RS232 (Monitor Cart)
COM 1
B
INOVA GigaLink 2x

INDT166BG
SMB Vision Center
#2
RS232 MS
DSUB 9
RS232 (Mobile Stand)
COM 2
INOVA GigaLink
INDT166BG
Block Diagram w. U718
C
#3
Vision Center block diagram w. U718

+12V
+12
RJ45 Em.
+30 Stop
CAN / RS232 CAN / RS232
Tone 30Vdc
Remote
modulation 8 8

D Vision Center
Device
U695
connected
/
em.stop.chain Remote
Joystick Center
page 1
emergency.stop.chain
Em. Drawn 06.05.2014 R. Frank U718 Vision-Center Interface

E
Stop Filename Part No/Drawing No
P0 Connector MC Released 16.05.2014 C. Hurle BLK_NGIS_HiPe_2nd_Floor_PCBs_V1.00 n.a.
Ziehm Module
011
NGIS HiPe Scale Size Page
N/A A3 2 of 3

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
9 TFT Vision Center
9.6 Connectors
9 Pin D-Sub male
pin 1 +Vcc (+10 VDC … +30 VDC)
pin 2 GND (0 V)
pin 3 n. c.
pin 4 n. c.
pin 5 RS 232 Touch TxD
pin 6 RS 232 Touch RxD
pin 7 RS 232 Touch GND
pin 8 n. c.
pin 9 n. c.
SMB male
Serial video data in (GigaLink)

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
9 TFT Vision Center
9.6.1 U 592 Interconnection Board for Passive Vision Center
9.6.1.1 U592: Location of Connectors
X3 not used
X1 to module 2
and onward to
Image Memory
X2 to Vision Center
D1 +25 V
supply voltage
Fig. 9-4 U592b location of connectors
NOTE
The 220 µF capacitor C1 must not be installed when using X-ray lamp and button
on the Vision Center.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
9 TFT Vision Center
9.6.1.2 U592b Schematic Diagram
of 1
592b-48692b-a
Page
1
N/A
A4
5
Size
Part No/Drawing No
Variant Description
Ziehm Module
N/A
018
Scale
U592b-b-a.scm
4
U592b
Description
Filename
Signatur
3
Name
Date
2
1
D
A
Fig. 9-5 U592b schematic diagram

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
9-8
9.6.2
Fig. 9-6
A
9 TFT Vision Center
TFT Arm Cable
PE AWG14
Module 18
Vision Center
gn/yl
SMB X-Ray Indicator
Holding plate G2+
page 1 G2-
B TFT Touch-Screen
No Analog Sound X3
X TFT
2 AWG22 +Ub 1 X1 X2 1 +Ub 1
2 2 unused 2 TFT Touch
3 TxD RxD
4 Passive TFT 4 4 Display Panel
5 Interconnect 5 GND 5
Speaker
Module 2 U648 - X18 2
2 x 0.14mm 6 Board 6 +Ub 6
7 7 unused 7
4 RxD U592 TxD
8 8 8
1 AWG22 9 9 GND 9
GND
!
9 Pin 9 Pin X-Ray Button Emergency Stop Button (N.C.)

D-Sub D-Sub

Emergency a Emergency a

Module 2 U648/X34
Emergency b AWG22 Emergency b
Molex (MicroFit)
Vision Center wiring mobile stand

C

Vision Center Wiring Mobile Stand

D

Ziehm Module
Module 18: Vision Center 000
Scale Size Page
N/A A2 9 of 9

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
9.6.3
Fig. 9-7
Module 18
A
User Interface
SMB X TFT Vision Center

GL1+
GL1-

page 2/3 +12V 1
Sound+ 2 TFT Touch

TxD 4 Display Panel
GND 5
Touch1 Speaker
TFT1 +12V 6
B
SoundGND 7
RxD 8
GND 9

9 Pin TFT Touch screen
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
D-Sub
gn/yl
Vision Center wiring monitor cart

C
Touch3 U621 / X19
8
TFT3 page 2/3 1
8 2
7 3
Remote Vision Center connected to U621 WIR_Remote_TFT_int_V1.XX.cdr
XP6
6 4
Vision Center Wiring Monitor Cart
5
U539 / X23
page 1 2
MC Frame Remote Vision Center

or
Position Control Center
Emergency stop = Power off Interface

D
Touch3 U687 / X19 U695
8 X1
TFT3 page 2/3
1
Remote Vision Center connected to U687 / U718 8 2
standard
X4 7 3 X2
U539 / X25 2 XP6
6 4
page 1 5
2
X3
or
Emergency stop = Drives and Generator off
Touch3 U687 / X19

TFT3 page 2/3 Date Name Signature Description
21
Drawn 20.08.2015 W. Hecht Wiring of Remote- and Vision Center
E
XP0: 22 Filename Part No/Drawing No
motorized
Pin 5A/10A Released 21.08.2015 R. Frank WIR_MC6_V1.04 n.a.
page 1 Emergency Button Ziehm Module
in the MC6 000
WIR-MC6 Scale Size Page
N/A A3 6 of 13

9-9
9 TFT Vision Center
9 TFT Vision Center
9.7 Remote Vision Center

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
9.7.1
Fig. 9-8
# 290164
vi
1
L = 58 cm 2
sw
3
#24224 Litze UL1061AWG22 schwarz
#24427 Litze UL1061AWG22 violett
Litzen miteinander verdrillt
U539 / X23
#21365 Federleiste CE100F22-03

#21366 Schutzkappe EC100F-03
ws/or
ws/or
1 or 1
or 2
8 2 bl
ws/gn 3
bl gn 4
7 3
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
ws/bl 5
ws/br 6
vi ws/gn 7
6 4 br
5 8
sw gn
ws/bl
ws/br
br L = 1,40 m
sw shield
U621 / X19
(Ansicht Lötkontakte) RJ45 Steckverb.
Kabel:
LEONI 02YSC11Y 4x2x0.5/1.0-100 LI PIMF GE (CAT7) Steckverbinder laut Herstellervorschrift anbringen
Rundbuchse 8pol. oder Beschriften mit „U621 / X19"
Klapp-Ferrit nahe am Steckverbinder anbringen
LEMO ECG.2B.308.CLL + GCA.2S.255.LT LEONI MegaLine F6-90 S/F flex DVI und beidseitig mit Kabelbindern sichern
LEMO RJ 45
Kabelschirm über Litze an Lötfahne (GCA.2S.255.LT) Kabel mit Art.Nr. #290164 beschriften 1 ws/or 1
Schrumpfschlauch jeweils über Lötkontakte
Schrumpfschlauch über alles 2 or 2
Befestigung mittels Klebesockel und Kabelbinder im MW
3 bl 3
ws/gn 4
Remote Vision Center internal wiring with emergency stop

n.c.
n.c. gn 5
6 ws/bl 6
LEMO U539/X23
7 ws/br 7
4 vi 1
8 br 8
- n.c. 2
earthing Shield 9/10
5 sw 3 washer
Drawn: J. Matschnigg 27.10.2010 Drawing No.: . Unit:

Remote Vision Center Internal Wiring with Emergency Stop
Release: J. Matschnigg 27.10.2010 File Name : WIR_Remote_TFT_int_V1.04.cdr

Kabel Remote TFT intern # 290164
Changed: J. Matschnigg 18.01.2011 Page : 1 of 1
9-11
9 TFT Vision Center
9-12
9.7.2
1 2 3 4 5
Fig. 9-9
V1.02 form and connector changed 12.04.2012 J. Matschnigg
# 290173
A
9 TFT Vision Center
ws/or ws/or
or or
1 br br 1
2 8 bl 2 8
bl
ws/br ws/br
3 7 3 7
ws/gn ws/gn
ws/bl ws/bl
4 6 4 6
5 gn 5
gn
shield shield
B
(Ansicht Lötkontakte) L = 7,50 m (Ansicht Lötkontakte)
Rundsteckverb. 8pol., abgew. Kabel: Rundsteckverb. 8pol.

LEMO FHG.2B.308.CLAD82Z LEONI 02YSC11Y 4x2x0.5/1.0-100 LI PIMF GE (CAT7) LEMO FGG.2B.308.CLAD82
(mit Knickschutztülle GMA.2B.070.DG) (ohne Knickschutztülle)
Remote Vision Center connection cable

Schrumpfschlauch jeweils über Lötkontakte
Schirmgeflecht laut Herstellervorschrift auflegen Schrumpfschlauch jeweils über Lötkontakte
Steckverbinder laut Herstellervorschrift montieren Schirmgeflecht laut Herstellervorschrift auflegen
Knickschutztülle anbringen Steckverbinder laut Herstellervorschrift montieren
Wichtig: Leiter or und ws/or bestmöglich paarweise Wichtig: Leiter or und ws/or bestmöglich paarweise
bis zu den Lötanschlüssen miteinander verdrillen ! bis zu den Lötanschlüssen miteinander verdrillen !
C
Remote Vision Center Connection Cable
LEMO LEMO
1 ws/or 1
2 or 2
3 bl 3
4 ws/gn 4
5 gn 5
Drawn 12.04.2012 J. Matschnigg Verbindungskabel Remote Vision Center 7,5m
6 ws/bl 6 Filename Part No/Drawing No
D 7 ws/br 7 Released 12.04.2012 R. Frank WIR_VerbKab_RVC_7.5m_V1.02.cdr 290173
8 br 8 Ziehm Module
chassis Shield chassis 018
Scale Size Page
N/A A4 1 of 1
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
10
Monitor Cart

280721/280725 - 01/03/2017
280721/280725 - 01/03/2017
10 Monitor Cart
10.1 Monitor Cart 6
Fig. 10-1 System overview of MC6

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
10 Monitor Cart
10.2 Monitor Cart 6 Detail View
Fig. 10-2 Monitor cart 6 detail view

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
11
Connections
Monitor Cart

280721/280725 - 01/03/2017
280721/280725 - 01/03/2017
11 Connections Monitor Cart
11.1 Wiring Diagrams MC6

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
11-2
V1.00 Based on Version 24.10.2014 R. Frank
WIR_MC_1k_IB930_V1.11; NGIS
implemented on many pages.
Page 3 added.
11.1.1
V1.01 Monitor Power Supply corrected 06.02.2015 W. Hecht
Fig. 11-3
Part-Numbers added (Cable, Adapter)
XP0 XP0 XP0 XP0 Central Ground
TR1 TR1
V1.02 Page 6 correction wiring U695 27.02.2015 R. Frank
a a a a Safety earth
A or V1.03 Addition of Shut-Down NGIS 30.03.2015 R. Frank
V1.04 NGIS USB3.0 to front panel. 20.08.2015 Hurle / Hecht

AWG14 105-120V 100V Modification for shut-down NGIS
gn/yl or or
210-240V 200V
ON/OFF Buttons
13 X2

~115V
~115V
~115V
~230V
~230V
~230V
~230V
~230V
~230V
~230V
14 ON
X1
Vision R
Vision
Vision FD
Vision RFD
X1 PE X32 LM X33 RM
X15, X16, X17 X34 Printer
X35 Imag. Sys. 13 X2
OFF
X38 U605 (CP) 14

B X40-X49 X9 X1
3A 3A 3A 3A Power OFF wh
GND 1 bk
X5 Thermo-Sw.
8A 8A 8A 8A LED 2 wh
ON/OFF GND bk bl

Stand-by LED 3
9A 9A 9A 9A X10 4 gn
wh ON
Power ON bl 1 U539 5 rd
bl OFF
2 ON/OFF
bk 3 Power-Supply
5A 5A 5A 5A yl 3 x AWG22 X23
Emergency Stop Monitor-Cart
U695 / X4 OFF/AUS 1 Remote Vision Control
10A 10A 10A 10A bl Emergency Stop GND 3 page 6
page 6 X4
all not motorized machines
Wiring XP0 and power supply

U727 Shut-Down (NGIS)
X6 page 3
1D 1D bl AWG14 N X30 21 Option: only
3D 3D 230V~ br after isolation transformer 1 or
AWG14 L Key switch
C X31 X4 22
bl
2
1D 1D bl AWG14 N
Wiring XP0 and Power Supply
100V~...240V~ br true mains! X51

3D 3D AWG14 L 1 or
X25 bl
N L 2 21 Emergency Button
X3 X2
bl br 22
F1B bl
12pin 12pin 25pin 25pin EMI Filter
br or
Load
Module Module Module Module
Line
C C C C F1A
1C 1C 1C 1C CAN H or
U695
2C 2C 18C 18C CAN Fault

D bl/wh
3C 3C 9C 9C CAN Sense gn see page 6
4C 4C 11C 11C CAN Shielding bk
CAT5 CAN Bus Imaging System
page 5
7C 7C 2C 2C CAN L or/wh
Mains Voltage F1A F1B
8C 8C 19C 19C CAN Radiation bl 210V - 240V~ 15A 15A
9C 9C 10C 10C CAN GND gn/wh
Module 10 110V - 120V~ 20A 20A
200V~
Power Supply MC F1A and F1B can be Slow-blow Fuses or Circuit Breaker
Mains Date Name Signature Description
Safety earth AWG14
gn/yl
Plug Drawn 20.08.2015 W. Hecht Wiring Power Supply and XP0-Connector
E d d d d Filename Part No/Drawing No
Central Ground 21.08.2015 R. Frank n.a.
Released WIR_MC6_V1.04
Ziehm Module
000
N/A A3 1 of 13

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
XP0 Option: 13
br DTR 4 Remote Vision Control
11.1.2
X-ray enable 3K3
14 page 6
Fig. 11-4
Key switch
yl DSR 6 Touch1 TFT1
1A wh TxD 4
A
2A br RxD 8
Left Monitor
7A gn GND 5 Video Out Non-interlaced
U406 50/60Hz
rd 2 pages 7 - 12
No analog sound! wh 9
Sound Right Monitor
Video Out Non-interlaced

PWR1 PWR2 50/60Hz
280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
to U633 X10 & + + + +
various devices optional: Split Monitor
page 13, L1 L2 L3 R1 R2 R3
COM4 TFT 1
optional to U605 Touch1 Video Out Non-interlaced
page 4 50/60Hz
+5V / +12V +5V / +12V
SLOT9 S1 S2 S3 DS3
B
External connection

Touch3 Video Out 50Hz CCIR/60Hz EIA
Keyboard
Mouse
to Printer Video-Input
+
USB2
TFT 3
IN
Stick
USB1
Options
DS2 DS1
Parallel
Wiring image memory V2 1k

Transmitter #1
+
USB3
+
CAN
DVI-R
VGA
Transmitter #2
GL1+ GL1- GL2+ GL2-
USB4
Not installed in #290407!

No analog sound anymore!
C +
Wiring Image Memory V2 1k
eSATA
DVI-HDMI-Adapter
OPTION WIRELESS VIDEO
DVI-L
Transmitter #1 & #2
Ethernet
Camera Link
USB5
page 9
Ethernet CP
+
U539 X35
Touch2 TFT 2
page 1 SLOT8 SLOT 7 SLOT6 SLOT5 SLOT4 SLOT3 SLOT2 SLOT1
I
O
~230V PISA ISA PCI ISA PCI PCI PCI
CPU U621 Graphics Grabber NIC
U687

D Ethernet Switch external USB Ethernet CAN
page 13 page 13 page 13 DVD-
1B Drive SLOT 10/1
coax 75W Video CCD Camera
page 13 page 5
2B coax 75W
3B coax 75W DVI DVI
RM LM BNC BNC
4B coax 75W page 7,8 DVI DVI High Res High Res
RM LM RM LM
MC Frame
Shut down
OPTION WIRELESS VIDEO to U539 / X6 VIDEO OUT connectors located on the rear of the MC
Transmitter #1 & #2 not available
Table of colors page 9 OPTION External monitors
bk = black = schwarz Date Name Signature Description
bl = blue = blau
br = brown = braun Drawn 20.08.2015 W. Hecht Wiring of V2-1K IB930 Imaging System
E
gn = green = gruen Filename Part No/Drawing No
gr = gray = grau n.a.
or = orange = orange Module 11 Released 21.08.2015 R. Frank WIR_MC6_V1.04
pk = pink = rosa Ziehm Module
rd = red = rot 000
vi = violet = violet V2-1K Imaging System
wh = white = weiss WIR-MC6 Scale Size Page
yl = yellow = gelb N/A A3 2 of 13

11-3
1 2 3 4 5 6
11-4
Option: 13
3K3 br DTR 4
XP0 X-ray enable
14 Left Monitor
11.1.3
Key switch yl DSR 6
Fig. 11-5
50/60Hz
1A pages 7 - 12
wh TxD 4
A Right Monitor
2A br RxD 8
7A gn GND 5 50/60Hz
rd 2
wh 9 Remote Vision Control Passive TFT
page 6 page 6
optional: Split Monitor
3B
coax 75W 50/60Hz

4B coax 75W
U718 + + + + External connection
1 1 Power Video Out 50Hz CCIR/60Hz EIA
+ - female + - female
pot. Supply to Printer Video-Input
Touch 1 Touch 2
B
free Touch 3
OUT to Monitors / TFT page 5
contact

TFT 1/2 Printer to Printer Control
L R Split DS + + + +
2B 1 1
coax CoaxPress 1 female male
75W Option
CMOS-FD Transmitter #2
Config IN 2 DVI-R1
50 II
DVI-L1
60 FD ...
OPTION WIRELESS VIDEO
3 Transmitter #1 & #2
1B coax Video page 9
75W CCD Camera
Transmitter #1
Wiring image memory NGIS MiRa

USB 2.0 USB 2.0 USB 3.0 1
C DVI-HDMI-Adapter
female female
USB 2.0 USB 2.0 USB 3.0
LAN2 VGA RS232 & PWR
+5V / +12V I
O
Wiring Image Memory NGIS MiRa
U539 X35
page 1
CAN LAN1
~230V

D
Ethernet Switch external USB USB Ethernet
page 13 page 13 SATA page 13 Shut down / various devices
Power On/Off page 13,
Control U539 X6 optional to U605
page 1 page 4
DVD- DVI DVI
Drive BNC BNC LM RM
DVI DVI
page 13 High Res High Res page 7,8
LM RM
Connector
page 13
LM RM
MC Frame
VIDEO OUT connectors located on the rear of the MC

OPTION External monitors
Drawn 20.08.2015 W. Hecht Wiring of NGIS Imaging System
E
Module 11 Released 21.08.2015 R. Frank WIR_MC6_V1.04 n.a.
Ziehm Module
NGISImaging System 000
N/A A3 3 of 13

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
0
I
11.1.4
+ + + + I
I I
II
I I I
Fig. 11-6
Multi I/O VSYN CP
male female Fiber
Giga Gen- Sel.
A CP CAN1 CAN2 CAN-P0 former
Connector Panel Link Vsyn Parallel-Port
NGIS optional: ONLY for HiPe

Coax
Imaging System optional: 3D DVI-OUT DVI-OUT L2 DVI-OUT R2 DVI-IN2 DVI-IN1 Camera-Link Press OPTION WIRELESS VIDEO
3D graphics Transmitter #1 & #2
(long side) page 9
board
280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
the indicated wiring leads to the according connectors at the NGIS device
LC
B
Module 11
Imaging System Interface

TFT 1/2 VSYN CP
0
I I X2B X3B
I I
II
Connector Panel I I I Giga
4 2
HexCode switch
Link
V2-1K VSYN
X2A X3A Fiber
CP P0 3 1
Imaging System
Printer Multi I/O
(long side) DVD
Wiring image system interface V2

U578
C SLOT 10
to Front Panel ofNGIS

page 3
Wiring Image System Interface V2
Printer U633/X4
Only atV2-1K
DVD page 13
page 13 Frame Grabber RJ45
Monitors Command Command SLOT 2 RJ45 pin Nr. color
TFT1 TFT2 Processor Processor page 2 CANGND 1 gn/wh
Only at
pages 7 - 12 page 4 page 4
V2-1K CAN Sense 2 gn
MTRJ

D CAN LO 3 or/wh
LC
CAN Fault 4 bl/wh
XP0 CAT5 CAN Bus CAN Radiation 5 bl
1B
coax 75W Vsync CAN HI 6 or
CAT6
CAN Shielding 7 bk
7C wh/br Gl1+
8C br Gl1-
25pin to XP0-Connector
Module 24C wh/bl Gl2+ CAN Bus
page 1
C
25C bl Gl2-
16C bk Date Name Signature Description
17C bk Drawn 20.08.2015 W. Hecht Interface to „V2 1k IB930" and „NGIS
“
E
Released 21.08.2015 R. Frank WIR_MC6_V1.04 n.a.
Ziehm Module
000
N/A A3 5 of 13

11-5
1 2 3 4 5 6
11-6
11.1.5
Module 18
Fig. 11-7
A
User Interface
SMB X TFT Vision Center

GL1+
GL1-

page 2/3 +12V 1
Sound+ 2 TFT Touch
TxD 4 Display Panel
GND 5
Touch1 Speaker
TFT1 +12V 6
B
SoundGND 7
RxD 8
Wiring user interface

GND 9

9 Pin TFT Touch screen
D-Sub
Wiring User Interface

gn/yl
C
Touch3 U621 / X19
8
TFT3 page 2/3 1
8 2
7 3
Remote Vision Center connected to U621 WIR_Remote_TFT_int_V1.XX.cdr
XP6
6 4
5
U539 / X23
page 1 2
MC Frame Remote Vision Center

or
Position Control Center
Emergency stop = Power off Interface

D
Touch3 U687 / X19 U695
8 X1
TFT3 page 2/3
1
Remote Vision Center connected to U687 / U718 8 2
standard
X4 7 3 X2
U539 / X25 2 XP6
6 4
page 1 5
2
X3
or
Emergency stop = Drives and Generator off
Touch3 U687 / X19

TFT3 page 2/3 Date Name Signature Description
21
Drawn 20.08.2015 W. Hecht Wiring of Remote- and Vision Center
E
XP0: 22 Filename Part No/Drawing No
motorized
Pin 5A/10A Released 21.08.2015 R. Frank WIR_MC6_V1.04 n.a.
page 1 Emergency Button Ziehm Module
in the MC6 000
N/A A3 6 of 13

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
11.1.6
Fig. 11-8
Two 19'‘ panels as DUO TFT
(rear view)
A
Radiation lamp
12V=
280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
B
Right Left

DVI BNC +12VDC RS232 +12VDC DVI BNC
one DSUB9:
RS232 (2,3,5,7,8)
brightness sensor (6,9)
radiation lamp (1,4)
Brightness sensor
Wiring flatscreen monitors 19" DUO

C
XN3 XN4
75W coax
RightVideo Out LeftVideo Out
DVI Non Interlaced
page 2/3 page 2/3
75Wcoax LeftVideo Out

Wiring Flatscreen Monitors 19" DUO
RightVideo Out +12VDC +12VDC +12VDC +12VDC DVI

Non Interlaced page 2/3
page 2/3 Dual-Power-Supply Power Supply Power Supply
RPS-160-12 KA1200F02 KA1200F02
230V 230V 230V

D OR
U539 X33 U539 X33 U539 X32

page 1 page 1 page 1 Module 9.2
Brightness sensor pin 6,9 -> br(14) + wh(1)
Flatscreens
TFT1/2
Radiation lamp (1,4) -> gn(12)
X2B
page 5 Rs232 (2,3,5,7,8) -> (8,7,11,9,10)

Drawn 20.08.2015 W. Hecht Wiring of Monitors
E
Ziehm Module
000
N/A A3 8 of 13

11-7
1 2 3 4 5 6
11-8
11.1.7
Fig. 11-9
(rear view)
A
Radiation lamp
12V=

WIRELESS VIDEO WIRELESS VIDEO
Transmitter ∗ Transmitter ∗
B #1 #2
Switching
Right Left Switching
Pairing mini mini Pairing
Power HDMI HDMI Power
Option Wireless Video

+12VDC +12VDC
DVI BNC AUX DC Input RS232 AUX DC Input DVI BNC
one DSUB9:
RS232 (2,3,5,7,8)
brightness sensor (6,9)
radiation lamp (1,4)
Pairing Pairing
Button Button
Brightness sensor V2-1K Parallel Port

C SLOT 6
XN3 XN4
page 2
75Wcoax
75W coax
RightVideo Out LeftVideo Out NGIS Multi I/O Port
Non Interlaced Non Interlaced page 5
page 2/3 page 2/3
LeftVideo Out
DVI
+12VDC +12VDC +12VDC +12VDC
page 2/3
Dual-Power-Supply Power Supply Power Supply (via HDMI-DVI-Adapter)
V2-1K Parallel Port RPS-160-12 KA1200F02 KA1200F02
SLOT 6 or
page 2 HDMIOut
230V 230V 230V Video Encoder

D OR page 13
NGIS Multi I/O Port
page 5 (in combination with
OPTION VIDEO CONFERENCING)
U539 X33 U539 X33 U539 X32
page 1 page 1 page 1 Module 9.2
Brightness sensor pin 6,9 -> br(14) + wh(1)
Flatscreens
RightVideo Out
DVI TFT1/2
Radiation lamp (1,4) -> gn(12)
page 2/3 X2B Option Wireless Video
page 5 Rs232 (2,3,5,7,8) -> (8,7,11,9,10)
(via HDMI-DVI-Adapter)

E
Ziehm Module
000
N/A A3 9 of 13

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
11.1.8
Fig. 11-10
(rear view)
A
Blind cover instead

of radiation lamp
280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Status LED Status LED
+Pairing Button Signal strength +Pairing Button Signal strength
WIRELESS VIDEO WIRELESS VIDEO

Receiver ∗ Receiver ∗
B
#1 Right #2
Left
∗ Receivers (µC-Board + Wireless Receiver Module)
HDMI +12VDC +12VDC HDMI are mounted with a dedicated Ziehm assembly kit

+12VDC +12VDC
DVI BNC AUX DC Input RS232 AUX DC Input DVI BNC
HDMI-DVI- HDMI-DVI-
Adapter Adapter
Brightness sensor
C
XN3 XN4
Wireless external flatscreen Monitors

+12VDC External +12VDC +12VDC External +12VDC
Power Supply Power Supply
Wireless External Flatscreen Monitors
FRIWO PP8 ∗∗ Power Supply Power Supply FRIWO PP8 ∗∗

KA1200F02 KA1200F02 ∗∗ in case of customer owned
3rd party monitors
230V ∗∗ in case of customer owned 230V
115V 3rd party monitors 230V 230V 115V

D
customer customer customer customer

mains mains mains mains

External Ziehm Monitor
E
Ziehm Module
000
N/A A3 10 of 13

11-9
1 2 3 4 5 6
11-10
11.1.9
The 26'‘TFT Endo
Fig. 11-11
A Radiation lamp
rear view Brightness sensor
12V=
Right Left
2

DVI2 SOG2 Serial SOG1
B +24VDC

DVI
75Wcoax
75Wcoax
ENDO INPUT
connectors located on the rear of the MC
C
+24VDC
24Vdc
Power Supply Left
Video Out
Wiring flatscreen monitors option Endo 26"

230V Non Interlaced
S-Video 4 3
page 2/3
2 1
ENDO INPUT U539 X33
connectors located on the rear of the MC page 1
Right br (14) + wh (1)
Video Out
TFT1/2 gn (12)
Non Interlaced
X2B
page 2/3 yl (13)

D V2-1K
page 5
---------
Wiring Flatscreen Monitors Option Endo 26"
NGIS
page 3 Module 9.2
4 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE
Pin Name Impedance Description

Flatscreens
1 GND - Ground (Y) OPTION Endo
2 GND - Ground (C)
3 Y 75 Ω Intensity (Luminance)
Drawn 20.08.2015 W. Hecht Wiring of ENDO Monitors
E
4 C 75 Ω Color (Chrominance) Filename Part No/Drawing No
Ziehm Module
000
N/A A3 12 of 13

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Option: Module 7Video Docu

Option: Potential Free Contact Potential Free Contact
11.1.10
ONLY withV2-1K or Injector-Control Module 16WLAN
Fig. 11-12
A Module 17Export/Import
PWR2 +5V / +12V
Pot.Free.Contact
page 2 or page 3 Module 18 Video Conferencing
X10 connector located on
MULTI-I/O Only atNGIS
page 5 the rear of the MC
X4
3 2
U633 DS1
4 1 MC Frame BNC

Down-Scale Output
MC Video Out
280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
X5 1 bl
page 2/3

Video 50/60Hz
2 vi
3 gr
4 wh
B MC Frame
to miniHDMI @Wireless Video Transmitter #2 (page 9) OPTION
or to DVI-L @ MC Frame
Wiring media options

DVI-L
OPTION
HDMIIN HDMIOUT
PWR 1 Ethernet / LAN LAN Video LINEIN LINEOUT Acoustical

+12V Ethernet MIC
or LAN LAN Echo
Fan Encoder
USB IN
USB/DC Switch
RS232/PWR LINEIN OUT
OPTION Cancellation LS
DCIN +12VDC
Wiring Media Options
page 2/3
PWR 2 XN5
MC Frame or
DICOM RS232/PWR
OPTION Adapter MICROPHONE
C Option Video Conferencing Audio Splitting
Ethernet / LAN RJ45 LOUDSPEAKER
to Passive TFT
TFT1 Touch1
page 6
RJ45
page 2/3 WLAN
OPTION Option Video Printer
+12V e.g. Sony Printer
Ub
PWR 1 DS2
or Down-Scale Output
page 2/3 IN OUT

D RS232/PWR Remote Printer
X2A
+5V / +12V 4 DVD R/W Drive stereo-mini jack
VIDEO page 5
+5V / +12V
BNC ~ AC IN
V2-1K SATA
DVD-Drive OPTION
NGIS
page 3 Potential balance
U539 X34
page 1
~230V
Rearside view of the Printer
V2-1K
USB USB OPTION
NGIS
Drawn 20.08.2015 W. Hecht Wiring of Periperal Components
E
MC Frame n.a.
Released 21.08.2015 R. Frank WIR_MC6_V1.04
Ziehm Module
000
N/A A3 13 of 13

11-11
11.2 Yellow RJ-45 network cables
In Monitor Carts shipped from october 2008 all network connections are made with yellow RJ-45
cables. This is done in order to distinguish the network cables from the CAN bus cables.
Fig. 11-13 Yellow network cable at monitor cart interface
Fig. 11-14 Yellow network cable at image memory (symbolic view)

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
12
Video
Documentation
Module 7

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/03/2017
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/03/2017
12 Video Documentation
12.1 UP 991 and UP971 Configuration
Refer to GTI 10/034 "Printer Settings for Sony Printers".

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
12 Video Documentation

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
13
Monitors
Module 9

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/03/2017
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/03/2017
13 Monitors
13.1 19" DUO monitor
13.1.1 Description
The 19" DUO monitor integrates two 19" monitors and a control circuit for the radiation lamp in
one housing. The radiation lamp is equipped with LED. The radiation lamp control circuit emulates
a incandescent lamp. The U578 interface of the Image memory is configured like for the 18.1"
screens with incandescent lamp.
Fig. 13-1 19" DUO monitor

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
13 Monitors
13.1.2 Connectors
The connectors are located underneath a cover plate. by removing two screws, this plate can be
removed.
Fig. 13-2 Cover plate to be removed
Right Video in RS232 interface Left Video in

(remote control)
and radiation
Right DVI in indication lamp Left DVI in
+12V in Right Mon. +12V in Left Mon.
Fig. 13-3 Monitor connectors

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
13 Monitors
13.1.3 On-screen Display
13.1.3.1 Accessing the On-screen Display
The monitors are set up and adjusted via an on-screen display. The functions are controlled by
an integrated keypad.
Fig. 13-4 Monitor keypad
The keys will be shown permanently.
13.1.3.2 Keypad Lock
Input key and L/R key pressed simultaneously set/reset key lock status. The key lock is shown by
an OSD message.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
13 Monitors
13.2 26" Flatscreen Monitor Radiance G2 HB
This Monitor provides a LED backlight, high brightness and extended input signal interfaces.
13.2.1 Description
The 26" flatscreen monitor is a color high-resolution LC display. It works as a separate module
and is not integrated in the CAN bus. All settings and adjustments are made via an integrated
setup menu.
Both left and right screen are shown on one 26" monitor.
Fig. 13-5 26" flatscreen monitor

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
13 Monitors
13.2.2 Technical Data
Visible diagonal (inches) 26
Brightness (cd/m², typical) 800
Native resolution 1920 x 1080
Dot pitch (mm) 0.300
Vertical viewing angle 178o
Horizontal viewing angle 178o
Contrast ratio (typical) 1000:1
BNC input signal level 0.7 Vp-p
Power (nominal) 104W
Monitor weight 8.2 kg
Operating temperature 0° C to 40° C
Storage temperature -20° C to 50° C
Relative humidity 20% to 85%

(non-condensing operation)
Relative humidity 10% to 90%

(non-condensing storage)
13.2.3 Connectors
Right Video in
Endo in Endo DVI in RS232 interface +24V in

(remote control)
Left Video in USB interface

(BIOS update)
Fig. 13-6 Monitor connectors

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
13 Monitors
13.2.4 On-screen Display
13.2.4.1 Locking and Unlocking the On-screen Display
The monitors are set up and adjusted via an on-screen display. The functions are controlled by
an integrated keypad.
Fig. 13-7 Monitor keypad
The on-screen display is activated by pressing the “Menu” key. In the “Setup” section, you can
lock the menu.
Fig. 13-8 “Setup” menu
If this function is activated, the menu will disappear. Instead of the menu you will get a message
“MENU LOCKED” for a short time. Now the access to the on-screen display is denied. You will
get this message any time you press a key on the keypad.
Fig. 13-9 Message MENU LOCKED

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
13 Monitors
In order to unlock the menu, you must press the “MENU” and “SCROLL” keys simultaneously
until you get a message “MENU UNLOCKED”.
Fig. 13-10 Message MENU UNLOCKED
13.2.4.2 Restoring the Factory Settings
In the “Defaults” section of the on-screen display, you can restore the factory settings.
Fig. 13-11 “Defaults” menu

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
13 Monitors

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14
Power Supply
Monitor Cart
Module 10

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.1 View of Power Supply
Fig. 14-1 Monitor cart power supply
14.2 General Description
The monitor cart module 10 power supply is the main power module for the Ziehm Vision C-arm
and provides the following:
− power isolation from mains input
− internal power distribution of 230 VAC to the monitor cart and for the mobile stand via the XP0
cable
− additional 115 VAC insulated mains distribution
− inrush current limiter
− on/off circuitry
− emergency stop and key switch lock for power

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.3 Main Components of the Power Module 10
The TR1 isolation transformer provides:

− isolation from the mains line power supply
− input voltage taps for matching the input voltage to maintain 230 VAC output
The U539 power distribution board provides:

− power on/off control
− distribution of power
− U539 allows easy method for matching the input line voltage to the facility power
− matching TR1 input to mains line voltage
− the ability to set the correct voltage is accomplished by following the power selection table in
the diagram below
− X40 to X49 terminals for matching input line to TR1
− output 230 VAC for system
− output variable mains for Vision R mobile stand
Matching the line input to TR1:

Matching the line input to facility is accomplished by performing a simple measurement of the wall
outlet connector with a digital volt meter. Monitor the voltage for a period of time long enough to
detect any unusual dips in the mains line (10 to 20 minutes).
NOTE
Those facilities demonstrating large fluctuations in the mains line voltage may
require a more detailed measurement test. Attach a voltage monitoring device to
the mains line and monitor the line voltage for 12 to 24 hours. This is an important
issue and should not be overlooked.
Once the line voltage is determined to be stable and within the range of the selection table the
service technician must follow the tap setting and jumper placement as required in the Voltage
Selection table for the U539 board.
230 VAC power distribution U539:

− the output of the TR1 transformer (X15 and X17) supplies 230 VAC to the U539 board
− distributes 230 VAC to auxiliary equipment by means of the terminal connectors X32 to X38
− supplies power to devices such as video monitors, printers, image system, etc.
− distributes 230 VAC power to the mobile stand by means of the power connector terminals X30
and X31 (Not for Vision R mobile stand)
115 VAC power distribution:

− U539 board receives 115 VAC at connectors X15 and X16 from TR1
− distributes 115 VAC to the auxiliary equipment by means of the terminal connectors X20 to X22

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Switched Mains Output
− distributes incoming mains voltage to the Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD mobile stand by
means of the terminal connectors X51 1 and 2
14.3.1 View of U539
Fig. 14-1 View of U539
See → Ch. 14.4.5.1, p. 14-13 for jumper settings.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4 Module 10 with HC08 Controller on U539
14.4.1 Module 10 Power Distribution Diagram
14.4.1.1 With U539h/j
Fig. 14-2 Module 10 with U539h/j wiring
Select Voltage
Transformer RTO 2500-000585
105 VAC 110 VAC 115 VAC 120 VAC 210 VAC 220 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC
Connections with AWG 14 (Blue)
A–H A–F A–D A–B A–H A–F A–D A–B

H–I F–G D–E B–C K–I K–G K–E K–C
K–L K–L K–L K–L
F1A = F1B = 20 A slow F1A = F1B = 15 A slow
Table of Colors:
bk = black = schwarz gr = grey = grau vi = violet = violett
bl = blue = blau or = orange = orange wh = white = weiß
br = brown = braun pi = pink = rosa yl = yellow = gelb
gn = green = grün rd = red = rot

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.1.2 With U539h/j, Option100/200V
Fig. 14-3 Module 10 with U539h/j, option 100/200V wiring
Select Voltage
Transformator RTO2500-001195 (11126)
100 VAC 200 VAC
Connections with AWG 14 (Blue)
A–H A–H
H–I K–I
K–L
F1A = F1B = 20 A slow F1A = F1B = 20 A slow
Table of Colors:
bk = black = schwarz gr = grey = grau vi = violet = violett
bl = blue = blau or = orange = orange wh = white = weiß
br = brown = braun pi = pink = rosa yl = yellow = gelb
gn = green = grün rd = red = rot

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.2 Connectors for Mains Voltages
List of all connectors dealing with high voltages
RM6006, KDS10/SO, MSTB2.5/3, ICV2.5/3-G-5.08, SMKDS5/2-6.35
X1 protective earth
X2 power in
X3 power in
X50 voltage selector source (A)
X40 voltage selector (L)
X41 voltage selector (K)
X42 voltage selector (I)
X43 voltage selector (H)
X44 voltage selector (G)
X45 voltage selector (F)
X46 voltage selector (E)
X47 voltage selector (D)
X48 voltage selector (C)
X49 voltage selector (B)
X53 voltage selector (M)
X54 voltage selector (N)
X51.1 mains via K3 to XP0
X51.2 mains via K3 to XP0
X15.1 secondary tap of transformer 0 VAC
X30.1 secondary 230 VAC to XP0
X30.2 secondary 0 VAC to XP0
X20 secondary 115 VAC

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
List of all connectors dealing with high voltages
X52 Bridge for 115 V inrush resistor
X55 Bridge for 115 V inrush resistor

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.3 Connectors
X4: Disrupting auxiliary voltage > key switch
2-pin Panduit MLSS 100 connector
Pin 1: Key switch
Pin 2: Key switch
Main power off
Used for key-switch.

A bridge has to be set if this option is not used.
X5: Disrupting auxiliary voltage > thermo switch
Pin 1: Thermo switch
Pin 2: Thermo switch
Main power off

Used for the temperature switch inside the transformer.
X25: Disrupting auxiliary voltage > emergency switch
Pin 1: Emergency switch
Pin 2: Emergency switch
Main power off

Used for the Emergency Stop option.
A bridge has to be set if this option is not used.
X24: Test pins
Pin 1: relay K1 (low if activated) /MAINS_1_ONPin 2
Pin 2: relay K1 (low if activated) /MAINS_2_ONPin 2
Pin 3: relay K1 (low if activated) /INRUSH
Pin 4: GND
Voltage swing is about 25 V for pins 1, 2, 3.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
X19: Programming connector for 68HC08
X26: Serial I/O
Pin 1: TXD
Pin 2: RXD
Pin 3: GND
Pin 4: +5 V
The signals have TTL level
X9: Keyboard On/Off of European Monitor Cart
Pin 1: Ground
Pin 2: LED output
Pin 3: Stand-by LED
Pin 4: /ON local
Pin 5: /OFF local
X8: Keyboard On/Off of US Monitor Cart
10-pin connector male, flat ribbon
Pin 1, 2: Ground
Pin 3, 4: LED output
Pin 5, 6: Stand-by LED
Pin 7, 8: /ON local
Pin 9, 10 /OFF local

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
X10: XP0 On/Off (switches on the C-arm stand)
Pin 1: /OFF remote
Pin 2: /ON remote
Pin 3: Ground
Remote control of On/Off buttons for U539, bidirectional signals.

If U539 is mounted in the monitor cart, the XP0 must be con-
nected to this connector.
X23: XP0 On/Off connector on the Mobile Stand
Pin 1: /OFF local
Pin 2: /ON local
Pin 3: Ground
Remote control of On/Off buttons for U539, bidirectional signals.

If U539 is mounted in the Mobile Stand, the XP0 must be con-
nected to this connector.
X56: XP0 to XP0 connector in the Monitor Cart

(X4 U727 if U539h equipped)
2-pin connector male MOLEX
Pin 1: /emergency stop
Pin 2: GND
Option shut-down requires a dedicated wire for the emergency

button coming from the mobile stand.
This connector is present on U539j and higher.
Emergency button pressed means low. A normally open switch
is used.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
X18: To workstation No. 1 / VARIO
Pin1: n. o. (normally open)
Pin 2: c (common)
Pin 3: GND of 12 V
Pin4: +12 V
Pin 5: + voltage of P2 present (+24V_FST)
Pin 6: – voltage of P2 present (GND 24V)
Pin1 and 2 must be wired to the slot CPU in the workstation.

It is the on/off “pulsed” contact.
Pins 3 to 6 go to X7 on U471.
X6: To workstation No. 2 / NGIS Imaging System
Pin1: n. o. (normally open)
Pin 2: c (common)
Pin 3: GND of 12 V
Pin4: +12 V
Pin 5: + voltage of P2 present (+24V_FST)
Pin 6: – voltage of P2 present (GND 24V)
Pin1 and 2 must be wired to the slot CPU in the workstation.

It is the on/off “pulsed” contact.
Pins 3 to 4 detect the workstation's supply voltage..

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.4 LED Indicators
All LEDs on U539e
LED D11 (gn) mains 1 relay K1 On
LED D8 (gn) inrush relay K2 On
LED D9 (gn) mains 2 relay K3 On
LED D5 (gn) +25 V auxiliary voltage
LED D33 (gn) +5 V to processor and logic
LED D17 (yl) on HC08, PTE4
LED D45 (gn) on HC08, PTF0 monitoring status
LED D18 (rd) Reset to HC08
LED D36 (yl) WS No.1 12 V present
LED D37 (yl) WS No.1 P2 cable present
LED D39 (yl) WS No.1 On/Off pulse

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.5 Jumpers
14.4.5.1 U539h/j
Jumpers for options
open closed
J1 Workstation No. 1 not installed Workstation No. 1 is switched on and shut down.
J4 Input Local OFF: Input Local OFF:

The system is switched off The system is switched off with a delay of 30 sec.
immediately
J5 The machine is switched off When getting the off signal from the mobile stand
immediately when the off signal the shut-down sequence is started for the desired
from the mobile stand is read. workstations.
NOTE:
Workstation No. 1: n/a (Ziehm Vision Vario workstation)
Workstation No. 2: NGIS image system
Workstation No. 3: n/a (future option)

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.6 Fuses
Fuse F1 A / external at boards U539g and above
210-220-230-240 VAC system

Mains fuse: 15 A slow (Part No.: 17020)
105-110-115-120 VAC system

Fuse F1 B / external at boards U539g and above
210-220-230-240 VAC system

105-110-115-120 VAC system

Fuse F2
240 VAC system

Supply voltage: 100 mA slow (Part No.: 17056)
Not installed for 230 VAC; 115 VAC; 110 VAC; 105 VAC
Not installed if universal power supply is installed
Fuse F3
210-220-230 VAC system

Not installed for 240 VAC; 115 VAC; 110 VAC; 105 VAC
Fuse F4
105-110-115-120 VAC system

Not installed for 240 VAC; 230 VAC

Fuse F5
Supply voltage: 315 mA fast (Part No.: 17055)
Installed for all mains input voltages


280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fuse F6
secondary 115 V tap of TR1: 3.15 A slow
14.4.7 Mains Input Voltage Selection
Wiring
Selectable input voltages: 105 VAC; 110 VAC; 115 VAC; 120 VAC;
210 VAC; 220 VAC; 230 VAC; 240 VAC
Hardwired combinations
105 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X43 / H
X43 / H connected with X42 / I
X41 / K connected with X40 / L
Wire type: AWM Style 1015
Mains Fuse F1: 20 A slow (Part No.: 17044)
Mains Fuse F2: 20 A slow (Part No.: 17044)
110 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X45 / F
X45 / F connected with X44 / G
Mains fuse F1: 20 A slow (Part No.: 17044)

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
115 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X47 / D
X47 / D connected with X46 / E
120 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X49 / B
X49 / B connected with X48 / C
210 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X43 / H
X41 / K connected with X42 / I

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
220 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X45 / F
X41 / K connected with X44 / G
230 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X47 / D
X41 / K connected with X46 / E
240 VAC Wiring
X50 / A connected with X49 / B
X41 / K connected with X48 / C

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.8 U539h Schematics

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 14-4
14.4.8.1

C11
1
T12 R51 R50 C29 C27 C28 C36 R101 GND +5V T8 K1 K3
1
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
MP3
T7
R106
1 MP2 X24
K6
33
D33
A1 A2 A1 A2
+
1 K 1
R30
R64 R63
K
R27 K R40 D14 R93
49
D59
1
X6
K
D10
WS2 R107 R108 D7
1
D50
L2
U539h layout
J5 J4 J3 J2 J1
1 C4 K
R92 R55 R54 R53 R52

T13 K R66 R65 K K
+
C12
K
C22
C16 C14
K
C21
R102
R2 D11
R69
X7
K7
WS3

K R94
D44
D61 R110
R23
D9
C20
K
IC1
D56
D43
R105 K
K
K
R111R112
17
U539h: Layout
1
B T4 1
X19
Q1 C13
K
R103
IC6 IC3 IC8
R29 R28 R80 R79 R78 R77 R76

D16 D15 D49 D48 D47 D46 D45 D17
R104 C3 L1
R38 R41 Reset
K5
K
D39 R56
D57
1
X26 C2 D13
K
K
WS1R57 R58 MP1 R11 D5 13 14 23 24 13 14 23 24
R26 D18 R42 K
X18
IC5 D3 D32
K
C17
K +24V*
D36
K
R49 D37 C18
D27
K
+24Vdc X50 C1
K
R39 X2
R67
R48
K
X5 X4 X25
IC4
D28
MP5
1
T10 R74 R75 R10 D12
R25 R17 K X3 1

R8
R15 1 1 1
C6
R16
1
R43 R91 R22
A L X51
X9
T11 R83 R84 L3
R24 C5
T1
R61 R62
R85 R86 T6
1
L4
BG1
D6
K N 2
R1
1
R72 MP8 MP4
X10
~
R73 K2 R47 R46 R45 R44
XP0MC
+ C9
L6 MP7 D40 R14 R13 22 21
R59 R60
X23
K T5
10
R82
+
X8 XP0MS K
C8 IC2
R81
R95
L5 R12 R9 T9 R96
R70 R71
MP6 D31
~ 14 11 T3
1 1
C
R20
R18
R97
R100
R98
A2 A1
X35
X39
D51
-
T2
1
R7 R5 R4 R3
R19
X33
1 3 K
K
R68 D8
D4 BR1b
X20
R87
X1 PE
1 X55
1
B C D E F G H I K L N M
X32
X36
R88
F6
1
U539h
X34
R89
3
2
1
X37
D
2
1
1
X15
R90
X30

X38
[X17] [X16] [X15] X49 X48 X47 X46 X45 X44 X43 X42 X41 X40 X54 X53
BR1a
[X31] [X30]
X52
Top Silkscreen

Drawn: 20.03.2014 Muschler Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6 N/A
Released 21.03.2014 Frank U539h-a-a.pcb 539h-48727a-a
Ziehm Module
010
N/A A3 N/A

14-19
1 2 3 4 5 6
K2-B
PE X1 1 PE 14 11 F6561-24DC
RM6006 K1-C RV_1 RV_2 X49
14-20
RY20 200 K2-C B
22 21 F6561-24DC
L KDS10/SO
X2 1 L 23 24 1 X50 A
RM6006 X48
Fig. 14-5
RM6006
14.4.8.2
R87 R88 R89 R90 1 X52 BR1a C
F1A F1B RM6006
A 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W KDS10/SO
210-240V~ 15A 15A C1 X47
R44 R45 R46 R47 1 X55 BR1b D
F
110-120V~ 20A 20A 680n/250Vac RM6006
2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W KDS10/SO
200V~
X46
1 14 13 R3 R4 R5 R7
X3 N E
N RM6006 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W KDS10/SO
K1-B K3-C
RY20 200 RY20 200 X45
F
23 24
KDS10/SO
X51

1 X44 TR1
13 14 2 G
pri
MKDSP10 KDS10/SO
K3-B
RY20 200 from Mains X43
to XP0 H
+24Vdc +24Vdc +24Vdc
KDS10/SO
B X42
I
A1 A1 A1
U539h contactors
KDS10/SO
D11 K1-A K2-A D9 K3-A
D8 D4
GN GN D10 X41
D7 GN
LL4007 K
gn
gn
gn
LL4007 LL4007
KDS10/SO
RY20 200 F6561-24DC
U539h: Contactors
R2 A2 R68 A2 R69 A2 RY20 200 X40

8K25 8K25 8K25 L
KDS10/SO

X53
+5V
M
R64 R71 R66 KDS10/SO
PTA4 T7 PTA5 T9 PTA6 T8
BC337-25 BC337-25 BC337-25 X54
4K75 4K75 4K75 R93 D50 N
R63 R70 R65 47K5 BAT46
KDS10/SO
3K3 3K3 3K3
PTH0
C GND GND GND GND GND GND R94 D44

12K1 ZMY5.6
GND GND TEST

X24
TR2 1
F2 X25
100mAT 5 3 Not AUS 2
240V 2 3
F3 6 1
Emergency STOP 4
100mAT
230V 24V~ MLSS100-02
F4 SL1/25-4G
100mAT 7 100mA
110V X4 GND
0V 8 2 1 F5 2 Schlüsselschalter
11087 1 2
315mAF 1
Key Switch
MLSS100-02
BG1 ~
GL1
OFM-0105/M X5
4 3 Thermoschalter
- + 2 IC1 MP3
1
Temperature Switch R78B_5V-1.0A +5V
D 2 9 ~ MLSS100-02 L1 L2
~ - B80C1000G +24Vdc 1 3
IN OUT
2

100V- 8 FeB 3A GND FeB 3A
24V= NC
240V R40
+24Vdc 2 24R
1 6 C22 D43
+
MP1 C20 C21 C4

~ + 100n 100n 10n
D14
X7R
X7R
X7R
C2 220µ/50V +24Vdc BZX84C2V7

+
C3 MP2 1N5339B
470µ/35V
100n GND D33
D13 D5 GND GN
R11
X7R +5V
gn
gn GN
825R BZX84C18
+24V* GND GND
GND
F2 F3 F4
ACHTUNG:
240V~ Es darf nur F2, F3 oder F4 gesteckt sein. Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
E X GND
230V~ Drawn 20.03.2014 Muschler Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6 N/A
X NOTICE:
110V~ Only one fuse is allowed.
X Released 21.03.2014 Frank U539h-a-a.scm 539h-48727a-a
25.03.2014 010 01_Contactors
N/A A3 1 of 5

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 14-6
14.4.8.3
X15 R19
X30
TR1 3 S20K320 1 to XP0 after the
sec. 2 PE 2 Insulation Transformer
R18
1
MKDSP10 0VS20K320 MKDSP10
R20

S20K320
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
0V
X32

B PE 1
2
3
MSTB2.5/3
F6
3.15AT D23
R6
X33 RV_1 RV1a
1
2 22R LL4007
3
MSTB2.5/3
R95 R96 R97 R98

200K 200K 200K 200K
X34
1 +5V
2
U539h secondary distribution

3
MSTB2.5/3
R101
T2 2K21
X20 X35 BUXD87T4
1 1
2 2 PTB7
C 3
115V 3 IC2
230V 1 4
MSTB2.5/3
U539h: Secondary Distribution
ICV2.5/3-G-5.08 C9
47n
X7R
X36 2 3
1 R99
PE 2 8K25 HCPL-817-W6CE
3 D24
LL4148
MSTB2.5/3 C7
+
100n
C8
T3 GND
X7R
X37 47µ/25V BC847B
1 D51
2 BZX84C12 D52
3 LL4148
MSTB2.5/3
X38 D53 R100

1 LL4148 68R1
2
3 RV_2
D MSTB2.5/3

X39
1
2 Double Insulation 8mm
3
MSTB2.5/3

Drawn 20.03.2014 Muschler Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6 N/A
Released 21.03.2014 Frank U539h-a-a.scm 539h-48727a-a
25.03.2014 010 02_Secondary_Distribution
N/A A3 2 of 5

14-21
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V
14-22
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
Fig. 14-7
14.4.8.4
R37
A
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
R36
X19 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 +5V
9 +5V
10
1 X26

SL1-10G +5V Reset 2
R39 R41 D18 3
C24 100n 10K 10K QTLP630C-2 4
X7R
GND
red
C34 SL1/25-4G
100n
R38 IC3 R26
X7R
10K 2 3 1K IC8 GND
VCC GND 26 13
IC4-B PTA0
/Reset 27 PTA0 PTE0/TxD 14 +5V
B 4 7 D27 5 6 PTA1
PFI 28 PTA1 PTE1/RxD 15
PTA2
BAT46 74HC126 29 PTA2 PTE2/TACH0 16
4 PTA3
PTA3 PTE3/TACH1
1 5 PTA4 30 17 R30 1K82 D17 YL
6 8 31 PTA4 18
D28 C18 PTA5 yl
WDI PTA5 PTE5/MISO
PTA6 32 19 R76 1K82 D45 QTLP630C-4
BAT46 100n 33 PTA6 PTE6/MOSI 20 gn
MAX705ESA PTA7
PTA7 PTE7/SPSCK
X7R
D32 R77 1K82 D46 QTLP630C-4
34 4 gn
U539h microprocessor
PTB0
PTB1 PTF1/TACH3 R78 1K82 D47 QTLP630C-4
BAT46 36 PTB1/ATD1 6 gn
C17 GND PTB2
100n PTB3 PTF3/TACH5 R79 1K82 D48 QTLP630C-4

38 PTB3/ATD3 8 gn
PTB4/ATD4 PTF4TBCH0
X7R
39 11 R80 1K82 D49 QTLP630C-4
PTB5/ATD5 PTF5/TBCH1 gn
U539h: Microprocessor
40 12
41 PTB6/ATD6 PTF6
GND GND PTB7 R28 1K82 D15 QTLP630C-4
PTB7/ATD7 gn
60 23 R29 1K82 D16 QTLP630C-4
PTC0 PTG0/KBD0 gn
61 24
+5V PTC1 PTG1/KBD1
62 25
63 PTC2/MCLK PTG2/KBD2
1 PTC3 48
PTC4 PTH0
64 PTC4 PTH0/KBD3 49
C PTC5 PTH1/KBD4
PTC5
R52 R53 R54 R55 R92
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 42
43 PTD0/ATD8 22
46 PTD1/ATD9 VDD
+5V
47 PTD2/ATD10
C45 C26
J1 50 PTD3/ATD11 21
SL1-2G 100n 10n
J2 PTD5/ATD13
X7R
X7R
SL1-2G 52
53 PTD6/ATD14/TACLK
J3 PTD7 44
SL1-2G
VDDAREF
J4 2
SL1-2G C46 C23
45 100n 1n R27
J5 3 AVSS/VREFL
SL1-2G 475R
X7R
X7R
9 54
CANRx VREFH 55
GND
10 VDDA
C11
CANTx
C19 C14
+
59 56 100n 1n 47µ/25V
OSC1 VSSA
X7R
X7R
58 57
D OSC2 CGMXFC
MC68HC908AZ60A

+5V
C12
C16
C0G 22n
R22 22p
X7R
10K R23 Q1
10M 16MHz
IC4-A
3 2 C13 GND
74HC126 1 C0G
22p
IC4-C GND
8 9
+5V
74HC126 10 IC4-E
14 7
VCC GND
IC4-D
11 12 74HC126
E C25 C15 Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
74HC126 13 100n 1n Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6
R42 R43 R91
Drawn 20.03.2014 Muschler N/A
X7R
X7R
10K 10K 10K
GND GND GND GND 03_µP
25.03.2014 010
N/A A3 3 of 5

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+24Vdc
Fig. 14-8
14.4.8.5
R74 R83
3K3 3K3
A D3
R75
T10 T11
BC857B BC857B
10K
LL4148
R84
10K
X10 R15 R72
1K 1K
XP0MC
1 R86
T1 PTC5
2 BC847B
3 10K
R16 R73
1K 1K R85

MLSS100-03
3K3
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
GND
L3
L4
GND GND
+5V
+5V +5V

B R1
3K3 R12
3K3
D19
BLM21BD221
BLM21BD221
U539h P0 interface
D6 Keyboard X9 BAT46
BAT46 1 MP6 D31
GND
ON LED 2 BAT46
Stand-by LED 3 L5
U539h: P0 Interface
MP4 +5V 4 R9
ON/EIN PTB2
OFF/AUS 5
BLM21BD221 221R
Remote ON MLSS100-05

R24 R81 C30 D20 C27
22K1 D29 Local ON 2K21 100n 10n
X7R
BAT46
X7R
BAT46
R60 R17
PTA2 T5 PTB0
BC337-25 GND GND GND GND
10K 221R
R59 C5 D30 C36
3K3 47n 10n
BAT46
X7R
X7R
C
GND GND GND GND GND
+5V
XP0MS
R8 X23 1 +5V +5V
MP8
3K3 OFF/AUS 2
ON/EIN 3
MLSS100-03 R14
D12 3K3 GND
BAT46 D25
MP5 +5V
BAT46
X8 1 D40
Remote OFF 2 BAT46
R25 3 L6
4 R13
22K1 D21 PTB3
D 5
6 BLM21BD221 221R
R62 R10 BAT46
PTA3 T6 PTB1 7 R82 C31 D26 C29

BC337-25 8 2K21 100n 10n
10K 221R
X7R
9 MP7 BAT46
X7R
R61 C6 D22 C28 10

3K3 47n 10n Local OFF
281271-1
BAT46 GND GND GND GND GND
X7R
X7R
GND GND GND GND GND
E M[13-15] Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

Mark. Point 1.5mm
M[1-12] Filename Part No/Drawing No
MTH4.3mm NDK SC10mm Released 21.03.2014 Frank U539h-a-a.scm 539h-48727a-a
25.03.2014 010 04_P0_Interface
N/A A3 4 of 5

14-23
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V
14-24
K5-B K5-C
+5V
TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
4 3 7 8
R57
Fig. 14-9
14.4.8.6
3K3 2 9
R50
A R58
PTA1 T4 2K21
BC857B D36 IC5-A
10K R48 1 8
YL yl
1K5
D34 C33 2 7
1 K5-A LL4148 10n
R56 D38 ILD207T
TQ2-5V
X7R
1K2 LL4148 + GND
WS1 X18 1
D39
10 2
YL

3
yl
4 +5V
5
6
MLSS100-06 R51
GND 2K21
D37 IC5-B
R67 R49 3 6
B YL yl
1K5 1K5
D35 C35 4 5
LL4148 10n
ILD207T
+5V
X7R
GND
Workstation 1 potential
R107
3K3

K6-B K6-C
R108 +5V
PTC4 T12 TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
BC857B 4 3 7 8
U539h workstation interface

10K
2 9
R104
2K21
1 K6-A D56 IC6-A
X6 1 R102 1 8
R106 D58
TQ2-5V 2
1K2 LL4148 + YL yl
3 1K5
U539h: Workstation Interface
C 4 D54 C37 2 7
WS2
D59 MLSS100-04 LL4148 10n
10 ILD207T
YL
X7R
GND
yl
GND
+5V
K7-B K7-C
TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
4 3 7 8
+5V
R111
3K3 2 9
D R112
PTA7 T13 R105
BC857B 2K21

10K
D57 IC6-B
X7 1 R103 3 6
2 YL yl
3 1K5
1 K7-A 4 D55 C38 4 5
R110 D60 MLSS100-04 LL4148 10n
TQ2-5V
1K2 LL4148 + ILD207T
X7R
GND
WS3
D61
YL 10
yl
GND

25.03.2014 010 05_Workstation_Interface
N/A A3 5 of 5

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.9 U539j Schematics

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
14-26
14.4.9.1
Fig. 14-10
A

C11
1
T12 R51 R50 C29 C27 C28 C36 R101 GND +5V K1 K3
1
T8 T7
MP3
R106
1 MP2 X24
K6
33
D33
A1 A2 A1 A2
+
1 K 1 R21 D1
R30
R64 R63
K
K R93
D59
R27 R40 D14
49
U539j layout
1
X6
K
K
D10
WS2 R107 R108
1
D50
L2
D7
J5 J4 J3 J2 J1
1 C4 K
R92 R55 R54 R53 R52

T13 K R66 R65 K K
+
C12
K
C22
C16 C14
K
C21
R102
R2 D11
R69
X7
K7
WS3
K R94
D44
D61 R110
R23
D9
C20
K
U539j: Layout
IC1
D56
D43
K
R105
K
K
R111R112
17
K
1
B T4 1
X19
Q1 C13
R103
IC6 IC3 IC8
R29 R28 R80 R79 R78 R77 R76

D16 D15 D49 D48 D47 D46 D45 D17
R104 C3
R11L1
R38 R41 Reset
K5
K
D39 R56
D57
1 X26
C10
C2
K
K
MP1 13 14 23 24 13 14 23 24
K
WS1R57 R58 R26 D18
X18
IC5 D3 D32
K
C17 D62 D63
K X56
D36
D5
K
R49 K K D13
D37 K C18 C1
R39 +24Vdc X50 X2
K
R67
R48
K 1
IC4 R113 R114 X5 X4 X25
D28 D27
MP5
1
T10 R74 R75 R10 D12
R25 R17 K X3 1

R8
R15 R115 C47 1 1 1
C6
R16 T6
1
A L X51
X9
T11 R83 R84 L3
R24 C5
T1 R85 R86
R61 R62
1
L4
BG1
D6
K N 2
R1
1
R72 MP8 MP4
X10
~
R73 K2 R47 R46 R45 R44
XP0MC
+ C9
L6 MP7 D40 R14 R13 22 21
X23
K
10
T5
R82
T9 +
X8 XP0MS K
C8 IC2
R81
R95
R96
R70 R71 R59 R60

L5 D31 R12 R9
MP6
~ 14 11 T3
1 1
C
R20
R18
R97
R100
R98
A2 A1
X35
X39
D51
-
T2
1
R7 R5 R4 R3
R19 F1
X33
1 3 K
K
R68 D8
D4
BR1b
X20
R87
X1 PE
1 X55
1
B C D E F G H I K L N M
X32
X36
U539j
R88
F6
1
X34
R89
3
2
1
X37
D
2
1
N L
1
X15
R90
X30
F1B F1A

X38
[X17] [X16] [X15] X49 X48 X47 X46 X45 X44 X43 X42 X41 X40 X54 X53
BR1a
[X31] [X30]
X52
Top Silkscreen

Drawn: 26.08.2015 Hecht Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6 N/A
Released 26.08.2015 Frank U539j-a-a.pcb 539j-48844a-a
Ziehm Module
010
U539j Scale Size Page
N/A A3 N/A

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
K2-B
PE X1 1 PE 14 11 F6561-24DC
RM6006 K1-C RV_1 RV_2 X49
RY20 200 K2-C B
L 22 21 F6561-24DC
1 23 24 1 X50 KDS10/SO
X2 L A
RM6006 RM6006 X48
14.4.9.2
R87 R88 R89 R90 1 X52 BR1a C
F1
Fig. 14-11
A 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W RM6006 KDS10/SO
L A
C1 X47
R44 R45 R46 R47 1 X55 BR1b D
F
N B
680n/250Vac RM6006
2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W KDS10/SO
2xFuse R3 R4 R5 R7
X46
X3 1 N 14 13 E
N RM6006 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W 2R2/7W KDS10/SO
K1-B K3-C
RY20 200 RY20 200 X45
F
23 24
F1A F1B KDS10/SO
X51

1 X44 TR1
210-240V~ 15A 15A 13 14 2 G
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
pri
110-120V~ 20A MKDSP10 KDS10/SO
20A K3-B
200V~ RY20 200 from Mains X43
to XP0 H
KDS10/SO

B X42
I
U539j contactors
+24Vdc +24Vdc +24Vdc
KDS10/SO
X41
K
A1 A1 A1
U539j: Contactors
KDS10/SO
D11 K1-A K2-A D9 K3-A
D8 D4
gn gn D10 X40
D7 gn
LL4007 L
gn
gn
gn
LL4007 LL4007
KDS10/SO
RY20 200 F6561-24DC

R2 A2 R68 A2 R69 A2 RY20 200 X53
8K25 8K25 8K25 M
KDS10/SO
X54
+5V
N
R64 R71 R66 KDS10/SO
PTA4 T7 PTA5 T9 PTA6 T8
BC817-40 BC817-40 BC817-40
4K75 4K75 4K75 R93 D50
C R63 R70 R65 47K5 BAT46
3K3 3K3 3K3 8mm
PTH0
GND GND GND GND GND GND R94 D44 TEST

12K1 ZMY5.6 X24
1
2
GND GND 3
X25 4
Not AUS SL1/25-4G

2
1 Emergency STOP GND
MLSS100-02
X4 D1
2 Schlüsselschalter
BG1
MP2 1 Key Switch LL4148
OFM-0105/M
GND MLSS100-02
IC1 MP3
R78B_5V-1.0A +5V
X5
D 2 9 L1 L2
- 2 Thermoschalter 1 3
~ 1 Temperature Switch +24Vdc IN OUT

100V- 8 MLSS100-02 FeB 3A GND FeB 3A
24V= NC
240V R40
2 24R
1 6 C22 D43
R21
+
+24Vdc C20 C21 C4

~ + MP1 100n 2K 100n 10n
D14
X7R
X7R
X7R
C2 220µ/50V +24Vdc BZX84C2V7

+
C3 1N5339B
470µ/35V
C10 220µ/50V 100n D33
+ GND gn
X7R
+5V
gn
R11 D13 D5
GND
gn gn GND
1K5 BZX84C18
+24Vdc
E GND Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

Drawn 26.08.2015 Hecht Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6 N/A
Released 26.08.2015 Frank U539j-a-a.scm 539j-48844a-a
26.08.2015 010 01_Contactors
N/A A3 1 of 5

14-27
1 2 3 4 5 6
14-28
14.4.9.3
Fig. 14-12
A
X15 R19
X30
TR1 3 S20K320 1 to XP0 after the
sec. 2 PE 2
R18 Insulation Transformer
1
MKDSP10 S20K320 MKDSP10
R20

S20K320
0V
X32
B PE 1
2
3
MSTB2.5/3
F6
3.15AT D23
R6
X33 RV_1 RV1a
1
2 22R LL4007
3
MSTB2.5/3
R95 R96 R97 R98

200K 200K 200K 200K
X34
1 +5V
U539j secondary distribution

2
3
MSTB2.5/3
R101
T2 2K21
X20 X35 BUXD87T4
1 1
2 2 PTB7
C 3
115V 3 IC2
U539j: Secondary Distribution
230V 1 4
MSTB2.5/3
ICV2.5/3-G-5.08 C9
47n
X7R
X36 2 3
1 R99
PE 2 8K25 HCPL-817-W6CE
3 D24
LL4148
MSTB2.5/3 C7
+
100n
C8
T3 GND
X7R
X37 47µ/25V BC847B
1 D51
2 BZX84C12 D52
3 LL4148
MSTB2.5/3
X38 D53 R100

1 LL4148 68R1
2
3 RV_2
D MSTB2.5/3

X39
1
2 Double Insulation 8mm
3
MSTB2.5/3

26.08.2015 010 02_Secondary_Distribution
N/A A3 2 of 5

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
14.4.9.4
Fig. 14-13
R37
A
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
R36
X19 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 +5V
9 +5V
10
1 X26

SL1-10G +5V Reset 2
R39 R41 D18 3
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
C24 100n 10K 10K rd 4
X7R
GND
red
C34 SL1/25-4G
100n
R38 IC3 R26
X7R
10K 2 3 1K IC8 GND
VCC GND
IC4-B PTA0 26 13
PTA0 PTE0/TxD +5V

4 7 D27 2 4 PTA1 27 14
B PFI
PTA2 28 PTA1 PTE1/RxD
15
BAT46 PTA2 PTE2/TACH0
1 PTA3 29 16
PTA3 PTE3/TACH1
1 5 PTA4 30 17 R30 1K82 D17 yl
74AHCT1G126GV PTA4
6 8 D28 PTA5 31 18 yl
WDI PTA5 PTE5/MISO
C18 PTA6 32 19 R76 1K82 D45 gn
BAT46 PTA6 PTE6/MOSI
MAX705ESA 100n PTA7 33 20
PTA7 PTE7/SPSCK
X7R
R77 1K82 D46 gn
U539j microprocessor
D32
PTB0 34 4 gn
PTB0/ATD0 PTF0/TACH2
PTB1 35 5 R78 1K82 D47 gn
BAT46 PTB1/ATD1 PTF1/TACH3 gn
GND PTB2 36 6
C17 PTB2/ATD2 PTF2/TACH4
PTB3 37 7 R79 1K82 D48 gn
PTF3/TACH5

100n 38 PTB3/ATD3 8 gn
PTB4/ATD4 PTF4TBCH0
X7R
39 11
U539j: Microprocessor
R80 1K82 D49 gn

PTB5/ATD5 PTF5/TBCH1 gn
40 12
41 PTB6/ATD6 PTF6
GND GND PTB7 R28 1K82 D15 gn
PTB7/ATD7 gn
60 23 R29 1K82 D16 gn
+5V PTC0 PTG0/KBD0 gn
61 24
PTC1 PTG1/KBD1
62 25
PTC2/MCLK PTG2/KBD2
63
1 PTC3 48
PTC4 PTH0
PTC4 PTH0/KBD3
PTC5 64 49
C PTC5 PTH1/KBD4
R52 R53 R54 R55 R92
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 42
43 PTD0/ATD8 22
PTD1/ATD9 VDD
+5V
46
47 PTD2/ATD10
C45 C26
J1 50 PTD3/ATD11 21
SL1-2G 100n 10n
J2 PTD5/ATD13
X7R
X7R
SL1-2G 52
53 PTD6/ATD14/TACLK
J3 PTD7 44
SL1-2G
VDDAREF
J4 2
SL1-2G C46 C23
45 100n 1n R27
J5 3 AVSS/VREFL
SL1-2G 475R
X7R
X7R
9 54
CANRx VREFH 55
GND
10 VDDA
R113 C11
CANTx
100R C19 C14
+
59 56 100n 1n 47µ/25V
OSC1 VSSA
X7R
X7R
58 57
D OSC2 CGMXFC
+5V +5V
MC68HC908AZ60A

C12
C16
C0G 22n
D62
R115 22p
BAT46
X7R
5K1 R23 Q1
10M 16MHz
X56 1 R114
to XP0 2 C13 GND

220R
MX 70543-2VP C0G
D63 C47
22p
BAT46 220n
GND
X7R
+5V
GND GND GND IC4-A
5 3
VCC GND
74AHCT1G126GV
E C25 C15 Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description
100n 1n Voltage Distribution MC5 / MC6
Drawn 26.08.2015 Hecht N/A
X7R
X7R
GND 03_µP
26.08.2015 010
N/A A3 3 of 5

14-29
1 2 3 4 5 6
+24Vdc
14-30
14.4.9.5
R74 R83
Fig. 14-14
3K3 3K3
A D3
R75
T10 T11
BC857B BC857B
10K
LL4148
R84
10K
X10 R15 R72
1K 1K
XP0MC
1 R86
T1 PTC5
2 BC847B
3 10K
R16 R73
1K 1K R85

MLSS100-03
3K3
GND
L3
L4
GND GND
+5V
+5V +5V
B R1
3K3 R12
3K3
U539j P0 interface
D19
BLM21BD221
BLM21BD221
D6 Keyboard X9 BAT46
BAT46 1 MP6 D31
GND
ON LED 2 BAT46
U539j: P0 Interface
Stand-by LED 3 L5
MP4 +5V 4 R9
ON/EIN PTB2
OFF/AUS 5
BLM21BD221 221R
Remote ON MLSS100-05

R24 R81 C30 D20 C27
22K1 D29 Local ON 2K21 100n 10n
X7R
BAT46
X7R
BAT46
R60 R17
PTA2 T5 PTB0
BC817-40 GND GND GND GND
10K 221R
R59 C5 D30 C36
3K3 47n 10n
BAT46
X7R
X7R
C
GND GND GND GND GND
+5V
XP0MS
R8 X23 1 +5V +5V
MP8
3K3 OFF/AUS 2
ON/EIN 3
MLSS100-03 R14
D12 3K3 GND
BAT46 D25
MP5 +5V
BAT46
X8 1 D40
Remote OFF 2 BAT46
R25 3 L6
4 R13
22K1 D21 PTB3
D 5
6 BLM21BD221 221R
R62 R10 BAT46
PTA3 T6 PTB1 7 R82 C31 D26 C29

BC817-40 8 2K21 100n 10n
10K 221R
X7R
9 MP7 BAT46
X7R
R61 C6 D22 C28 10

3K3 47n 10n
281271-1
Local OFF
BAT46 GND GND GND GND GND
X7R
X7R
GND GND GND GND GND
E M[13-15] Date Name Signatur Description Variant Description

Mark. Point 1.5mm
M[1-12] Filename Part No/Drawing No
MTH4.3mm NDK SC10mm Released 26.08.2015 Frank U539j-a-a.scm 539j-48844a-a
26.08.2015 010 04_P0_Interface
N/A A3 4 of 5

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
+5V
K5-B K5-C
+5V
TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
4 3 7 8
R57
14.4.9.6
3K3 2 9
Fig. 14-15
R50
A R58
PTA1 T4 2K21
BC857B D36 IC5-A
10K R48 1 8
yl yl
1K5
D34 C33 2 7
1 K5-A LL4148 10n
R56 D38 ILD207T
TQ2-5V
X7R
1K2 LL4148 + GND
WS1 X18 1
D39
yl 10 2

3
yl
4 +5V
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5
6
MLSS100-06 R51
GND 2K21
D37 IC5-B
R67 R49 3 6

B yl yl
1K5 1K5
D35 C35 4 5
LL4148 10n
ILD207T
+5V
X7R
GND
R107
3K3

K6-B K6-C
R108 +5V
PTC4 T12 TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
U539j workstation interface

BC857B 4 3 7 8
10K
2 9
R104
2K21
1 K6-A D56 IC6-A
X6 1 R102 1 8
R106 D58
TQ2-5V 2
U539j: Workstation Interface
1K2 LL4148 + yl yl
3 1K5
C 4 D54 C37 2 7
WS2
D59 MLSS100-04 LL4148 10n
yl 10 ILD207T
X7R
GND
yl
GND
+5V
K7-B K7-C
TQ2-5V TQ2-5V
4 3 7 8
+5V
R111
3K3 2 9
D R112
PTA7 T13 R105
BC857B 2K21

10K
D57 IC6-B
X7 1 R103 3 6
2 yl yl
3 1K5
1 K7-A 4 D55 C38 4 5
R110 D60 MLSS100-04 LL4148 10n
TQ2-5V
1K2 LL4148 + ILD207T
X7R
GND
WS3
D61
yl 10
yl
GND

26.08.2015 010 05_Workstation_Interface
N/A A3 5 of 5

14-31
1 2 3 4 5 6
14-32
14.4.10
Fig. 14-16
A
Monitor Cart VISION-R Mobile Stand
Mains Input Mains Input
100Vac - 120Vac 100Vac - 120Vac
200Vac - 240Vac Mains 2 200Vac - 240Vac

Mains 1 Mains 1
Inrush Inrush
Current U539 Current U579
Limiter Limiter
B N.C. N.O.
Emer- Emer-
Mains Voltage Selection Mains Voltage Selection
gency gency
P0 Cable

OFF OFF
Monitor Cart Mobile Stand
AC-Mains Electronics AC-Mains Electronics
AC/DC AC/DC
Converter Converter
C NGIS:
PC
On / Shut-down
U539 U579
Key
Switch
U539-U579 power switching block diagram

Reset
+ +
uP uP
Off Off

D remote remote
On On
U539-U579 Power Switching Block Diagram
local local
On Off On Off

Drawn 19.08.2015 R. Frank General Overview Mains in VISION-R machines
E
Ziehm Module
000
N/A A3 8 of 9

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.11 U539h with HC08 Software Flowcharts
14.4.11.1 Switching On 1
start
initialisation from
remote buttons ON/OFF and
local buttons ON/OFF
button<remote ON> or <local ON>

pushed and
<remote OFF> or <local OFF>
not pushed
yes
switch on inrush relais

load 5s to variable <system on>
load waiting time (50ms) after switch inrush relais 1100ms
on the inrush relais
no
waiting time =0? 50ms
yes
mains contactor 1
switch mains 1 contactor ON
Vision-R and remote

present ?
yes
mains contactor 2
switch remote button ON

and load waiting time (500 ms) remote ON button
(700 ms with SW≥10.0) 500ms
700ms with SW≥v10r0
Fig. 14-17 Switching on 1

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
no
waiting time =0?
yes
set signal<remote button ON> to low
jumperJ1,J2 and J3 open any of

(no WS present) jumpers J1,J2,J3 workstation 1 present -> jumper J1 closed
workstation 2 present -> jumper J2 closed
closed workstation 3 present -> jumper J3 closed
(any WS present)
yes
WS 1 “ON-button”
switch corresponding workstation

on and WS 2 “ON-button”
load timeout (10seconds)
corresponding signal/WS_1+12V=LOW;(workstation 1 is ON)

signal/WS_2+12V=LOW;(workstation 2 is ON)
workstation ON or timeout
occurs?
WS1 “ON-button”
release corresponding port
(workstation “ON-button”) WS2 “ON-button”
WS3 “ON-button”

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.11.3 Switching Off 1
initialisation from
remote button OFF and
local button OFF
no button<remote OFF> pushed

or button <local OFF> pushed
system
no switched on for
longer than
5 seconds
no
any workstation ON ?
remote
button OFF pushed
(emergency OFF)
WS 1 “OFF-Button”
no 250 ms
switch corresp. workstation OFF WS 2 “OFF-Button”

load timeout (30 seconds)
for workstation shutting down
250 ms
all WS OFF all workstations

OFF 250 ms
or timeout?
timeout occurs and any WS 1 “OFF-Button”

workstation is not OFF
3000 ms
switch corresp. workstation for 3
seconds OFF
3000 ms
for workstation shutting down WS 3 “OFF-Button”
3000 ms
3 4
Fig. 14-19 Switching off 1

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
3 4
all workstations
no
OFF
or timeout?
timeout occurs or
all workstation are OFF
switch mains 1 contactor OFF mains contactor 1
Is inrush relais still

no
on?
(1100ms not elapsed)
switch inrush relais OFF inrush relais
load blocking time (5 seconds)

(6 seconds with SW≥v10r0)
no
blocking time done?
yes
end(back to start)

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.12 U539j Software Flowcharts (with controlled shutdown)
start
initialisation from
remote buttons ON/OFF and
local buttons ON/OFF
button<remote ON> or <local ON>

no pushed and
<remote OFF> or <local OFF>
not pushed
yes
switch on inrush relais

load 5s to variable <system on>
load waiting time (50ms) after switch inrush relais 1100ms
on the inrush relais
no
waiting time =0? 50ms
yes
mains contactor 1
no Vision-R and remote

present ?
yes
mains contactor 2
switch remote button ON remote ON button

and load waiting time (700 ms)
700ms

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
no
waiting time =0?
yes
set signal<remote button ON> to low
jumperJ1,J2 and J3 open any of

(no WS present) jumpers J1,J2,J3 workstation 1 present -> jumper J1 closed
workstation 2 present -> jumper J2 closed
closed workstation 3 present -> jumper J3 closed
(any WS present)
yes
switch corresponding workstation

on and WS 2 “ON-button”
load timeout (10seconds)
no corresponding signal/WS_2+12V=LOW;(workstation 2 is ON)
workstation ON or timeout signal/WS_3+12V=LOW;(workstation 3 is ON)
occurs?
WS1 “ON-button”
release corresponding port
(workstation “ON-button”) WS2 “ON-button”
WS3 “ON-button”

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
initialisation from
remote button OFF and
local button OFF
no button<remote OFF> pushed

or button <local OFF> pushed
system
no switched on for
longer than
5 seconds
no
any workstation ON ?
local (MC) button OFF Yes

pushed
remote (MS) button OFF

pushed and J5 not set (emergency
OFF)
remote (MS) button OFF Yes

pushed and J5 set (shut down)
3 4

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
3 4
no 250 ms
switch corresp. workstation OFF WS 2 “OFF-Button”

for workstation shutting down
250 ms
all WS OFF
all workstations OFF 250 ms
or timeout?
timeout occurs and any WS 1 “OFF-Button”

workstation is not OFF
3000 ms
switch corresp. workstation for 3
seconds OFF
3000 ms
for workstation shutting down WS 3 “OFF-Button”
3000 ms
5 6

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
5 6
all workstations OFF no

or timeout?
timeout occurs or
all workstation are OFF
Is inrush relais
no
still on?
(1100ms not elapsed)
switch inrush relais OFF inrush relais
load blocking time (5 seconds)
no
blocking time done?
yes
end(back to start)

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.13 U539 with HC08 Status Monitoring
The operating status of the U539 is monitored by 7 LEDs located close to the HC08 controller.
LED LED LED LED LED LED LED Current State

D16 D15 D49 D48 D47 D46 D45
all LEDs flashing see fault condition
initialization from remote and local

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON/OFF buttons
waiting for button ON (remote or

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
local) should be pushed
switch ON inrush relay; load waiting

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF time (50 ms) (HIGH pulse port
PTA5)
waiting 50 ms after inrush relay is

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
switched ON
switch mains 1 contactor ON;

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON
(set PTA4 to HIGH)
switch mains 2 contactor ON;

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF
(set PTA6 to HIGH)
switch remote button ON and load

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON waiting time 700 ms
(set PTA2 to HIGH)
waiting 700 ms and set PTA2 to

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON
LOW
if workstation present then switch

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF workstation ON (set PTA1 to LOW);
load timeout 10 seconds
waiting until workstation switch ON

OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF with timeout 10 seconds
set PTA1 to HIGH
initialization from remote and local

OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON
OFF buttons
waiting for button OFF (remote or

OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
local) should be pushed
OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF check if workstation power ON
switch workstation OFF

OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON ON
(LOW pulse port PTA1; 250 ms)
waiting LOW pulse PTA1;

OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF set PTA1 back to HIGH
and load timeout 30 seconds

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
LED LED LED LED LED LED LED Current State

D16 D15 D49 D48 D47 D46 D45
waiting for workstation switch OFF

OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF (PC should be shutting down) with
timeout 30 seconds
workstation does not shut down;

OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON switch OFF workstation again
(LOW pulse port PTA1; 3 seconds)
waiting for workstation switch OFF

OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON (PC should be shutting down)
with timeout 2 seconds
switch mains 1 contactor OFF

OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
(set PTA4 to LOW)
switch mains 2 contactor OFF

OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
(set PTA6 to LOW)
off-periods for 6 seconds;

OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF during that phase system cannot
switch ON
OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF system ready to switch ON again
14.4.14 Identification Ziehm Vision R and Remote Present
• System is in “OFF” state:

System is a Ziehm Vision R:
Both OFF buttons (remote and local) have got the analog voltage between 1.1 V and 1.7 V
(valid range), the mains 2 contactor has to be switched ON.
• System is in “OFF” state:
If the system is a Ziehm Vista, Ziehm Vision or remote is not present.
Both OFF buttons (remote and local) have got the analog voltage higher than 4.5 V; the
mains 2 contactor should not be switched ON.
• System is in “OFF” state: If one of the OFF buttons has got the analog voltage less than
1.0 V, the identification could not be evaluated (pushed state from an OFF button).
14.4.15 Switch OFF the Mains 2 Contactor Immediately

(XP0 Cable Disconnected)
• System is in “ON” state and mains 2 contactor is switched ON. If both remote buttons (ON
and OFF) have got the analog voltage higher than 4.5 V, the mains contactor should be
switched OFF immediately (XP0 cable disconnected).

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.16 Different Fault Conditions
• If the system is in “OFF” state (not in the blocking state) and one OFF button (remote or
local) is pressed, the standby LED is flashing.
• If the PCB is powered up and the analog voltage from port PTB0 (remote button ON) is less
than 1.0 Volt (short circuit or pressed), the standby LED and all LEDs from port PTF (LED
D45, LED D46, LED D47, LED D48, LED D49, LED D15, LED D16 are flashing.
• If the CPU did not switch ON the “mains 2 contactor” and the input signal from PTH0 is LOW
 fault condition, the standby LED is flashing (could be short circuit from transistor T8 on
PCB U539).
• Inrush relay is switched ON (port PTA5 set to HIGH).
After 1100 ms plus 50 ms waiting time, the analog input voltage from analog input port
PTB7 is checked (proportional to voltage drop on inrush resistors). If the analog input volt-
age is less than 3.0 Volt, the software must switch OFF the system (main 1 contactor and
main 2 contactor) immediately.
14.4.17 Standby LED (ON button)
• The standby LED should be switched ON directly after the CPU is running.
• If the system is in “OFF” state (not in the blocking state) and one OFF button (remote or
local) is pressed, the standby LED must be flashing.
• If the PCB is powered up and the analog voltage from port PTB0 (remote button ON) is less
than 1.0 Volt (short circuit or pressed), the standby LED is flashing
 fault condition.
• CPU did not switch ON the “mains 2 contactor” and the input signal from PTH0 is LOW
 fault condition.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
14.4.18 Block Diagram U539h/j HC08 I/O Ports
remote MAINS 2
PTA6 contactor
PTA2
ON PTB0 PTH0
MAINS 1
PTA3 PTA4
contactor
OFF PTB1
PTA5 INRUSH
local contactor
ON PTB2
PTA1 Workstation 1
PTD0
/WS_1 +12V power supply
OFF
PTB3 HC08 workstation 1
PTC4
CPU /WS_2 +12V
Workstation 2
power supply
PTE2
workstation 2
PTA7 Workstation 3
Jumper J1 PTD4
WS 1 present /WS_3 +12V
PTE3 power supply
Jumper J2 workstation 3
PTD5
WS 2 present
Jumper J3 PTD6
WS 3 present Stand by
PTC5 LED
Jumper J4 PTD7
Jumper J5 PTD3 check

PTB7 INRUSH
contactor
Fig. 14-26 Block diagram U539h/j HC08 I/O ports

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
15
Image Memory
System
Module 11
Ziehm Vision
280721/280723/280725 - 01/03/2017
Ziehm Vision
280721/280723/280725 - 01/03/2017
15 Image Memory System
15.1 NGIS MiRa
15.1.1 Features
Mains 100 – 240 VAC
Mains Cycles 50/60 Hz
Rating 300 W
CPU COM Express Module
Harddisk 8 GB Partition for system, Ziehm file system for images
Number of Images 500 / 5,000 / 10,000 / 30,000 / 55,000 / 65,000 / 100,000
Patient Folder System Mosaic system with 16 thumbnail images and search function
Video Input Camera Link, CoaxPress
Scan Rate 36 MHz
Pixels 1024 × 1024 × 10 Bit
Digital Image Processing 16Bit
Filtering Stack Filter: 1....16

Recursive Filter: 0....3
Real-time Edge Filter: 0....4
ZAIP Filter (Ziehm Adaptive Image Processing)
Subtraction DSA, MSA, RSA, Auto MSA, Auto RSA Phase 1;

with Pixel Shift and Landmarking
Post Processing Rotation, Zoom, Image reversal, Windowing, Measurement,

Inversion, Text Overlay, Smart Annotation
Cine 1 / 2 / 4 / 8 / 12.5 / 25 frames per second

Length: 100, 200, 300, 400 images or auto length
Monitor BNC-SOG, 1024×1024 50 Hz (USA 60 Hz) progressive

DVI, SXGA 1280×1024 60 Hz progressive
VIDEO OUT external 50 Hz CCIR / 60Hz EIA
Interfaces CAN, USB, RS232, SCSI, Ethernet, Vision Center Interface,

(VGA + keyboard for service), USB 3.0
Ziehm Vision 15-1

280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
DVD drive for backup, TIF images, DICOM images or Multimedia format
USB front side port for backup, TIF images or DICOM images; for Service Key
DICOM RJ-45
Storage / Query / Retrieve / Print / Worklist / MPPS / Storage
commitment / Media Storage
Paper Printer UP960, UP980, UP970/971, UP990/991
Injector Pump via potential free contact
NOTE
The availability of features depends on the installed options.
15.1.2 Overview
Fig. 15-1 Module 11 overview (symbolic view)
15-2 Ziehm Vision

280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 15-2
15.1.2.1
Ziehm Vision
A

Front View
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
B
Module 11 front view

TFT3
GL1+ GL1- TFT1 GL2+ GL2- TFT2
--- Video Outputs ---
MiRa/HiPe - View B 1
PFS 2 TFT 1/2 Printer
C
3
50 I.I.
60 FD IN L R Split DS DVI-L DVI-R
USB1 3 5
2 4 6
LAN2 VGA RS232 & PWR+5V / +12V
TFT 1/2 female
LAN1 CAN 1 0

D
Printer male
Usage of USB ports: Power

- DVD drive
- option stick
- external USB port Supply
- service keyboard
- ...

PFS...Potential Free Contact MiRa/HiPe - View B incl. Labelling
Drawn 09.04.2015 C. Hurle
E
Released 09.04.2015 F. Sachse BLK_Next-Generation-Imaging-System_V1.07 n.a.
Ziehm Module
Family of Ziehm Imaging Systems 11
LOw PErformance
MId RAnge Scale Size Page
HIgh PErfomance N/A A3 5 of 6

15-3
1 2 3 4 5 6
15-4
Fig. 15-3
A 15.1.2.2
0
I I
I I
II
MiRa/HiPe - View A I I I
Multi-I/O VSYN Fiber Giga CAN1 CAN2 CAN P0 VSYN Select

CP CP Link Gen

Side View
3D DVI-OUT DVI-L2 DVI-R2 DVI-IN2 DVI-IN1 Camera Link CoaxPress

B
OPTIONAL HiPe only
Module 11 side view

C
MiRa/HiPe - View C
NGIS Platform MiRa

BIOS: XXX

D
Part-No.: 145679 BARCODE
Serial-No.: 1234567890 BARCODE
Date of Manufacturing: dd.mm.yyyy
Quality-Check:Signature
Manufactured by: Ziehm Imaging GmbH
Donaustr. 31, D-90451 Nuremberg, Germany
OPTIONAL for HiPe

NGIS Platform HiPe
BIOS: XXX Date Name Signature Description
Part-No.: 145680 BARCODE Drawn 09.04.2015 C. Hurle MiRa/HiPe - View A+C incl. Labelling
E
Serial-No.: 1234567890 Filename Part No/Drawing No
BARCODE
Date of Manufacturing: dd.mm.yyyy
Ziehm Module
Quality-Check:Signature Family of Ziehm Imaging Systems 11
LOw PErformance
Manufactured by: Ziehm Imaging GmbH MId RAnge Scale Size Page
Donaustr. 31, D-90451 Nuremberg, Germany

280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig. 15-4
15.1.2.3
Ziehm Vision
Lower Level Upper Level(s)
A
Lüfter
Fan 11 Lüfter
Fan 22 Fan1
Lüfter 1 Lüfter
Fan 22

Inside View
optional:
SATA
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
B
3D graphics
Harddisk board inside!
(above harddisk)

3,5"
Module 11 inside view

Ziehm Hardware 2
PCIe x16 (straddle mount)
View A
View C
Baseboard Ziehm Hardware 1

C
Pinout:
LOPE: N/A;
COM
Express
Module ATX ATX
(Type 6,10)
Power Power
Supply Supply
MIRA/HIPE: 2 levels; refer to View A

1U 1U

D
2.0 2.0 3.0 4kV
USB1 USB3 USB5 LAN2 VGA RS232 & PWR Video IN Video OUT: L,R,S,DS Multi I/O 1 Multi I/O 2
USB2 USB4 USB6 DVI-L DVI-R
LAN1 CAN

Drawn 09.04.2015 C. Hurle Overview Architecture
E View B Filename Part No/Drawing No
Ziehm Module
Family of Ziehm Imaging Systems 11
LOw PErformance
MId RAnge Scale Size Page

15-5
15.2 Configuring U713
This board is capable of doing both 50 Hz and 60 Hz, for image intensifiers and flat-panel detec-
tors.
Furthermore for flat-panel systems, the digital video input can be selected between Camera Link
and CoaxPress.
This U713 board needs to be configured for the system where the image memory is used in.
Configuration is done via DIP switches.
SW1 50/60 Hz switch Set to '0' means 50 Hz

Set to '1' means 60 Hz
SW2 FD/I.I. switch Set to '0' means I.I.

Set to '1' means FD
SW3 Not used
SW4 Camera Link / CoaxPress Set to '0' means Camera Link

Switch
Set to '1' means CoaxPress
View on U713 50 I.I. N/A Camera Link

0 0 0 0
| | | |
1 1 1 1
60 FD N/A CoaxPress
Table 15-1 Configuring U713

+
1 1 Power
+ - female + - female
Supply
pot.
free
Touch 1 Touch 2 Camera
contact
Touch 3
OUT
TFT 1/2 Printer
50 II Link
L R Split DS
+
+
+
+
1 1
female male
1
Config IN 2 DVI-L1 DVI-R1

50 II
60 FD ...
3
USB 2.0 USB 2.0 USB 3.0
Coax
1
female
USB 2.0 USB 2.0 USB 3.0
VGA
female
RS232 & PWR 60 FD

+5V / +12V
Press
O
I
Fig. 15-5 Configuring U713
15-6 Ziehm Vision

280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
15.3 Configuring U714
The coding switch on the U174 is used in order to set up the radiation indication lamp type and
the flatscreen type.
Code Table
Position Radiation indication lamp type Flatscreen type
0 bulb 18.1" flatscreen / 19" DUO flatscreen

1 bulb 20.8" flatscreen
2 LED 18.1" flatscreen
3 LED 20.8" flatscreen
4 bulb 24" flatscreen

5 LED 24" flatscreen
6 not yet defined not yet defined
8
.
. not yet defined not yet defined
.
F
Table 15-2 Configuring 714
0
I I
+
I I
+
+
+
II
I I I
Multi I/O VSYN CP

male female Fiber
Gen- Sel.
CP Giga CAN 1,2 CAN-P0
Vsyn
Link
Coax
DVI-IN1 Camera-Link Press
NOTE
The 19" DUO monitor is equipped with a LED radiation indication lamp.
Anyhow, the configuration is set to position 0.
Ziehm Vision 15-7

280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
15.4 V2 1K
15.4.1 Features
Mains 100 – 240 VAC
Mains Cycles 50/60 Hz
Rating 300 W
CPU IB930
Harddisk 8 GB Partition for system, Ziehm file system for images
Number of Images 500 / 5,000 / 10,000 / 30,000 / 55,000 / 65,000 / 100,000
Patient Folder System Mosaic system with 16 small images and search function
Video Input Camera Link, Digital Video
Scan Rate 37 MHz
Pixels 1024 × 1024 × 10 Bit
Digital Image Processing 16 Bit
Filtering Stack Filter: 1....16

Recursive Filter: 0....3
Real-time Edge Filter: 0....4
ZAIP Filter (Ziehm Adaptive Image Processing)
Subtraction DSA, MSA, RSA, Auto MSA, Auto RSA Phase 1;

with Pixel Shift and Landmarking
Post Processing Rotation, Zoom, Image reversal, Windowing, Measurement,

Inversion, Text Overlay
Cine 1 / 2 / 4 / 8 / 12.5 / 25 frames per second

Length: 100, 200, 300, 400 images or not limited
Monitor BNC-SOG, 1024 × 1024 50 Hz (USA 60 Hz) progressive

DVI, SXGA 1280 × 1024 60 Hz progressive
VIDEO OUT external 50 Hz CCIR / 60Hz EIA
Interfaces CAN, USB, RS232, SCSI, Ethernet, Vision Center Interface,

(VGA + keyboard for service), eSATA (IB930)
DVD-RW drive for backup, TIF images, DICOM images or Multimedia format
USB drive for backup, TIF images or DICOM images; for Service Key
15-8 Ziehm Vision

280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
DICOM RJ-45
Storage / Query / Retrieve / Print / Worklist / MPPS / Storage
commitment / Media Storage
Paper Printer UP960, UP980, UP970/UP971, UP990/UP991
Injector Pump via potential free contact
NOTE
The availability of features depends on the installed options.
Ziehm Vision 15-9

280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
15-10
15.4.2
to Commandprocessor U544-aux/X3 U544-main/X3
Fig. 15-7
15.4.2.1
Fiber Control
IC25 X3-B X12 X5 X10
intern intern
DIP Code- X13
F2
X9
Switch CAN +3.3V +5V
Fiber- from
P0 Sync
+3.3V intern +5.0V Power-Supply
Copper Image
Conditioning F3 +12V
Converter +12V System
CAN
V-Sync +5V +12V
X4-B
X-Ray Enable
P0 GigaLink
Jumper
DC/DC
with or without X6-A..D
Block Diagram
BDM counterpart
U578 Interface
CAN-Address
RS232 CAN 1st
U544
U 578 block diagram

Interface 1
Controller similar to SPI CAN+5V
SPI MC9S08DZ60 CAN 2nd

Micro- U544
CAN 2
controller CAN
RS232 Optos Bus 4x Connector
Interface Driver
Controller PCA82C250 CAN
3
SPI CAN
4
possibly DC separated CAN-island

connect to
+5V Mobile Stand
+12V only!
RS232 CAN X4-A
F1 Lamp Printer I/O Multipurpose
Interface Termination CAN
Driver Driver Inputs / Outputs Logic
Controller P0
CA3140 Relay
8 8
X2-B X2-A X3-A
e.g.
X-Ray relay
Door contact
Left Right Key switch
Injection pump
Flat- Flat- X-ray Sensor Printer 1 DVD
An additional board is necessary
screen screen Lamp Recorder to provide for electrical safety.
Drawn: R. Frank 21. April 2008 Drawing No.: . Unit:

V2 1K
Release: J. Matschnigg 14. Oct. 2008 File Name : BSB_U578_b.cdr
Module 11 Block Diagram U578 Imaging System
Changed: M. Ernemann 14. Oct. 2008 Page : . of .
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision
Fig. 15-8
15.4.2.2
Ziehm Vision
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
U578 schematics 1
U578 Schematics 1

Drawn: M. Ernemann Date: 13. Oct. 2008 Draw. No.: 578b-48678c-c Unit:
Release: R. Frank/J.Matschnigg Date: 27. Mar. 2009 File: U578b-c-c.scm U578b

ELWMS Interface Vision CPU
Changed: M. Braun Date: 25. Nov. 2009 Page 1 of 12
15-11
15-12
Fig. 15-9
15.4.2.3
U578 schematics 2
U578 Schematics 2


ELWMS Interface Vision Serial I/O for Flatscreens
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision
15.4.2.4
Fig. 15-10
Ziehm Vision
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
U578 schematics 3
U578 Schematics 3


ELWMS Interface Vision DVD & Printer Control
15-13
15-14
15.4.2.5
Fig. 15-11
U578 schematics 4
U578 Schematics 4
CAN Distribution

ELWMS Interface Vision CAN I/O 1
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision
15.4.2.6
Fig. 15-12
Ziehm Vision
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
U578 schematics 5
U578 Schematics 5


ELWMS Interface Vision CAN I/O 2
15-15
15-16
15.4.2.7
Fig. 15-13
U578 schematics 6
U578 Schematics 6

ELWMS Interface Vision Termination Logic
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision
15.4.2.8
Fig. 15-14
Ziehm Vision
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
U578 schematics 7
U578 Schematics 7

ELWMS Interface Vision Lamp + Sensor
15-17
15-18
15.4.2.9
Fig. 15-15
U578 schematics 8
U578 Schematics 8

ELWMS Interface Vision Fiber-c opper_GigaLink
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision
Fig. 15-16
Ziehm Vision
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
U578 schematics 9
15.4.2.10 U578 Schematics 9

ELWMS Interface Vision Varian Interface
15-19
15-20
Fig. 15-17
U578 schematics 10
15.4.2.11 U578 Schematics 10

ELWMS Interface Vision External I/O´s
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision
Fig. 15-18
Ziehm Vision
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
U578 schematics11
15.4.2.12 U578 Schematics 11

ELWMS Interface Vision External I/O´s / COM3
15-21
15-22
Fig. 15-19
U578 schematics 12
15.4.2.13 U578 Schematics 12

ELWMS Interface Vision Power
Changed: M. Braun of 12 Date: 25. Nov. 2009 Page 12
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision
15.4.3 With U674 Framegrabber
The following pages show the image memory system with the U674 framegrabber
For more information see also (→ Ch. 15.4.4, p. 15-27).
Ziehm Vision 15-23

280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision 15-24
Module 11 front view Fig. 15-20
E
B
A
D
C
1
O
+5V / +12V
PWR1
I
POWER SUPPLY 300W
PWR2
+5V / +12V
2
USB5 USB4 USB3 USB2

SLOT8
Keyboard
Ethernet VGA USB1 Mouse
+
SLOT9
CPU
SLOT 7
COM4
eSATA Parallel
+
SLOT6
3
TFT 2 GL1+ GL1- GL2+ GL2- TFT 3

+
+
Center
SLOT5
TFT 1
Interface
+
DVI-L DVI-R DS2 DS1

SLOT4
Graphics
L1
S1
Drawn
L2
S2
Released
L3
S3
SLOT3
4
Date
R1
Camera Link CAN IN

R2
Name
Reviewed 10.05.2013 A. Jooß

10.05.2013 C. Hurle
10.05.2013 R. Frank
SLOT2
R3
Grabber
DS3
|
|
FD|II
60|50
Ethernet CP
NIC
SLOT1
Filename
Signature (1st page) Description
5
with CPU IB930

V2 1k Imaging System
BLK_V2_1k_ImgSys_IB930_V1.06
Front View with Ziehm Boards
Scale
N/A
Ziehm Module
6
Part No/Drawing No
Size
A3
Page
11
N/A
2 of 5
Front View 15.4.3.1
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
15-25 Ziehm Vision
Module 11 side view Fig. 15-21
E
B
A
D
C
II
I
U578
0
I
I I I
I I
SLOT 10
1
TFT 1/2
Printer / DVD
2
Multi I/O
VSYN CPVSYN
CP
Fiber
3
P0
Link
Giga
Drawn
Released
4
Date
4 2
3 1
Name
Reviewed 10.05.2013 A. Jooß

10.05.2013 C. Hurle
10.05.2013 R. Frank
Filename
Signature (1st page) Description
5
with CPU IB930

V2 1k Imaging System
Side View with Ziehm Board
BLK_V2_1k_ImgSys_IB930_V1.06
Scale
N/A
Ziehm Module
6
Part No/Drawing No
Size
A3
Front
Page
11
N/A
3 of 5
Side View 15.4.3.2
1 2 3 4 5 6
15-26
15.4.3.3
Fig. 15-22
A
Network Interface Card (NIC)
1
PCI
2
X3 X4 X1 Frame Grabber Board
PCI
16 2 80

3
Inside View
Split Right DownScale

Left
Analog OUT
4
X1 Graphics Board X18 X17 X21 X22 X23 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 ISA
B
VGA-DVI
Module 11 inside view

5
Center Interface Board X27 X26 X22 X18 X9 X10 X15 X13
PCI
10
TFT 1
Front
6
3 CAN eSATA Parallel

6 20 14 10 10 10
FAN
7
CPU IB930 SATA VGA-DVI Sound COM1 COM2 COM3 SATA LPT USB5 USB4 USB3 USB2 COM 4
PISA
FAN
C 10
3
USB5 USB4 USB3 USB2
SLOT 8
external Sync
w/wo MW
Power ATX
+5V/+12V +5V/+12V
X12 X5 SLOT 10 U578 ELWMS Interface X10 X13
PWR 1 PWR 2
4 4 20 4 4

D
ATX
Power Supply
4
Harddrive 1
Date Name Signature (1st page) Description

Drawn 10.05.2013 C. Hurle Inside View with Ziehm Boards and cabling
E
Reviewed 10.05.2013 A. Jooß Filename Part No/Drawing No
Released 10.05.2013 R. Frank BLK_V2_1k_ImgSys_IB930_V1.06 N/A
Ziehm Module
V2 1k Imaging System 11
Scale Size Page
with CPU IB930 N/A A3 5 of 5

280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision
15.4.4 Configuring U674
In image memory systems shipped as from October 2011 a new framegrabber board is used.
This board is capable of doing 50Hz and 60Hz, image intensifiers and flat panels. Using this
board, no auxiliary frame grabber for FD systems is required anymore.
This U674 board needs to be configured for the system the image memory is used in. Configura-
tion is done via DIP switches
SW1 50/60Hz Switch Set to ‘0’, means 50 Hz

Set to ‘1’ means 60Hz
SW2 FD Switch Set to ‘0’, means I.I.

Set to ‘1’ means FD
(and always 50Hz)
SW3 Not used
SW4 Not used
View on 60Hz [1---0] 50Hz

U674
FD [1---0] I.I.
N/A [1---0] N/A
N/A [1---0] N/A
PWR1 PWR2
+ + +
+
L1 L2 L3 R1 R2 R3
COM4 TFT 1
+5V / +12V +5V / +12V

S1 S2 S3 DS3
60Hz 50Hz
Keyboard
Mouse
USB2
TFT 3
DS2 DS1
+
FD I.I.
USB1
Parallel
IN
GL1+ GL1- GL2+ GL2-
USB3
DVI-R
CAN
VGA
USB4
eSATA
+
Ethernet CP
Camera Link
Ethernet
TFT 2
DVI-L
USB5
+
O
I
CPU U621 Graphics Grabber NIC
POWER SUPPLY 300W
Ziehm Vision 15-27

280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
15.4.5 Configuring U578
The coding switch on the U578 is used in order to set up the X-ray lamp type and the flat screen
type.
Code Table
Position X-ray lamp Type Flat screen type
0 Bulb 18.1" flat screen / 19" DUO flat screen

1 Bulb 20.8" flat screen
2 LED 18.1" flat screen
3 LED 20.8" flat screen
4 Bulb 26.0" flat screen ENDO

5 LED 26.0" flat screen ENDO
8
.
. not yet defined not yet defined
.
F
0
I I
Giga
I I
I I
I I I
Link 4 2
TFT 1/2 VSYN CP VSYN Fiber
Printer / DVD Multi I/O CP P0 3 1
U578
NOTE
The 19" DUO monitor is equipped with an LED radiation lamp.
Anyhow, the configuration is set to position 0.
15-28 Ziehm Vision

280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
15.5
OFFSET GAIN
Fig. 15-25
Ziehm Vision
CCD camera analog video signal digital video signal VIGNETING
LUT GAMMA
LUT
visible
light
for dose regulation
Image intensifier
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
auto adjust machine 0 - 16383 machine data
during boot data gain 14 BIT gamma level
X-Ray beam
for video regulation

machine machine dose
Regulation block diagram i.i.

data iris data ccd regulation
fill level machine data OFFSET
black level
video
regulation
kV/mA
curve PPC machine data
white level GAIN
Regulation Block Diagram I.I.
CAN
image
kV, mA, pulse width processing
X-Ray generator
image
display

Release: P. Berauer 16.Mar.2004 File Name : DoseandVideoReg_b.cdr Ziehm Vision
Module 11 Dose and Video Regulation
Changed: R. Sörgel 28.Jan.2008 Page : 1 of 1
15-29
15-30
15.6
U674
Digital GAIN
Fig. 15-26
Command Format
camera link
Processor Binning Converter GAMMA
digital
video LUT
for dose regulation
signal
data bus:
gigalink
Flat Detector
machine data format machine data 0 - 4095 machine data

Binning setting Digital Gain FD 12 BIT level
X-Ray beam gamma

machine data
Dose Gain
dose machine data OFFSET
machine data
CCD / FD Fill regulation black level
video
PPC kV/mA
regulation
curve machine data
white level GAIN
Regulation block diagram FD (aSi panel)

image
CAN processing
kV, mA, pulse width
image
X-Ray generator processing
Regulation Block Diagram FD (aSi Panel)
image
display

Release: P. Berauer 16.Mar.2004 File Name : DoseandVideoReg_FD_c_s.cdr
Ziehm
Module 11 Dose and Video Regulation FD Vision FD
Changed: R. Sörgel 16.July 2013 Page : of
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
Ziehm Vision
U713 15.7
Digital GAIN
Fig. 15-27
Ziehm Vision
CoaxPress Format
CCU Binning Converter GAMMA
digital
video LUT
for dose regulation
signal
CMOS
Flat Detector
machine data format machine data 0 - 4095 machine data
280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
Binning setting Digital Gain FD 12 BIT level
X-Ray beam gamma

machine data
Dose Gain
dose machine data OFFSET
machine data
CCD / FD Fill regulation black level
video
PPC kV/mA
regulation
curve machine data
white level GAIN
Regulation block diagram FD (CMOS panel)

image
CAN processing
kV, mA, pulse width
image
X-Ray generator processing
image
display
Regulation Block Diagram FD (CMOS Panel)
14.12.15
15-31
15-32 Ziehm Vision

280721/280723/280725 - 01/02/2017
16
DICOM
Configuration Manual

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/03/2017
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/03/2017
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
16.1 Overview
DICOM means Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine. This worldwide standard was
developed by ACR and NEMA for the exchange of information between digital imaging computer
systems in medical environments.
The Ziehm C-arm can be supplied with 5 DICOM options:
1 With the DICOM Storage option you can send X-ray documentation to a DICOM computer
network. With DICOM Storage Commitment you can get a confirmation from the archive
that an image is saved.
2 With the DICOM Media Storage option you can save X-ray documentation to a USB mem-
ory stick or DVD/CD.
3 The DICOM Query/Retrieve option is used to query patient, study, series and image data
from a computer network.
4 The DICOM Worklist option is used to query a worklist job for today from a computer net-
work. MPPS can be used to send worklist jobs into the status "in progress" and finally "com-
pleted".
5 The DICOM Basic Grayscale Print option is used to print X-ray images to a computer net-
work.
The basic document of the DICOM application is the "Conformance Statement", which is obliga-
tion for every "DICOM participant". With this document you can decide whether the communica-
tion between Ziehm C-arm (SCU = Service Class User) and server (SCP = Service Class
Provider) will be successful.
The DICOM transmission needs the network parameters described in the following section:

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.2 Description of the Network Parameters
• IP address
(IP = Internet Protocol)
Every participant in the network gets an IP-address,
a 32-bit number, dotted decimal notation:
i.e. 192.168.127.80,
with 192.168.127 group address and 80 single participant
• IP subnet mask
255.255.255.0 (subnet mask "AND" IP address = group address)
• Hostname (for servers not applicable from software 5.20)
Name of the participant in the network, i.e. sun-server with definite assignment to IP
address.
• AE Title
(Application Entity)
Name of the DICOM application on the server, i.e. INOARCHIVE for DICOM Storage.
Must be 1 to 16 characters long, otherwise you will get an error message.
• Port address Ziehm Net Port (Client)
Only important for Image Retrieve / Storage Commitment.
At this listen port the Ziehm NetPort is waiting for instructions from server.
Port address configurable, 1025 and above
• Port address DICOM Server
At this listen port the server is waiting for instructions from Ziehm NetPort.
• IP Address Gateway
If the group of server and Ziehm NetPort is not the same, you have to define a gateway.
i.e. 192.168.127.250.
NOTE
Please avoid leading zeros in IP addresses.
For example:
Wrong 192.168.127.080
Correct 192.168.127.80

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.3 Entering the DICOM Configuration
16.3.1 Client Configuration, Manual / DHCP
It is possible to retrieve IP and DNS addresses automatically. The addresses will be retrieved
when pressing the "Apply" button if the corresponding option is enabled. The retrieved address is
stored in the fiile"ae_titel.new"
The address now is used as a static address.
If no address was retrieved, the current settings will be kept.
The address can be displayed in the service mode "System Settings" selection "ifconfig".
Fig. 16-1 Client configuration form with DHCP (example parameters)

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.4 Configuring DICOM Servers
16.4.1 Configuring DICOM Media
By clicking "DICOM media" you will get the Media class configuration form.
Fig. 16-2 Media class configuration form
The image attributes in this dialog are used to apply the filter algorithms of the image memory to
the DICOM images which will be transmitted to the storage medium.
• Setting "off": The attributes are deactivated and the raw image data will be transmitted.
• Setting "on + Annot": The Attributes Rotation, Horizontal mirror, Vertical mirror, Windowing,
Edge enhancement, Invert and Zoom will be applied to the transmitted image.
• Setting "on + Overlay": Same as setting "on + Annot", additionally the text overlay will be
applied to the image.
An additional network parameter is the SOP (= Service Object Pair) Class:
• XA = X-ray-Angiography
• CR = Computed Radiography
• SC = Secondary Capture
• RF = Radio Fluoroscopy
• RG = Radiographic imaging
• RT = Radiotherapy

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.4.2 Configuring DICOM Storage
To configure the storage server, you must click on "storage". Then you must select a server.
Fig. 16-3 Storage server configuration form (example parameters)
The image attributes in this dialog are used to apply the filter algorithms of the image memory to
the DICOM images which will be transmitted to the network.
• Setting "off": The attributes are deactivated and the raw image data will be transmitted.
• Setting "on + Annot": The Attributes Rotation, Horizontal mirror, Vertical mirror, Windowing,
Edge enhancement, Invert and Zoom will be applied to the transmitted image.
• Setting "on + Overlay": Same as setting "on + Annot", additionally the text overlay will be
applied to the image.
An additional network parameter is the SOP (= Service Object Pair) Class
• XA = X-ray-Angiography
• CR = Computed Radiography
• SC = Secondary Capture
• RF = Radio Fluoroscopy
• RG = Radiographic imaging
• RT = Radiotherapy

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
In order to reduce the file size of the transmitted images, the values "Image size" and "Bits allo-
cated" can be selected.
"1024 × 1024" and "16 Bit" is the original resolution of the image memory system.
"Test" tests the association negotiation between SCU and SCP (inclusive "ping"), sends an ECHO
request to SCP and waits for ECHO response (→ p. 16-15).
In case of success you will get the message "Verification successful".
"Apply" will store the settings in the file "ae_titel.new". "Discard" will restore the old settings.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.4.3 Configuring DICOM Storage Commitment
Fig. 16-4 Storage server configuration form (example parameters)
Set up the server configuration and press test (→ p. 16-15).

If the test was successful, a message box "Ask Commitment for stored images ?" appears.
Press "YES" in order to activate automatic Storage Commitment.
Automatic Storage Commitment means:
After successful DICOM Store the Ziehm C-arm sends a Commitment Request to the commit-
ment server and waits asynchronously for the response until the C-arm is switched OFF.
Otherwise:
The Commitment Request is sent by pressing the commitment key in the user dialog.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.4.4 Configuring DICOM Query / Retrieve
To configure the query server, you must click on "Query". Then you must select a server.
Fig. 16-5 Query server configuration form (example parameters)
An additional network parameter is the Query-level.

PATIENT_ROOT: data on patient-level (box not checked) or STUDY_ROOT: data on study-level
The Ziehm NetPort supplies the same result in both models.
In order to set up a separate retrieve server, the query server has to be cloned (→ p. 16-12).
E.g., rename the cloned server to retrieve_server=0. The number must not be 1.
"Test" tests the Association Negotiation between SCU and SCP (inclusive "ping"), sends an
ECHO request to SCP and waits for ECHO response (→ p. 16-15).
In case of success you will get the message "Verification successful".

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.4.5 Configuring DICOM Worklist
To configure the worklist server, you must click on "Worklist". Then you must select a server.
Fig. 16-6 Worklist server configuration form (example parameters)
The matching keys will filter information of the transmitted worklist.

• Class Modality: select type of images contained in worklist items to appear
• Station AE title: only worklist items for the AE Title configured in the text box will appear in
the worklist
No entry: worklist items for any AE Title will appear in the worklist
• Location: description of location Ziehm NetPort, i.e. OP1, ...
Additionally:
• Operator: mandatory tag operator’s name required for MPPS

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.4.6 Configuring DICOM MPPS
To configure the MPPS server, you must click on "MPPS". Then you must select a server.
Fig. 16-7 MPPS server configuration form (example parameters)

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.4.7 Configuring DICOM Basic Grayscale Print
To configure the print server, you must press "Print". Then you must select a server.
Fig. 16-8 Print server configuration screen (sample parameters)
Additional parameters for printer configuration:

• Number of copies: default 1 (1...10)
• Print Priority: default <empty string> (HIGH, MED, LOW)
• Medium Type: default <empty string> (PAPER, CLEAR FILM, BLUE FILM)
• Film Destination: default <empty string>
(MAGAZINE, PROCESSOR, BIN_1, BIN_2, ... BIN_9)
• Film Session Label: default <free text>
• ID Film Size: default <empty string> (8INX10IN, 8_5INX11IN, 10INX12IN, 10INX14IN,
11INX14IN, 11INX17IN, 14INX14IN, 14INX17IN, 24CMX24CM, 24CMX30CM, A4, A3)
• Number/Page: default 1 (1, 2, 4, 6, 9, 12, 15, 16, 20, 24) "Multiform"
• Min/Max Density: default <empty string> (0...65535)
• Magn. Type: NONE, REPLICATE, CUBIC, BILINEAR
• Film Orientation: LANDSCAPE, PORTRAIT

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.4.8 Cloning Servers
You can add up to 5 server configurations to every server class by using the "Clone" function.
• Press an existing server name to select the server.
• Press "Clone".
• The tree of servers will collapse.
• Expand the corresponding server tree.
• Now the new configuration including the new server will be loaded.
The server will be named like the existing server suffixed with "-clone".
Additional server settings are necessary for:
• Separate servers for query and retrieve
• Separate servers for storage and storage commitment
• Separate servers for Worklist and MPPS
• Navigation systems. For navigation systems, the additional server stores images automat-
ically.
Fig. 16-9 Example for cloned servers
You may activate or deactivate a storage server by checking or unchecking the Server Active
check box.
The active storage server can as well be selected by the user (→ p. 16-14).

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.4.9 Configuring a Navigation Server
• Clone a storage server.

• Name it net_navigation=2 (server name is the top entry).
• Configure the server settings.
• Change to "Config", "Operation Settings".
• Select a navigation server from the drop-down menu.
• Mark "Navigation" and press "Apply"
• Now every image is stored automatically to the navigation server.
Navigation
enable
Navigation
server selection
Fig. 16-10 Configuration window with "Navigation" enable and server selection

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.4.10 Selecting the Storage Server
In the user configuration "Storage media" the different storage servers can be activated by using
the drop-down menu.
Storage server
selection
Fig. 16-11 Configuration window with storage server selection

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
16.4.11 Test of the Configuration with DICOM Verification (Echo)
After configuration of each server you can directly test with button "Test". The verification consists
of a "ping"-call and a test of the "Association Negotiation".
The following error messages may occur:
Error message Cause(s)
No connection to server Server hardware is switched off

(or ping failed)
IP address of DICOM server is not correctly entered
Gateway is not set
Subnet mask is not correctly entered
Network is interrupted
OV[4]: Failed to establish associa- Server is not switched on

tion
Port-Address DICOM Server is not correctly
entered
IP-address DICOM Server is not correctly entered
IP Subnet Mask is not correctly entered
Unable to resolve host name to IP Hostname DICOM Server not correctly entered
address [v5]
OV[5]: Association rejected: Wrong AE Title DICOM Server is not correctly entered
server (client) aetitle
AE Title ZIEHM NETPORT is not correctly entered
(when registered on server)
System is not registered on server (if server
requires registration)
OV[4]: Failed to establish associa- Port-Address DICOM Server does not exist
tion
Application on server doesn't run
Required Configuration Info Wrong mergecom.app

Missing [v5]
MERGE.INI file cannot be loaded Software error

[v1]
Network unexpectedly shutdown Server sends no ECHO-Response but Association

[v11] Negotiation is OK!
Message service unacceptable for Wrong mergecom.app

this association [v8]
No STANDARD_ECHO defined
Time out waiting on network

partner [v11]

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Error message Cause(s)
Network partner sent an invalid Server does not support Command C_ECHO-RQ
message [v11]
Service STANDARD_ECHO
(in some cases you have to shut down the server)
Code numbers 0-15 are positions in source code, v for Verify, error messages from Storage are
labeled by s, from Query q, from Worklist w and from Print p.
16.5 DICOM Conformance Statement
For more information on DICOM, please refer to our DICOM Conformance Statement.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17
Software Tools

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/03/2017
280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/03/2017
17 Software Tools
17.1 Vision Studio
NOTE
Vision Studio is not intended for use with systems running NGP software (SW ver-
sion as from 6.xx).
Software update on CAN Modules is performed by using the service key as part of
the Image Memory update procedure.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.2 Service Toolbar
In order to download and upload machine data, program single module and convert generator
from S to R Type, a Service Toolbar is available.
If a Service Key with a valid "ServiceKeyN.dat" file is connected, a button "Toolbar" is shown in
the upper right corner of the touchscreen.
Toolbar button
Fig. 17-1 "Toolbar" button
When the "Toolbar" button is pressed, the Service Toolbar appears.
Service toolbar
Fig. 17-2 Service Toolbar

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
In order to use the functions, the MainUnit Software needs to be stopped.
• Select "MainUnit" and then press the "Yes" button.
Fig. 17-3 Shutdown MainUnit
• Select "CAN Updater".
Fig. 17-4 Service Toolbar "Info"

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
There is one tab to perform the following:
− Changing generator type by "Generator Controller Reprogram"

This requires special permisson on the Service Key.
NOTE
If a module has lost its software, it may be restored by performing a software
update. The module is recognized by the bootloader, and the software will be
restored.
17.2.1 Generator Controller Reprogram
If a generator board needs to be replaced, the correct machine data have to be installed to the
new controller. This is performed by using the "Generator Controller Reprogram" tab.
A file in the format "mdxx_hhhhh.gen.json" is supplied with the Generator, where
− xx is the version of the machine data,
− hhhh is the housing number of the generator.
• Copy this file to the Service Key.
• Select "Generator Controller Reprogram".
Fig. 17-5 "Generator Controller Reprogram" tab
• Press "select file" and select the previously copied file.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
Fig. 17-6 Select generator file
• Press "Open" and "Start programming".
• Wait until the message “Programming GeneratorController machine data to … successful.

done.” is displayed.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.2.2 Additional Functions in SW 7.02
As from SW 7.02 a new "Tools" button has been added to the service toolbar. This provides func-
tions for accessing the console of the system temporarily.
Fig. 17-7 Service toolbar with "Tools" button
As from SW 7.02 a keyboard connected to the system must be activated to work properly.
NOTICE
Be careful when using the terminal console! Wrong commands may damage the
system. Follow the instructions given by Ziehm Imaging Member Service.
To activate the keyboard and access the console, do the following:
• Download the OTPW package from the Ziehm Imaging Member Service.
• Copy this package into the "SW-Update" folder on the service key in the same way as a soft-
ware update.
• Connect the service key to the USB port.
Fig. 17-8 Service toolbar with "Open System" menu item
• Press "Open System" in the "Tools  Security" menu.
Fig. 17-9 Service toolbar with "Load Package" menu item
• Press "Load Package" from the "Tools  System" menu.

The package is installed on the system. Additionally, an encrypted password list is created in
the root directory of the service key.
The name format of the password list is as follows:
<serial number>_<date>_<time>_keylist
Example: 52064_2016-09-20_17.10.03_keylist

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
• Connect the keyboard to the USB port. Use a USB hub to accommodate connecting service
key and keyboard in parallel. Alternatively, you may use a free USB port at the image memory.
The keyboard is activated. SSH (Secure Shell) access is enabled.
Fig. 17-10 Service toolbar with "Terminal" menu item
• Press "Terminal" in the "Tools  System" menu.

A terminal window is displayed.
Fig. 17-11 Terminal window (example)
• On the keyboard type login name "root" and hit the Enter key.
Now the system asks for a password number. Note down that number.
• In order to get the password, send the encrypted password list to Ziehm Imaging service
department via e-mail, stating the requested number.
• Receive the password from Ziehm Imaging service department. This password has to be
entered within 10 hours, starting from the time of login. The system must be up and running
during this period.
After the password has been entered, access is granted until the terminal window is closed or
the system is switched off.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
• To log in again, a new password must be requested.

The encrypted password list sent to service department is valid for 5 days. After this period, or
if "Secure System" is selected in the "Tools  Security" menu, a new package has to be down-
loaded from the Ziehm Imaging Member Service and loaded into the system in order to grant
access again.
Fig. 17-12 Service toolbar with "Secure System" menu item
NOTICE
Closing the terminal window leaves the SSH access still enabled.
After completing your work successfully, secure the system by selecting "Secure
System" from the "Tools  Security" menu.
The "Switch to production encryption key" menu item is only relevant for production purposes.
Selecting this function during field service will have no effect.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3 Vision Center Service Settings
The service settings are used to do adjustments and set-up of the Ziehm Vision.
NOTE
Following screenshots refer to Software 6.07 and 7.01 – 7.02 (NGP).
Other software versions may show different content.
NOTE
All values, texts and settings shown in the screenshots are examples and do not
refer to a certain system setting.
17.3.1 Access to the Service Settings
There are two ways to access the service settings:

1 Password
The password will give you limited access to the service settings.
If you are an authorized person, you can obtain the password from your local Ziehm dealer.
After pressing the "Service settings" button a password window will open.
Type in the password and press the "Continue" button.
2 Service Key (USB Pen Drive)
The Service Key will give you full access to the service settings.
You will obtain a Service Key during technical training on Vision Based systems.
The Service Key is valid for 2 years after issue.
After pressing the "Service settings" button the service settings will open immediately, if a
valid service key is connected to the USB port.
Button for entering

service settings
Fig. 17-13 Configuration page with "Service settings" button

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.2 Allow Remote Service
Allows access for remote service.

Button caption is grey if "Remote Service" option not available.
In order to use remote service:
− The function has to be enabled in the Option Key (Factory default).
− The network has to be set up (client configuration in DICOM Settings) → Ch. 16.3.1, p. 16-3
− The network has to provide access to the Internet.
− A network cable has to be connected.
− The button has to be pressed and must light up yellow.
During remote session:
− A splash screen will be shown during the remote session.
End of remote session:
− Shut off the system when remote session is finished in order to terminate the connection.
Fig. 17-14 Remote Service activated
Fig. 17-15 Splash screen during remote session

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.3 Service Settings Start Screen
After entering the service settings the following screen will be displayed:
Anatomic Mode Active Mode Displays

selection indication
Title Bar
Input box
Check box
Buttons
Text box
Sub-Tabs for Service

mode selection
Tabs for Service

mode selection
Fig. 17-16 Service mode start screen

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.4 "Dose" Service Mode
After entering the service settings, the "Dose" service mode will be shown.
By pressing the sub-tabs the input boxes will change.
All other controls and indicators will remain the same as long as the "Dose" service mode is active.
Symbol(s) Meaning
Drop-down list to select anatomic mode to be adjusted.
• Press "Test" button to activate new selection

High Quality. Selects the high quality supplementary
function for adjustment.
• Press "Test" button to activate this selection

Adipose Patient. Selects Adipose Patient
supplementary function for adjustment.

Snapshot. Selects the snapshot supplementary function
for adjustment.

Active mode indication. Shows currently activated mode.
New mode selection will be displayed here after the
"Test" button has been pressed
Display. Displays kV, mA and Dose area product.
kV and mA values are nominal values.
Dose value is a measured or calculated actual value.
Pulse rate and pulse length display. Shows the current
pulse rate and pulse length. Pulse rate will be "0" if Auto
Dose Reduction is active and system does not screen.
Magnify. Select the text box size for adjustment.

Histogram. Activates the histogram function for video
adjustment (→ Ch. 18.2.2, p. 18-5).
Reset Dose. Manually resets the dose display.
Metal. Activates the metal black level for adjustment.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
Symbol(s) Meaning
Clear. Clears selected text box.
Backspace. Deletes the character left of the cursor in the

selected text box.
Delete. Deletes the character right of the cursor in the

selected text box.
Numerical keypad. To enter values in the text boxes.
Apply. Stores adjustments to the machine data file.
Discard. Restores values from the machine data file.
• Press "Test" button to activate restored values.

Test. Activates new selections and values temporarily.
Values will not be stored in the machine data file.
Original values can be restored by the "Discard" button
as long as the "Apply" button has not been pressed.
Sub-tabs. Selects the different input boxes of the dose
adjustment mode.
Scroll arrows. Scroll the Sub-Tabs.
Tabs. Select the service modes.

Tabs are displayed in all service modes.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.4.1 Input Box
Fig. 17-17 Example of an Input box
The input boxes will change by selecting different sub-tabs.

For description of the particular input boxes, refer to chapter 19 "Adjustment Instructions"
(→ Ch. 18.3, p. 18-7).
17.3.4.2 Dose Service Settings with opened Drop-down List Box
Fig. 17-18 Dose service settings with opened drop-down list box
NOTE
The number of displayed anatomic modes depends on the options installed
(→ Ch. 17.3.8.1, p. 17-23).

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.5 "DICOM" Service Mode
For DICOM settings, refer to the Chapter "DICOM configuration manual" in this book (→ Ch. 16.3,
p. 16-3).
17.3.6 "Common" Service Mode
Fig. 17-19 "Common" service mode (SW 6.xx)
Fig. 17-20 "Common" service mode (SW 7.xx)

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.6.1 "Load" Functions
This function uploads files from a USB to the image memory. The files have to be located in a
folder called "NGPFiles" on the medium (→ Ch. 17.4.2, p. 17-32).
3 files can be uploaded:
1 dis8000.ini (SW <= 6.07) / machineConfig.ini (SW > 6.07 or >= 7.01)
A configuration file containing information about system settings.
2 dicomConfig.ini
The DICOM configuration file.
3 machinedata_<serial_number>.ini
This file containes regulation adjustments and settings. (e.g. dose, video....)
In order to upload the files, they have to be located in the folder "NGPFiles" and must be named
like described above.
17.3.6.2 "Save" Functions
This function saves files to USB.

The files will saved to a folder called "NGPFiles" ( → Ch. 17.4.2, p. 17-32).
If the folder "NGPFiles" does not exist, it will be created automatically. 4 files can be saved:
1 dis8000.ini (SW <= 6.07) / machineConfig.ini (SW > 6.07 or >= 7.01)
A configuration file containing information about system settings.
2 dicomConfig.ini
The DICOM configuration file.
3 SystemMessageLog
The error log file.
4 machinedata_<serial_number>.ini
This file contains regulation adjustments and settings. (e.g. dose, video....)
17.3.6.3 Log Service Task
This function will create an entry in the SystemMessageLog file:

Wed Jun 27 11:32:57 2007
Service task performed by: Name
Time and date is taken from the system clock, the name is taken from the service key.
17.3.6.4 Clear Hard Disk
This function will delete all images and patient data from the hard disk.
A message box "do you really want to clear the hard disk" will appear after this button has been
pressed.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.6.5 Make Anonymous
This function will replace all patient last names stored on the image memory hard disk by "ZIEHM"
The function will be performed immediately after this button has been pressed.
17.3.6.6 Save Startup Configuration
Using this function, a boot up configuration can be stored. Settings that can be stored are:
− Anatomic mode
− Image reversal horizontal
− Image reversal vertical
− Magnifier setting
In order to store a certain startup configuration:
• select anatomic mode, image orientation and magnifier setting in the fluoro mode.
• enter service settings, switch to tab common.
• Press button "Save boot configuration"
• Do not switch off the unit for approx. 10s after the button "Save boot configuration" has been
pressed.
After restart, the system will start in the selected modes.
17.3.6.7 Software Update
This function performs a software update from the USB stick.
17.3.6.8 Language
Allows to switch to different user interface languages.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.6.9 "Quality Check" Functions
17.3.6.9.1 Load Quality Check Directory
This function will restore an folder "Ziehm_QCC" to the archive.

This folder is located on a protected area of the hard disk. Even if the function "Clear Hard Disk"
has been performed, the folder can still be restored.
The folder contains test images. Reference images can be added by the user.
17.3.6.9.2 Store Quality Check Directory
This function will save all folders called "Ziehm_QCC" to a protected area of the hard disk.
This folders can be restored to the archive by using the function " Load Quality Check Directory"
By this function, reference images can be stored permanently to the image memory.
17.3.6.10 Database Check
Performs a check to patient data and images database.

Result will be stored in the "SystemMessageLog" file.
17.3.6.11 Beep on XRAY
Activates a sound during screening. Button will remain yellow if function is active.
17.3.6.12 Speaker Volume Control
Fig. 17-21 Speaker volume control
Move the slider to the right to increase the volume.

Press the "Set" button to activate the new setting.
The "Test" button allows to check the volume and has no additional function.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.6.13 Report Package
Opens a dialog, showing a list of report packages.

There are two types of report packages:
− System dumps
(created after a crash or serious event)
− User created report packages
(triggered from the button "create report package" from the system versions dialog).
The system dumps are named: date_time_DMP.tar.gz.
The user created report packages are named date_time_DSS.tar.gz.
Fig. 17-22 Report Package dialog
17.3.6.14 Fluoro Time
Select one of the these options:

− GROSS radiation time (absolute time, time where the footswitch or hand switch is pressed)
− NET radiation time (sum of effective pulse times without pulse pause times)
Power cycle the device in order to activate the new setting.

After the boot is finished the selected time display will be active.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.7 "Switch" Service Mode
Tap time display
Drop-down list box
Text box
Slider
Option button
Command buttons
Fig. 17-23 "Switch" service mode
17.3.7.1 Option Buttons
With the option buttons, the switch that is to be programmed is selected.

For every switch, there are 3 modes:
1 Hand/Foot switch
Sets up the function when the switch is pressed permanently.
2 Tap
Sets up the function when the switch is pressed only for a short time.
The time is set up with the slider.
3 Press interrupt
Sets up the function when the switch is released only for a short time.
The time is set up with the slider.
4 The function is selected by the corresponding drop-down list box.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.7.2 Switch Assignment in Ziehm Vision with Double Foot Switch
hand switch 1 hand switch
hand switch 2 not used
foot switch 1 left foot switch
foot switch 2 right foot switch
foot switch 3 not used
foot switch 4 not used
17.3.7.3 Switch Assignment Option Smart Vascular with Dual Plus Foot Switch
NOTE
For the "Smart Vascular" option the "Vascular Footswitch" option has to be set.
Programming of the switches will then not be possible anymore.
17.3.7.4 Drop-down List Boxes
With the drop-down list boxes the switch functions can be selected. Offered options depend on
the corresponding switch mode. The selected function will be displayed in the text box. If "No
switch function" was selected, the text box will be empty.
NOTE
A hardware setting has to be changed if a switch is reprogrammed from function
control to radiation release (→ Ch. 5.4.1, p. 5-11).
17.3.7.5 Tap Time / Press Interrupt Time Display and Slider
In order to activate the tap / press interrupt mode, a time has to be set up.
• select the tap / press interrupt mode of a switch by an option button
• select a function from the corresponding drop-down list box
• select a time by using the slider The time will be shown in the tap time display
• Press the command button "Apply"
17.3.7.6 Command Buttons
− Apply
Stores the selected configuration.
− Cancel
Discards the selected configuration and restores the current configuration.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.7.7 Smart Vascular Configuration
This option sets the foot switches to special Vascular settings. Assignment of the foot switches
will change according to the workflow. The option buttons are disabled if the option is selected.
Assignment will be displayed in the title bar of the user screen.
3-pedal foot switch "Dual Plus" or "Wireless Dual Plus" is required.
17.3.8 "System" Service Mode
The "System" service mode allows to view and download system information from the Vision.
Command button
Drop-down list box
Document window
Fig. 17-24 "System" service mode
The drop-down list box allows to select different system informations to be displayed:
− System Options
− System Versions
− Network ifconfig
− dicom.log
− SystemMessageLog
− machinedata info
The selected information will be displayed in the document window.
By pressing the button "Store", files will be stored on the USB stick in the serial number folder
(→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-33).

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.8.1 System Options
This selection will show all the system options read from the USB dongle. The options are defined
by the encrypted file "options.dat" on the USB dongle. The dongle is located at the USB port of
the image memory inside the monitor cart.
By pressing the "Store" button, the information will be stored in a file "options.html" on the USB
stick in the serial number folder (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-33).

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.8.2 System Versions
This selection shows information about software versions, firmware versions and whether a
mobile stand is detected or not.
Fig. 17-25 System versions, exported html file

(example, content depends on installed hardware)
− System version Info

Shows the global version of the software.
Shows the versions of Host, Solo Center and CAN Modules
− CAN Modules
Shows the detected CAN modules and their software versions.
− Framegrabber
Shows the board number and firmware versions of the frame grabber hardware.
− Graphics
Shows the board number and firmware version of the graphice hardware.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
− Mobile stand present / Mobile stand NOT present

Indicates, whether a mobile stand was detected or not. Detection of the mobile stand is
done by checking the CAN-sense line in the P0 cable (→ Ch. 3.1, p. 3-1).
− Serial number
Shows the serial number that is stored in the file "option.dat" ( → Ch. 17.3.8.1, p. 17-23).
− Generator Type
Shows the type (Stat / Rot) and the nominal power of the generator
− Detector Type
Shows the type and details of the detector.
Displayed amount of content depends on type of detector.
By pressing the "Store" button, the information will be stored in a "system_version.html" file in the
serial number folder of the USB stick (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-33).

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.8.3 Network ifconfig
This selection shows information about the TCP/IP network interface of the image memory.
MAC Address
Fig. 17-26 System settings, Network ifconfig
The MAC address is shown. This information is required if the connection runs via a firewall in
order to configure the firewall.
By pressing the button "Store", the information will be stored in a file "ifconfig.txt" on the USB stick
in the serial number folder (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-33).
eth0: DICOM Network

eth1: Command Processor Network (Flat Panel)

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.8.4 dicom.log
This selection shows the dicom.log file. This file contains information about DICOM connection
establishment, data transfer and connection termination.
Fig. 17-27 System settings, dicom.log
By pressing the button "Store", the information will be stored in a file "dicom.log" on the USB stick
in the serial number folder (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-33).

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.8.5 Machinedata info
This selection shows selected sections of the macinedata.ini file.
Fig. 17-28 System settings, machine data info
By pressing the button "Store", the information will be stored in a file "machinedata.info" on the
USB stick in the serial number folder (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-33).

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.8.6 SystemMessage.Log
This selection shows the SystemMessage.Log file. This file contains all occurred errors, database
check status and logged service tasks.
Some errors are not shown on the Vision Center but will only appear in the SystemMessage.Log
file.
Fig. 17-29 System settings, SystemMessage.Log
By pressing the button "Store", the file "SystemMessage.Log" will be stored on the USB stick in
the serial number folder (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-33).
NOTE
If "Delete SystemMessage.Log" option is not displayed reboot the system with the
service key connected.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.3.9 "MDATA" service mode
The "MDATA" service mode allows to save and restore system settings to the hard disk of the
Image Memory.
"Load" command button
List of saved system settings
Text text box for name

of saved file
"Delete" command button
"Save" command button
Fig. 17-30 "MDATA" service mode
NOTE
Availability of the "Delete" button depends on access level of the service key.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.4 USB Service Key
Fig. 17-31 Example content of the Service Key
17.4.1 ServiceKey.dat
The file "ServiceKeyN.dat" provides access to the service settings of the Vision Family systems
with SW 6.06 and above (NGP). The file is encrypted and will only work on the related USB stick.
Included in this file is the owners name and the expiry date. This information is stated on the USB
stick label also. A backup copy of this file may be restored to the related stick.
NOTE
It is recommended to have a backup copy of the files "ServiceKey.dat" and "Ser-
viceKeyN.dat" in case the files have been deleted from the USB stick accidentally.
NOTE
Do not format the USB stick!
Otherwise the file "serviceKey.dat" will not be valid anymore.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.4.2 "NGPFiles" folder
Fig. 17-32 "NGP Files" folder
In the "NGPFiles" folder, configuration files and the "systemMessageLog" file will be stored when
the save functions of the "Common" service mode are used. (→ Ch. 17.3.6.2, p. 17-16).
If the folder does not exist, it will be created automatically.
In order to restore the files by the load functions, the file name has to be like it was stored (see
above).
To restore a file from the serial number folder (→ Ch. 17.4.3, p. 17-33), the date information has
to be removed from the file name.
If a valid file name is found in the "NGPFiles" folder, the file will be restored to the system imme-
diately when the corresponding load button is pressed.
NOTE
The "NGPFiles" folder should be kept empty when not in use to avoid accidental
file restore.
To prevent accidental loading of a vision.md file from another device, the "machinedata.ini" file is
stored extended by the serial number of the unit. The file has the format
"machinedata_<serial_number>.ini" When loading a "vision.md" file from the service key, a
"machinedata_<serial_number>.ini" file of this device is searched for. If no such file can be found,
an error message will be displayed.

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.4.3 Serial Number Folder
Fig. 17-33 Serial number folder
The configuration files and the error log files will be copied to a folder named after the serial num-
ber of the Vision automatically when the service settings are entered with a valid service key.
If this folder does not yet exist, it will be created automatically.
There will be separate folders for every Vision unit.
The files names will be extended by the current date. Existing files will be overwritten on the same
day.
If a configuration file has to be restored, it has to be copied to the "NGPFiles" folder, and the date
information has to be removed from the file name (→ Ch. 17.4.2, p. 17-32).
Also the system information files will be stored into this folder (→ Ch. 17.3.8, p. 17-22).

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
17 Software Tools
17.4.4 "SW-update" Folder
The "SW-update" folder is required to do software updates to the image memory. This folder has
to be created manually. Update files have to be copied into this folder.
This folder must be used for all NGP systems (SW versions 6.xx and 7.xx).
For detailed SW update description refer to Work Instruction 19_2047 "Vision Software Update".

280721/280723/280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
18
Adjustment
Instructions

280721/280725 - 01/03/2017
280721/280725 - 01/03/2017
18 Adjustment Instructions
NOTE
For adjustment values refer to the document
"System Settings - Default Data Sets - NGP compatible".
(Depending on HW and SW version, refer to "GTI" document of installed SW.)
These documents can be downloaded from the Ziehm Imaging member service.
www.ziehm.com
NOTE
18.1 Dose Adjustment
18.1.1 Dose Measurement Setup
symbolic view View of the Dose chamber

on the Monitor
25mm Al + 1,5mm Cu
for Dose Rate / Dose
measurement
Fig. 18-1 Dose Measurement Setup
Dose adjustment has to be performed prior to video adjustment. The adjustment of dose is per-
formed with 25 mm Al + 1.5 mm copper put onto the generator. The dose is measured in front of
the image intensifier grid. The dose values have to be taken from system settings. You can adjust
dose with the following parameters:

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.1.2 Parameters for Dose Adjustment
− Iris Camera (Dose 1 Menu):

− This value influences the actual CCD iris collimator.
A smaller value (in percent) leads to a higher dose and vice versa.
− Dose Gain (Dose 1 Menu):

− increasing the value will decrease the dose
− should be kept to zero if possible.
− CCD/FD Fill (Dose 1 Menu):

− has to be set to default values given in the System Settings.
− increasing the value will increase the dose
− may not be used for dose adjustment

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.1.3 Strategy for Adjusting Dose
• First set CCD fill level to value given in the CCD fill levels table.
• Start with dose gain 0.
• Adjust CCD iris 20% < CCD iris < 95%
CCD iris up to 100% in LPK mode
• If dose value is not adjustable then increase gain and after that the CCD iris again.
NOTE
Before adjusting make sure
that the following ODDC features are switched off:
– Grid Regulation
– Motion Detection
– Automatic Dose Reduction
Off = no Check Symbol (“Adjustment” dialog, "Dose 3" tab)
After adjustment switch on again, if it was switched off for adjustment.
Features must be
switched off temporarily
during adjustment
Fig. 18-2 ODDC features

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.1.4 Special Cases for Dose Adjustment
− High Quality Mode (HQ)

HQ is a modifier to each application program. Dose has to be adjusted in all programs, it will
be the same value in all programs. HQ has also one individual kV/mA curve for all programs.
Adjust dose to the value as is described in the System Settings.
− Snapshot
Snapshot is a separate program, and it is adjusted by selecting the SSHT key in the adjustment
dialog. Measure the accumulated dose for one shot. Do not measure the first shot, make sure
that regulation has found its target before. Dose has to be below 2 µG.
− Adipose Patient Key (LPK)

LPK is a modifier to each application program. Dose has to be adjusted in all programs, it will
be the same value in all programs. LPK has one individual kV/mA curve for all programs.
− DSA / MSA / RSA

There are three dose adjustments for DSA / MSA / RSA possible out of which just two are
important and active. Adjust for:
1 HQ DSA / MSA / RSA
2 LPK DSA / MSA / RSA
Adjust in Configuration Menu, always with Frames/sec=25 (→ Fig. 18-6, p. 11.) Restore origi-
nal setting after adjustment.
Dose has to be measured with “Dose rate”.
− RSA
RSA is a separate program, and it is adjusted by selecting the RSA function in the dropdown
menu of the adjustment dialog.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.2 Video Adjustment
18.2.1 Parameters for Video Adjustment
− Video black level:

− influences the black level of the video signal.
− increasing the value will increase the black level.
− Video white level:

− influences the white level of the video signal.
− increasing the value will increase the white level.
− Video metal level:

− sets up a second black level if metal key is selected.
− increasing the value will increase the second black level.
18.2.2 Histogram
For measuring the video signal, the histogram function is used. The histogram will be displayed
on the right screen when the histogram function is active. It will be updated after every fluoros-
copy. The histogram function can be activated by the histogram key that appears in the service
menu (→ Ch. 17.3.4, p. 12). After restarting the system, the histogram function will be disabled
automatically.
Fig. 18-3 Example of a histogram with stepwedge in the image

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.2.3 Strategy for Adjusting Video
• Put the grey step wedge into the optical path so that both angles of the grey step wedge (black)
just contact the upper mask circle:
Position I.I. Active area Type and distance of

the step wedge
31 cm: (N with 31 cm I.I.) large, about 30 cm to I.I.
23 cm: (N with 23cm I.I.) large, about 10 cm to I.I.

(M1 with 31cm I.I.)
15 cm: (M1 with 23cm I.I.) large, about 10 cm to I.I.

positioning at N
(M2 with 31cm I.I.)
positioning at M1
Fig. 18-4 Grey Step Wedge 11 cm: (M2 with 23cm I.I.) small, about 10 cm to I.I.
positioning at M1
• Use histogram function in order to measure the video signal

Histogram can be activated by the histogram key that appears in the service menu.
• Select Service Settings – Dose 1

• Set the Black level to the value defined in the System Settings.
• Set the White level to the value defined in the System Settings.
• Adjust video Metal level. Therefore, take a proper reference image without metal in each ana-
tomical program. After inserting a pice of metal and pressing the metal switch there should be
no difference within the bone grayscale values of the image with or without metal.
CAUTION
Before making any adjustments not described here, please contact our Service
department!

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.3 Input Boxes
NOTE
The following screenshots refer to software 6.07 and 7.02 (NGP)
Other software versions may show different content.
NOTE
18.3.1 Input Boxes on the Dose 1 Tab
Fig. 18-5 Pop-up window Dose 1
Name Description
Dose
Iris Camera This value determines the dose with respect to the CCD. The
value should be between 20% and 95%.
CCD / FD-Fill This value determines the dose with respect to the average/peak
value originating from the flat-panel detector. You must set the
value according to the system settings table.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Name Description
Dose gain 0...2048: This value determines the gain for dose regulation.
Higher value leads to a lower dose. This is the only value for dose
adjustment in Vision RFD Systems.
Digital gain FD This value determines the flat-panel detector gain without influ-
encing the dose value. You must set the value according to the
system settings table.
Dose Target value for automatic dose adjustment
Peak Part This value determines the characteristic of dose regulation with
respect to being a mean or a peak type of regulation. 0% will result
in a pure mean regulation and 100% in a pure peak regulation.
Values in between would create a characteristic of both types.
Highres Activates High Resolution Mode for RFD Systems.

Pulse rate will be limited to 12.5 pulses per second
Video
Black Level 0–100%: Black color in the image will be regulated to this level.
Checkbox checked means: function is active
White Level 0–200%: White color in the image will be regulated to this level.
Higher values than 100% will cut off in white.
Checkbox checked means: function is active
Metal black Level 0–100%: Black color in the image will be regulated to this level if
the "Metal" key is pressed
Peak 0–100%: This gives a certain percentage of peak information to

the metal black value measurement.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Name Description
Filter
Low Default for recursive filter level Low in the selected operating
mode
Medium Default for recursive filter level Medium in the selected operating
mode
High Default for recursive filter level High in the selected operating
mode
NR Active recursive filter out of Low, Medium or High after switching

to an anatomical program.
The column below extends that value to the five different modes
out of which HQ is High Quality (high dose mode), Fluoro is Stan-
dard (standard dose mode), LPK is Adipose Patient key, LD (Low
Dose Mode) and Rep is Repositioning (motion in the image)
LIH Last image hold filter

This is adjustable to 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 but it should never be less than
the corresponding recursive filter; if this happens then better
adjust to 1
Example: NR 8 and LIH 2 will not make sense, better use NR 8
and LIH 1
RTE Real Time Edge enhancement

Five different settings are available, where 0 is off, 3 is maximum
enhancement and 4 is a blurring filter.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Name Description
Gamma
Gamma 5 or 7
Two different Gamma curves.
Checkbox checked means: Function is active
Level 0-100%: This parameter is the Gamma Black level which can be
adjusted to be at a certain greyscale level on the curve. It could run
from 0 to 100% of the input greyscale level. Input black is clamped
to this level.
Two different settings possible for low and high kV range.
Dynamic 5-100%: This Dynamic value corresponds to the speed at which

the gamma black measurement value is created. It is kind of a
recursively created value, just using 5 to 100% of the next frame
being added to the existing measurement.
Windowing
Window 0-100: This value is adjusting the size of the window which is auto-
matically set when entering an anatomical program. The size is
between 0 and 100%
Level 0-100: This value is adjusting the position of the window which is
automatically set when entering an anatomical program. The posi-
tion is between 0 and 100%, usually it will be set to 50%

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 18-6 Dose 2 tab for each anatomical program
Name Description
Top Line
Left drop-down menu Show anatomical program which is visible on screen
Modifiers If one of the next three buttons is yellow, an anatomical program

modifier is active. The value of the modifier is visible on the
screen.
Yellow Box Shows the active anatomical program. If you want to change to
visible anatomical program, press "Test" or "Apply"
kV/mA Values
kV Input of the kV values for the kV-mA table of an anatomical pro-

gram
mA Input of the mA values for the kV-mA table of an anatomical pro-

gram
W This value indicates the amount of Watts the generator is driven

with at this point of the kV/mA curve.
Toggle Switch through W >> meanW >> EV display at the kV/mA table.
The kV/mA graph changes accordingly.
Generator
Start This is the kV value for dose regulation to start with

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Name Description
Pulse length 10, 16, 20, 23, 30: This parameter is the length for each X-ray
pulse during a frame. It can be set to 10, 16, 20, 23 or 30 ms.
The setting is with respect to the application. The setting can be
different in each anatomical program.
Start FPS 1–25/30: This parameter defines the default setting for the number
of pulses per second.
Max FPS 1–25/30: This parameter defines the maximum allowed

pulse rate in the corresponding anatomical program.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 18-7 Dose 3 tab upper section
Fig. 18-8 Dose 3 tab lower section

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Name Description
Video
Video Offset Min -100...+100

This value is a limit to the Offset Minimum level. 100% is the whole
video range. Video offset can be limited going to low by setting the
Offset Min value between -100% to + 100%
Video Offset Max -100...+100

This value is a limit to the Offset Maximum level. 100% is the
whole video range. Video offset can be limited going to high by
setting the Offset Max value between -100% to + 100%
Video Gain Min This value is a limit to the Gain Minimum factor, it limits the nega-
tive gain. Values are valid between 1 and 100.
1 is a factor of 0.15, 100 is a factor of 15
Video Gain Max This value is a limit to the Gain Maximum factor, it limits the posi-
tive gain. Values are valid between 1 and 100.
1 is a factor of 0.15, 100 is a factor of 15
Video Offset Dynamic 0 to 100%: This value corresponds to the speed at which the Off-
set measurement value is created. It is kind of a recursively cre-
ated value, just using 0 to 100% of the next frame being added to
the existing measurement.
Video Gain Dynamic 0 to 100%: This value corresponds to the speed at which the Gain
value measurement value is created. It is kind of a recursively cre-
ated value, just using 0 to 100% of the next frame being added to
the existing measurement.
Measurement Circles
Dose This is the ROI (region of interest) to measure the dose. Ten cir-
cles centered to the image are available where 0 is the smallest
and 9 is almost the whole image.
White This is the ROI (region of interest) to measure the video white
level.
Black This is the ROI (region of interest) to measure the video black
level.
Metal This is the ROI (region of interest) to measure the video black level
when the Metal key is active
Video Average This is the ROI (region of interest) to measure the video white
mean level
Grid
White Clipping Necessary to adjust white clipping function.

All grids will be deleted if white level is greater than max. white -
offset and white - black level greater than difference.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Name Description
Offset 0........4095
Usual range between 500.....1500
Difference 0........4095
Usual range between 500.....1500
Grid Regulation Object will be detected in any position

Option can be activated for each anatomical program separately
Motion Detection If there is motion in image, NR-Filter value changes from Fluoro to
Rep (values set in Dose 1)
Auto Dose Reduction: The unit decreases pulses if there is no motion detected in image.
Mot. Sensitivity Value sets sensibility for Motion Detection

0......4095 Smaller value means more sensitive for motion in image
Usual Range between 300...1000
Max. reg. Frms / Img To be set according to system settings.
Preheating off Disables the 200 ms Preheating time.
Auto Gain To be set according to system settings.
Threshold To be set according to system settings.
max.Gain To be set according to system settings.
Auto LPK To be set according to system settings.
on To be set according to system settings.
off To be set according to system settings.
Enhanced Filters (Only shown if option present)
On To be set according to system settings.
Spacial To be set according to system settings.

0......255
Temporal To be set according to system settings.

0......255
Enh. To be set according to system settings.

0......255
Add. To be set according to system settings.

0......255

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.3.4 Input Boxes on the Grid Tab
Fig. 18-9 Grid tab
Name Description
Grid Regulation • Motion level min = 4

Parameter
• Motion level max = 100
• Motion level step = 2
• Motion count = 7500
• Motion hysteresis = 500
All these values are fixed
Optimal regulation / To be set according to system settings document.

Fast regulation
Auto Dose Reduction If no motion is detected, pulsing will be reduced to given value.
Max pulse pause E.g. 15 means down to 2 pulses/s on a 60 Hz system
Presentation Has to be set to 15 for normal operation.

Only for testing !!! For demonstration,
- screen 13 shows activated grids
- screen 4 shows motion detection
- screen 7 shows measuring circle Dose
- screen 8 shows measuring circle Black
- screen 9 shows measuring circle White
- screen 12 shows measuring circle Video Average
kV reduction Reduces kV in pulsed fluoroscopy mode.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Name Description
mA reduction / addition Reduces or increases mA in pulsed fluoroscopy mode.
Optimal Regulation To be set according to system settings.
Fast Regulation To be set according to system settings.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.3.5 Input Boxes on the Collimator Tab
Fig. 18-10 Collimator tab
For description and adjustment (→ Ch. 8.3.3, p. 11)

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.3.6 Input Boxes on the Other Tab
Fig. 18-11 Other tab
Name Description
Vignetting
Compensation value for Vignetting effect
Arc Protection
This feature is intended to save the tube in higher kV range. If the

unit works in higher kV range and has screened for longer than the
set time value, regulation steps will be scaled down to the set
value. There are two different time settings.
On Checkbox checked means: Arc protection is active
kV Start value of function; this means: Arc protection works from this
value to max. kV
Time1 Time value for first step
Step1 Regulation step value for first step
Time2 Time value for second step
Step2 Regulation step value for second step
Cooling Water Pump
Threshold temperatures are not relevant for 25 kW systems.

Pump is always running.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Name Description
Arc Protection
Offset Master Default value is 7. To be adjusted according to:

Work Instruction - 19_2149 - Exchange Power-Supply-Rack / PFC
assembly and U579.
Delay Sl. 2 Set to 1000. Delay for charging boost caps after end of radiation.
Adjust Camera Iris
Refer To Chapter "Image Intensifier" → Ch. 6, p. 1

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.3.7 Fluoro Tab
Fig. 18-12 Fluoro tab
The Fluoro tab provides controls for kV/mA, collimator and image storage in the service mode.

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.4 Adjusting Computed DAP / Air Kerma
If the comparative measurement result is out of tolerance (±30%) this calibration needs to be
performed.
Also, if the collimator has been changed, this adjustment needs to be performed.
18.4.1 Required Tools
− Dose meter for reference measurements. "reference dose meter"

− 100cm² hexagonal copper plate (Part No. 91153) "testing tool 100 cm²"
18.4.2 Options
Depending on the activated options (→ Ch. 17.3.8.1, p. 23) only DAP or DAP and Air Kerma will
be displayed.
If only "Dose computed" is enabled, DAP result will be shown on the Vision Center as well as on
the text overlay on the monitor.
If "Dose computed" and "Kerma computed" is active, the Vision Center will show air kerma rate
during screening and air kerma after radiation is terminated. The DAP result will be shown only
on the text overlay of the monitor.
18.4.3 Input Box on the DAP Tab
Fig. 18-13 Input box DAP computed

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Name Description
Cal Point
kV, mA, sec Defines 2 calibration reference points, factory default data
uGy Text field to enter value measured with reference dose meter
Corr. Factor Correction factor of reference dose meter. Also used to correct the
KERMA result
Button "Activ" Activates the calibration reference point
Reference area
option buttons "xx cm²" Sets the collimator to the selected size
Button "Activ" Activates the selected collimator size
Pulse width correction
Provides a result correction for shorter pulses.
Buttons Sets the Vision to 10 ms or 30 ms pulse width and defined kv/mA

"Short pulse" and values
"Long pulse"
uGy/s Text field to enter values measured with reference dose meter
Area Factor
Provides that the correct reference area is projected to the image intensifier / flat panel
Text fields Area factor to get the correct reference area size
Opening
min / max The minimum and maximum opening of the collimator in mm, fac-
tory default data
Tolerance The backlash of the collimator, factory default data
Result Corr. Correction factor for DAP calculation

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.4.4 Adjustment Procedure
Measurements are done without patient equivalent pre filter. The generator cover including filtra-
tion has to be mounted. The reference dose meter has to be set to 3mm Al prefiltering.
1 Determining reference values of calibration points
• Place dose chamber of the reference dose meter close and centered to the image
intensifier input
• Select the DAP tab in the service settings
• Press Activ button in Cal. Point 1 box
• Screen and wait until radiation terminates automatically
• Enter measured value in uGy text box of Cal. Point 1 box. Mind the unit of the value
• Press Activ button in Cal. Point 2 box
• Screen and wait until radiation terminates automatically
• Enter measured value in uGy text box of Cal. Point 2 box. Mind the unit of the value
2 Determining reference values for pulse witdh correction

• Switch dose meter to dose rate measurement
• Press 10 ms button
• Screen and measure the dose rate
• Enter measured value in uGy/s text box close to the 10 ms button
• Press 30 ms button
• Screen and measure the dose rate
• Enter measured value in uGy/s text box close to the 30 ms button
3 Determining the area factor

• Select 100 cm² option button and press Activ button
• Place testing tool "100 cm²" close and centered to the image intensifier input
• Match the testing tool to the collimator. Max. allowed difference is 5%.
• Use the Area Factor text box
lower value will result in smaller area
start from value 0.60
• Press Apply button when the value has been changed
• Screen and press Activ button of the Reference Area box. Iris will open completely and
then close to the defined position

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 18-14 Example of correctly set area factor
4 Exit Service settings and restart the system.
5 Adjusting Kerma calculation (only if option calculated air kerma is enabled)

• Place dose chamber of the reference dose meter 30 cm distant and centered to the
image intensifier input
• Set dose meter to dose measurement
• Do not select a reference area
• If the dose meter requires a correction factor this has to be entered in the Corr. Factor
text boxes. Default value is 1 (i.e. no correction).
• Reset the dose measurement in the service settings
• Set to user Fluoro mode, manual, 70 kV, 3.5 mA
• Screen for approx 10 s
• Compare readout of external dose meter to the result on the Vision Center dose display.
Mind the possible correction factor of the external dose meter.
• Change both correction factors in Cal Point 1 and Cal Point 2 text boxes in order to
adjust the kerma display
• Repeat measurement after factor had been changed
• Difference should be less than 10%

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
6 Adjusting DAP calculation

• Place dose chamber close and centered to the image intensifier input
• Set dose meter to dose measurement
• Activate reference area 100 cm²
• Screen until collimator has reached the 100 cm² position
• Reset the dose measurement in the service settings
• Set to user Fluoro mode, manual, 70 kV, 3.5 mA
• Screen for approx. 15 s
• Compare readout of reference dose meter to the result on the Monitor text overlay.
Mind the possible correction factor of the external dose meter. 100 uGy (corresponding
to 100 cm² reference area) equals 1 cGycm² on the monitor text overlay.
• Change result correction factor in order to adjust the displayed DAP value
• Repeat measurement after factor had been changed
• Difference should be less than 10%

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.5 Adjusting Measured DAP
18.5.1 Required Tools
− Dose meter for reference measurements. "reference dose meter"

− 100cm² hexagonal copper plate (Part No. 91153) "testing tool 100 cm²"
18.5.2 Options
Depending on the activated options (→ Ch. 17.3.8.1, p. 23), only measured DAP or measured
DAP and calculated Air Kerma will be displayed.
If only "Dose meter" is enabled, measured DAP result will be shown on the Vision Center as well
as on the text overlay on the monitor.
For adjustment, only input box "DAP measured" is available.
If "Dose meter" and "Kerma computed" is active, the Vision Center will show calculated air kerma
rate during screening and calculated air kerma when radiation is terminated. The measured DAP
result will be shown only on the text overlay of the monitor.
For adjustment, both input boxes "DAP Meter" and "DAP computed" are available.
Input boxes are switched by the additional "DAP Meter" and "DAP Computed" buttons.
"DAP Meter" button
Fig. 18-15 Input box "Dose Computed" with "DAP Meter" button

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.5.3 VacuDAP-C
18.5.3.1 Input Box on the DAP Tab
Fig. 18-16 Input box "DAP Meter" with VacuDAP-C
Name Description
Calibration Dose Area Product Meter
Version Indicates firmware version of DAP meter
Reference Value Tube Indicates currently activated tube voltage

Voltage
Calibration Factor Value to be entered during adjustment
Normal Value Outer Field Reference value for test function
State System State (→ Ch. 18.5.3.3, p. 29)
Button "Perform Test" To perform Self test
Button "Apply" To store Calibration factor

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
18.5.3.2 DAP Self Test Procedure
After the button "Perform Test" is pressed, a message box with a progress bar will appear. During
the procedure the DAP meter will count internally generated pulses. This procedure works without
radiation. After the test is finished, the result will be displayed in the message box. There are 2
possibilities:
− DAP ok; actual value: xxx
− DAP test failed
The result will be decided by comparing the test result to the reference value.
If DAP test fails, the dose meter needs to be replaced.
18.5.3.3 VacuDAP-C State
The error state of the VacuDAP-C is reported by an 8-bit word (one byte, decimal 0 to 255).
Every bit indicates a certain error condition. These states can also appear as a combination.
Value 0 means "System o.k." A value > 0 has to be resolved according to the following table:
Bit Decimal Meaning (If Bit = 1)
0 1 Not used
1 2 TEST-Warning
2 4 DAP overflow
3 8 Zero check error (radiation active during reset)
4 16 Error test function (test value does not match reference value)
5 32 Voltage for measuring chamber is faulty
6 64 Firmware error
7 128 Not used

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017

280721/280725 - 01/02/2017
19
Error Messages
& Fault Finding
Ziehm Vision R 1
280725 - 01/02/2017
2 Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017
19 Error Messages & Fault Finding
19.1 Error Message List
NOTE
Errors shown in this list correspond to SW 6.07. and 7.02.
Other software versions may show different error messages.
NOTE
Some errors will not be shown on the Vision Center.
Those errors are only recorded in the systemMessageLog.tar or Maintenance.tar
files respectively.
Code Description Type Remark
Module 5: Generator
E1000 Thin filament defective during power-up Error
E1001 Thick filament defective during power-up Error
E1002 No VSync at generator during power-up Error
E1003 Please wait, the operating temperature of at Error Sensor 1

least 13 °C has not yet been reached
E1004 Please wait, the generator must cool down Alert Sensor 1
below 72 °C
E1005 Please wait, the operating temperature of at Error Sensor 2

least 13 °C has not yet been reached
E1006 Please wait, the generator must cool down Alert Sensor 2
below 72 °C
E1007 Wrong EEPROM checksum during power-up Error
E1008 Generator fault Error Interrupt 1 flip-flop

defective
E1009 Generator fault Error Interrupt 2 flip-flop

defective
E1010 HW signal X-ray active during power-up Error
E1011 CAN X-ray Enable active during power-up Error
Ziehm Vision R 19-1

280725 - 01/02/2017
E1012 Generator fault Error D/A converter

reference voltage
defective
E1013 Generator fault Error D/A converter kV

defective
E1014 Oil overtemperature switch active during Error

power-up, call service
E1015 Wrong machine data version detected during Error

power-up
E1016 Moisture sensor alarm during power-up, call Error

service
E1017 Test of 'FAULT' signal failed Error
E1018 Debug switch is on Alert
E1019 Generator fault Error Monitoring anode

rotation does not
work
E1050 High voltage fault Alert
E1051 High voltage fault (anode) Alert
E1052 High voltage fault (cathode) Alert
E1053 mA peak value fault Alert
E1054 kV nominal/actual value fault Alert
E1055 mA nominal/actual value fault Alert
E1056 X-ray Enable fault Alert
E1057 Generator life monitoring missing Alert
E1058 Generator fault Alert Hardware

monitoring missing
E1059 X-ray break by external CAN module Alert
E1060 Signal / X-ray missing Alert
E1061 Generator fault Alert High-voltage arc
E1062 Nominal kV value greater max. kV value Alert
E1063 Nominal mA value greater max. mA value Alert
E1064 Nominal power value greater max. power value Alert
E1065 Nominal kV value less min. kV value Alert
E1066 CAN fault line active Alert
19-2 Ziehm Vision R

280725 - 01/02/2017
E1067 Basic heating fault during operation Error
E1068 No VSync at generator during operation Error
E1069 Temperature sensor 1 value beyond Alert

permissible range
E1070 Temperature sensor 2 value beyond Alert

permissible range
E1071 Signal / X-ray without radiation Alert
E1072 Oil overtemperature switch active during Alert

operation, call service
E1073 Moisture sensor alarm during operation, call Alert

service
E1074 kV value without X-ray command too high, Alert

radiation not allowed
E1075 Test of rotating anode failed during operation Error
E1076 Serial numbers of generator and mobile stand Alert

do not match!
E1082 kV actual value after X-ray command too low, Alert

radiation not allowed
E1083 Generator fault Alert Rotating anode

could not be started
E1084 Generator fault Alert Rotating anode

failed
E1085 Average power in burst mode > 600 Watt Alert
E1086 mA-value too high for thin filament Alert
E1087 Max. anode capacity reached in burst mode Alert
E1088: Energy reserve of the boost CAPs too small Alert
E1095 Generator overheated, recovery time %d Alert

seconds
E1098 Generator power-up fault: %0 a Error
E1099 Generator fault %0 Alert
Module 2: Main Interface
E1100 Hand switch 1 pressed during power-up Error
E1102 Foot switch 1 pressed during power-up Error
Ziehm Vision R 19-3

280725 - 01/02/2017
E1108 Short circuit in hand switch 1 during power-up Error
E1109 Short circuit in hand switch 2 during power-up Error
E1110 Short circuit in foot switch 1 during power-up Error
E1112 Short circuit in foot switch 3 during power up Error
E1116 X-ray Enable active during power-up Error
E1117 Internal communication error during power-up Error
E1118 Wrong EEPROM checksum during power-up Error
E1119 IRQ PTA5 of RS232 disabled during power-up Error Error of wireless
footswitch interface
E1120 Emergency stop Alert
E1121 Hardware interface configuration for wireless Alert

module not OK
E1122 Wireless module not present Alert
E1140 Short-circuit in hand switch 9 during power-up Error
19-4 Ziehm Vision R

280725 - 01/02/2017
E1164 Short circuit in hand switch 1 without X-ray Alert

command

command
E1166 Short circuit in foot switch 1 without X-ray Alert

command

command

command

command

command

command
E1172 X-ray Enable without pressing a hand switch or Alert

foot switch
E1173 CAN fault line active Alert
E1174 Internal communication error during operation Alert
E1175 Image-memory life-monitoring fault Alert
E1176 Heat-exchanger fan blocked Alert
E1177 Flow in cooling circuit too low! Alert
E1178 No flow in cooling circuit! Error
E1179 Coolant pump inactive at X-ray start! Error

command
Ziehm Vision R 19-5

280725 - 01/02/2017

command

command

command

command

command

command

command
E1188 Emergency Stop Alert
E1189 Low battery on wireless footswich Alert
E1190 Wireless module is not responding Alert
E1199 Main interface error: %0 Error
Module 11: Imaging System
E12000 Function assigned to X-ray switch (%0), Alert

ignored!
E12001 X-ray command assigned to function switch Alert

(%0), ignored!
E12002 XRaySwitch / FunctionSwitch mismatch in Alert

mappings of machinedata.ini!
E12003 CAN modules missing: %0 Alert
E12004 Hard disk full. Image cannot be stored! Alert
E12005 Maximum image storage capacity almost Info

reached. Delete images no longer needed on
this system at the earliest possible opportunity.
E12006 vision.md in main interface missing Alert
E12007 vision.md written to main interface! Alert
E12025 Radiation allowed after mode values are Info

displayed!
E12026 Unable to change APr: Value rejected, restored Info

previous state. Call Ziehm Service later to fix it!
19-6 Ziehm Vision R

280725 - 01/02/2017
E12027 Unable to change APr: Value rejected, no Info

recovery possible. Try to switch to another
Anatomic Program or Operation Mode. Call
Ziehm Service later to fix it!
E12028 3D Software is not responding! Please restart Alert 3D Units only

unit
E12034 License not available Error
E12041 Flat-panel detector communication fault Alert
E12042 Signature check completed Info
E12045 Radiation blocked by key switch Alert
E12046 Radiation blocked by invalid APrConfig: Try to Alert

switch to another Anatomic Program or Opera-
tion Mode. Call Ziehm Service later to fix it!
E12050 Option stick defective Alert
E12051 Main Interface defective (serial number) Alert
E12052 Serial numbers of mobile stand and monitor Alert

cart do not match!
E12053 Cannot create dose report: Not current patient! Alert
E12054 Cannot create dose report: No dose data Alert

available!
E12055 Failed to load file %0 Alert
E12057 Machinedata.ini does not match to capture Error

device frequency!
E12060 CanManager transport error. Error
E12061 CanManager AckBusOff Error
E12062 CanManager AckNoTxd Error
E12063 Thin filament defective! System switches to Alert

restricted mode with thick filament!
E12064 Internal fatal error! Error
E12070 CanMaster failed Error
E12071 CAN module CameraIrisProxy failed Error
E12072 CAN module Collimator failed Alert
E12073 CAN module Generator failed Error
E12074 CAN module MainInterface failed Error
Ziehm Vision R 19-7

280725 - 01/02/2017
E12075 CAN module Regulation failed Error
E12075 CAN module MainPrePowerSupply failed Error
E12077 CAN module MainPrePowerSupply1 failed Error
E12078 CAN module MainPrePowerSupply2 failed Error
E12079 CAN module ELWMS failed Error
E12080 Unknown error in CanMaster. Error state: %0 Error
E12082 Software update script wasn't found Error
E12083 Software update script couldn't be started Error
E12084 Software update script failed with error %0 Error
E12096 Flat-panel detector communication fault: %0 Alert
E12098 Cannot overwrite file '%s'. Access denied b Alert
Module 1: Pre-power Supply
E1300 Main PPS power-up fault Error SPI interface

MAX 504
E1301 Main PPS overtemperature fault during power- Alert

up
E1302 Main PPS power-up fault Error Reference voltage

MAX 504
E1303 Main PPS power-up fault Error Output voltage

MAX 504
E1304 Main PPS Wrong EEPROM checksum during Error

power-up
E1310 Main PPS power-up fault Alert
E1311 Main PPS overtemperature fault during Error

operation
E1315 Main PPS CAN fault line active during Alert

operation"
E1320 Slave 1 PPS power-up fault Alert
E1321 Slave 1 PPS overtemperature fault during Error

power-up
E1324 Slave 1 wrong EEPROM checksum during Alert

power-up
19-8 Ziehm Vision R

280725 - 01/02/2017

operation
E1335 Slave 1 PPS CAN fault line active during Alert

operation

power-up
E1344 Slave 2 wrong EEPROM checksum during Alert

power-up
E1350 Slave 2 PPS power-up fault Error SPI interface

MAX 504

operation
E1355 Slave 2 CAN fault line active during operation Error
E1390 Main PPS power-up fault: %0 Error
E1391 Main PPS fault: %0 Error
E1392 Slave 1 PPS power-up fault: %0 Error
E1393 Slave 1 PPS fault: %0 Error
E1394 Slave 2 PPS power-up fault: %0 Error
E1395 Slave 2 PPS fault: %0 Error
Module 15: Vision Track
E1400 Servo Rotation position fault Alert
E1401 Servo Rotation not connected Alert
E1402 Servo Rotation not ready Alert
E1403 Servo Iris position fault Alert
E1404 Servo Iris not connected Alert
E1405 Servo Iris not ready Alert
E1406 Servo Slot 1 position fault Alert
E1407 Servo Slot 1 not connected Alert
E1408 Servo Slot 1 not ready Alert
Ziehm Vision R 19-9

280725 - 01/02/2017
E1409 Servo Slot 2 position fault Alert
E1410 Servo Slot 2 not connected Alert
E1411 Servo Slot 2 not ready Alert
E1412 Servo Corner position fault Alert
E1413 Servo Corner not connected Alert
E1414 Servo Corner not ready Alert
E1420 DAP meter mismatch or not available. Error %0 Alert
E1421 DAP meter error %0 Alert
E1448 Collimator startup error %0 Alert
E1449 Vision Track unknown error: %0 Alert
Image Intensifier Power Supply
E1450 Servo position fault Alert
E1451 Servo not connected Alert
E1452 Servo not ready Alert
E1499 I.I. power supply unknown error: %0 Alert
Module 136: Regulation
E1700 kVmA table: kV not ascending Alert
E1701 kVmA table: power not ascending Alert
E1702 kVmA table not finished Alert
E1705 No external video signal! Alert
E1708 Generator pulse error Alert
E1709 No VSync! Alert
E1710 No Interrupt! Alert
E1711 No communication PPC-generator! Alert
E1712 Wrong mA value from generator Alert
E1713 X-ray not allowed Alert
E1714 Max. mA value cannot be read. Alert
E1716 Image-memory power-up fault Error SDRAM PPC

defective
E1717 Image-memory power-up fault Error GammaLUT PPC

defective
19-10 Ziehm Vision R

280725 - 01/02/2017
E1718 Image-memory power-up fault Alert Offset adjustment

not possible
E1719 Gain adjustment not possible Error
E1720 Image-memory fault Error Hardware version,

Release
E1721 Image-memory fault Error IRQ3 Error
E1722 VSync corrupt 30/25 Hz! Error
E1723 Video standard unknown! Error
E1724 Image-memory fault Error Boot program

unknown
E1725 M-Data unknown! Alert
E1726 Collimator does not support DAP values! Alert Shows if collimator
missing
E1727 Flat-panel detector not supported by this Alert

version!
E1728 Internal fatal communication error! Alert Communication

failure between
PPC and flat-panel
detector
E1729 Internal communication error! Error Flat-panel reports

black image
E1732 Image-memory power-up fault Error Reference voltage

defective
E1733 Image-memory power-up fault Error AD14 Offset

adjustment
defective
E1734 Image-memory power-up fault Error AD14 Gain

adjustment
defective
E1735 Image-memory power-up fault Error AD14 Gain*4

adjustment
defective
E1736 Image-memory power-up fault Error AD8 Offset

adjustment
defective
E1737 Image-memory power-up fault Error AD8 Gain

adjustment
defective
Ziehm Vision R 19-11

280725 - 01/02/2017
E1738 No external video signal! Alert
E1740 Hardware doesn't support grid regulation! Alert
E1741 Hardware doesn't support motion detection! Alert
E1742 Hardware doesn't support DAP calculation! Alert
E1743 Hardware doesn't support automatic dose Alert

reduction!
E1747 Black level >= White level! Check connectors Error

on command processor
E1756 FFC board not available Error
E1757 FFC not working properly Error
E1759 Generator version and PPC version not com- Error

patible
E1760 High resolution with pulse length 0 not allowed Error
E1761 Flat panel video signal missing Error CoaxPress
E1764 Exposure value curve: missing kv points Error
E1765 Exposure value curve: segment transformation Error

failed
E1766 Exposure value curve: table validity check Error

failed
E1767 Exposure value curve: staggering segment Error

overlap too short
E1768 Exposure value curve: internal error Error
E1769 Exposure value curve: 2 identical kV/mA Error

points in table
E1770 Exposure value curve: EV not strictly ascend- Error

ing
E1771 Exposure value curve: kV less than allowed Error

minimum kV
E1772 Exposure value curve: table size exceeded Error
E1779 Radiation without valid kV/mA curve Error
E1789 PPC unkown error: %0 Error
E1790 PPC CAN Exception error: %0 Alert

280725 - 01/02/2017
U578 - ELWMS interface
E1800 Radiation indication lamp defective during Alert

power-up
E1801 Wrong EEPROM checksum during power-up Alert
E1802 Image-memory power-up fault Alert
E1804 No communication with left flatscreen! Alert
E1805 No communication with right flatscreen! Alert
E1808 Switch on printer Alert
E1850 Radiation indication lamp defective during Alert

operation
E1865 U578 execution failed! Alert
E1898 U578 Startup Error %d Alert
E1899 U578 Error %d Alert
U713 - Regulation NGIS
E1900 Insufficient FirmwareVersion on Alert

VideoProcessor
E1910 Insufficient Version of kernel module Alert
E1911 Insufficient FirmwareVersion on Framegrabber Alert

a. %d is a placeholder for an internal diagnostic error/alert number
b. %s is a placeholder for a filename

280725 - 01/02/2017
19.2 Fuse List
19.2.1 Module 10
U539 Fuses
Main Input fuses
F1A 210-220-230-240 V System 15 A slow
210-220-230-240 V System 15 A slow

F1B
105-110-115-120 V System 20 A slow
Standby transformer primary fuses (Not equipped if switching regulator is installed)
F3 240 V System
100 mA slow
F4 210-220-230 V System
Only one fuse must be installed!
F5 105-110-115-120 V System
Standby transformer secondary fuse
F5 350 mA slow
Whole unit will not power up if one of those fuses is broken.
19.2.2 Module 2
U648 Fuses
F2 1.6 A slow TFT and emergency chain supply
Vision Center FST is dark, emergency chain is active, can NOT be reset
NOTE
Please refer to the Technical Manual, Chapter "Replacing Components" for further
information on fuse replacement.

280725 - 01/02/2017
19.3 Fault Finding
19.3.1 Power Faults
System does not power up
Circuit breaker tripped (rear cover of MC, close to the power cable)
U539:
F1A and F1B main input fuse blown
2 / F3 / F4 fuse for stand-by transformer blown
F5 fuse stand-by transformer secondary blown
F1 fuse of universal power supply OFM-0105/M blown
Thermo switch (X5) interrupted, not connected
Key / emergency switch turned off, not connected or X4 not bridged.
Monitor cart powers up, mobile stand does not power up
F1a / F1b main input fuses of mobile stand blown

P0 cable defective / P0 inserts defective (off line)
U579:
F1 fuse of universal power supply OFM-0105/M blown
Thermo switch (X22) interrupted, not connected
Key / emergency switch turned off, not connected or X4 / X31 not bridged.
System turns power off by itself
Safety circuit protecting the inrush current limiting resistors on U539 gets active.
Change U539 board.

280725 - 01/02/2017
19.3.2 Generator Faults
E1082 kV actual value after X-ray command too low, radiation not allowed
(this error will only appear in the zivi.log file and is not shown on the Vision Center)
Supply voltage for generator is missing.
Pre-power supply defective, Check cable terminals on FG 2025
Generator defective
E1002 No V-Sync
CCD Camera does not work
Power for CCD camera missing (F3 transformer fuse)

CCD camera defective
Cabling problems
Check flat cable of CCD camera

Check cable from II (U516 X6) to generator (U528 X4)
II Power supply does not work properly
Check supply power of II power supply (F2 transformer fuse)

Optocoupler on II power supply is defective
E1068 V-Sync faults
Camera is set to wrong timing
Check jumper JP1 in camera. (Set for 60 Hz, removed for 50Hz)
Has to correspond with generator timing.
Generator is set to wrong timing
Check generator timing in Vision Studio.

Has to correspond with camera timing.
E1098 Generator fault 26
After generator replacement: Software mismatch.
Update system to the latest Global Software Version.
E1076: Serial numbers of generator and mobile stand do not match!
SW update from 5.28 and below to higher versions or replacement of generator
Press "Apply" button in the service settings in order to copy the serial number
from the main interface into the generator.

280725 - 01/02/2017
19.3.3 CAN Bus Faults
E12003 CAN modules missing: CAN Module No.
CAN module(s) cannot be found during startup
Check supply power of the corresponding CAN module(s).

Check CAN bus cabling of the corresponding CAN module(s).
Check if CAN module software is missing
(both startup LEDs are flashing, one quickly one slowly)
CAN module is faulty
NOTE
To identify module names refer to CAN module number list (→ Ch. 2.3.1, p. 2-4).

280725 - 01/02/2017
19.3.4 Measurements on the CAN bus
19.3.4.1 With Oscilloscope
By using the U587service adapter and a storage oscilloscope, the CAN bus telegrams can be
made visible.
CAN L
CAN H
CANGND
Fig. 19-1 U587 CAN bus service adapter
• Connect the two channels of the oscilloscope to CAN H and CAN L. Use CANGND as ground.
• Set to 1V and 20µs.

280725 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 19-2 CAN bus telegram
You will get the result above. This is one CAN telegram. H and L is 2.5 V in idle. During the tele-
gram, they are inversely phased. The length is approx 140µs.
• Set to 1V and 200µs

280725 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 19-3 CAN bus Telegrams "command" and "acknowledge"
You will get the result above. These are two CAN telegrams: command and acknowledge with a
time lag of approx. 150µs. In idle state of the system (without radiation), such telegrams keep
appearing approx. every 0.3s.
If you get those results, the hardware of the can bus works properly.

280725 - 01/02/2017
19.3.4.2 With Multimeter
CAN L
CAN H
CANGND
Fig. 19-4 U587 CAN bus service adapter
19.3.4.3 Termination Resistors (Vision Based Systems)
− System turned off
− Monitor cart connected to C-stand, Solo generally

Using the test adapter U 587, between CAN H (MP9) and CAN L (MP5) 30 Ohm are measured
( ± 5 Ohm).
19.3.4.4 Signal Levels
For the following measurements the system has to be switched on and completely booted up.
Following signal levels are measured using the test adapter U587 between CANGND (MP1) and
the following Test Points:
Signal Min (V) MAX(V)

CAN+5V (MP3) 4 6
CAN L (MP5) 2,2 2,8
FAULT (MP7) 3,8 6
CAN H (MP9) 2,2 2,8
RADIATION (MP11) 0 (Radiation off) 0,5 (Radiation off)
The difference between CAN H and CAN L must not be more than 0,3V

280725 - 01/02/2017
19.3.5 CAN Bus Startup
System power-up:
Every node must wait for the master (host) controller.
19.3.6 Image System Errors
E12050 Option stick defective &

Vision Center does not work properly &
No radiation possible
USB Dongle not found
Check cabling from image memory to Dongle

Check Dongle, you should see at least the options.dat and dis8000.ini
files. You can read the Dongle using your notebook.
DVD drive does not work
Wiring problems
Check cabling from image memory to DVD drive

Check if the power supply for the DVD drive is o.k.
DVD recorder is defective
Replace DVD recorder
E1722 V-Sync corrupt
At least one V-sync pulse was missing at the input of the image memory.
Slack joint in the video signal wiring between CCD camera and image
memory
E1738 No external video signal
No video signal at the input of the image memory.
Wiring problems in the video signal wiring between CCD camera and
image memory

280725 - 01/02/2017
20
Work Instructions

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
20 Work Instructions
20.1 Active Cooling System
Vision R systems are shipped with a ready-to-use mixture in the cooling system acting as a
coolant during operation. The coolant enables the equipment to withstand temperatures down to
-13°C. No particular hazards are known.
Admissible anti-freeze agent: Solarliquid L

(blue colored)
NOTE
The ready-to-use compound can be ordered with P/N 267751 (10 liters)
CAUTION
Top up only the ready-to-use compound in such units, which are already filled with
the specific cooling liquid.
WARNING
When working with any of the anti-freeze agents you must wear protective gloves
and safety goggles.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
20.2 Filling / Draining of the Cooling System

of 7.5 kW Systems
20.2.1 General
NOTE
This description is only valid for 7.5 kW systems.
20.2.1.1 Requirements
The filling has to be done very carefully, otherwise an immaculate function is not ensured. If it is
not done correctly, the pump might be damaged and the desired radiation time is not achieved.
Required tool: Additionally required:

• Ventilation hose • Bucket
(for draining the cooling circuit)
• Funnel
• Cooling liquid, ready to use compound
Funnel
Bucket
Ventilation hose
(example) Additionally
required
parts
Fig. 20-1 Required parts for maintaining the cooling system general

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
20.2.1.2 Flow Scheme
Pressure
control valve
Maximum level indicator max

(cooling circuit drained)
Expansion tank Heat exchanger

(Fan not shown)
Minimum level indicator min

(cooling circuit filled)
Drain valve
Flow
Return
Drain hose
Coolant pump
Swivel harnes
Filter
Generator Cooling of
final stage
Cooling of
generator oil
Fig. 20-2 Liquid cooling flow scheme

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
20.2.1.3 Starting the Pump Manually
In order to start and stop the coolant pump, the temperature setting in the service mode "Other"
may be changed.
Fig. 20-3 Service setting "Other" with temperature setting

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
20.2.2 Filling the Cooling Circuit with Cooling Liquid
NOTE
Be sure the cooling circuit is completely drained before performing this step
(→ Ch. 20.2.4, p. 20-5).
In order to fill the cooling circuit, remove the pressure control valve and fill cooling liquid into the
expansion tank to the maximum level indicator by using a funnel. Start the pump. The cooling liq-
uid will be pumped into the cooling circuit now.
Air bubbles will appear from the return and the liquid level inside the expansion vessel will
decrease. When no more air bubbles return and the level has settled, the cooling circuit is com-
pletely filled. The liquid level now has to be about in the middle between the max and min indicator.
Do not top up cooling liquid to the max indicator when the cooling circuit is filled.
Install the pressure control valve again.
20.2.3 Checking the Circulation
Cooling liquid circulation can be monitored by the liquid stream from the return inside the expan-
sion tank.
20.2.4 Draining the Cooling Circuit
The cooling liquid can be pumped down to the expansion tank by using the ventilation hose.
Remove the pressure control valve, start the pump and insert the ventilation hose to the flow like
shown below. Air will be pumped into the cooling circuit and the cooling liquid will be pumped down
to the expansion tank. The liquid level in the expansion tank will increase. as soon as air bubbles
appear from the return, the cooling circuit is completely drained. Turn off the coolant pump. All the
cooling liquid is inside the expansion tank now.
Now, for example, the generator or the swivel harness may be changed without risk of spilling
cooling liquid.
Also the liquid level can be checked or topped up to the maximum respectively.
This procedure may also be used if you are not sure if the cooling circuit is completely drained.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Fig. 20-4 Usage of the ventilation hose
If the ventilation hose is removed while the pump is running, the cooling circuit will be filled again
like described above. → Ch. 20.2.2, p. 20-5
20.2.5 Draining the Cooling System
• Drain the cooling circuit like described above.

• Put a bucket underneath the drain hose and open the drain valve.
• The cooling liquid now is drained to the bucket.
• The cooling system is completely drained now.
• Close the drain valve.
• Install the pressure control valve.
• The system is not to be used now. Label the unit visibly:
Cooling system drained – Unit not ready for operation.
Do not switch on!

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
20.3 Filling / Draining of the Cooling System

of 20/25 kW Systems
20.3.1 General
NOTE
This description is only valid for 20/25 kW systems.
20.3.1.1 Requirements
The filling has to be done very carefully, otherwise an immaculate function is not ensured. If it is
not done correctly, the pump might be damaged and the desired radiation time is not achieved.
Required tool: Additionally required:

• Ventilation hose • Bucket
(for draining the cooling circuit)
• Funnel
• Cooling liquid, ready to use compound
Funnel
Bucket
Ventilation hose
(example) Additionally
required
parts
Fig. 20-1 Required parts for maintaining the cooling system general

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
20.3.1.2 Flow Scheme 20/25 kW with Flow Sensor
Pressure Flow Sensor

control valve
Maximum level indicator max

(cooling circuit drained)
Expansion tank Heat exchanger

(Fan not shown)
Minimum level indicator min

(cooling circuit filled)
Drain valve
Flow
Return
Drain hose
Coolant pump
Swivel harnes
Filter
Cooling of
Generator
final stage
Cooling of
generator oil
Fig. 20-2 Water cooling flow scheme

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
20.3.1.3 Starting the Pump Manually
In 20/25 kW systems, the pump is always running as soon as the system has started up
To stop the pump, disconnect the pump or turn off the system.
Pump connector
Fig. 20-3 Disconnecting liquid pump
20.3.2 Filling the Cooling Circuit with Cooling Liquid
NOTE
Be sure the cooling circuit is completely drained before performing this step
(→ Ch. 20.3.4, p. 20-10).
In order to fill the cooling circuit, remove the pressure control valve and fill cooling liquid into the
expansion tank to the maximum level indicator by using a funnel. Start the pump. The cooling liq-
uid will be pumped into the cooling circuit now.
Air bubbles will appear from the return and the liquid level inside the expansion vessel will
decrease. When no more air bubbles return and the level has settled, the cooling circuit is com-
pletely filled. The liquid level now has to be about in the middle between the max and min indicator.
Do not top up cooling liquid to the max indicator when the cooling circuit is filled.
Install the pressure control valve again.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
20.3.3 Checking the Circulation
Cooling liquid circulation can be monitored by the liquid stream from the return inside the expan-
sion tank.
20.3.4 Draining the Cooling Circuit
The cooling liquid can be pumped down to the expansion tank by using the ventilation hose.
Remove the pressure control valve, start the pump and insert the ventilation hose to the flow like
shown below. Air will be pumped into the cooling circuit and the cooling liquid will be pumped down
to the expansion tank. The liquid level in the expansion tank will increase. as soon as air bubbles
appear from the return, the cooling circuit is completely drained. Turn off the coolant pump. All the
cooling liquid is inside the expansion tank now.
Now, for example, the generator or the swivel harness may be changed without risk of spilling
cooling liquid.
Also the liquid level can be checked or topped up to the maximum respectively.
This procedure may also be used if you are not sure if the cooling circuit is completely drained.
Fig. 20-4 Usage of the ventilation hose

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
If the ventilation hose is removed while the pump is running, the cooling circuit will be filled again
like described above. → Ch. 20.3.2, p. 20-9
20.3.5 Draining the Cooling System
• Drain the cooling circuit like described above.

• Put a bucket underneath the drain hose and open the drain valve.
• The cooling liquid now is drained to the bucket.
• The cooling system is completely drained now.
• Close the drain valve.
• Install the pressure control valve.
• The system is not to be used now. Label the unit visibly:
Cooling system drained – Unit not ready for operation.
Do not switch on!
20.4 Checking the Liquid Level
The liquid level must not be below the min indicator of the expansion tank.
If the level is below min or if you want to top up cooling liquid, drain the cooling circuit like
described above (→ Ch. 20.2.4, p. 20-5 7.5 kW / → Ch. 20.3.4, p. 20-10 20 kW). When the cool-
ing liquid has been pumped down completely to the expansion tank, you may top up cooling liquid
to the max indicator of the expansion tank.
Fill the cooling circuit again by running the coolant pump without using the ventilation hose.
Install the pressure control valve when finished.
20.5 Replacing the Cooling Liquid
If cooling liquid needs to be topped up and the system is not filled with the specified ready to use
compound yet (→ Ch. 20.1, p. 20-1), the cooling liquid needs to be replaced completely.
Drain the cooling system like described above.
Fill the cooling system with the specific ready to use compound like described above.

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017

280725/280727 - 01/02/2017
Dokumententyp: Formblatt
FB7.2.3-02 Work Instruction
Work Instruction 19_2208
Title of the work instruction: Maintenance instruction for Ziehm Vision I.I. models
Material required? Yes No
Material free of charge? Yes No
Return of parts? Yes No
Estimated carry out time 2-3 Hour(s)* Number of service technicians: 1
Customer training? Yes No
Replaced Documents 19_2112 19_2113
Name / Department: O. Tänzer / Ziehm Service Date: October 01, 2014

* depending on the device condition
Affected devices / products (alternate tradenames are not listed separately)
Hardware Software Administrative
Ziehm Compact Ziehm 8000 Ziehm Vista

Ziehm Vario Ziehm Vario 3D Ziehm Vista Plus
Ziehm Vision Ziehm Vision R Ziehm Vision RFD
Ziehm Vision FD Ziehm Vision Vario Ziehm Vision Vario 3D
Ziehm Vision FD Vario Ziehm Vision FD Vario 3D Optional Modules
Ziehm Solo Ziehm Solo Option Portable Ziehm Viewing Station
Ziehm NaviPort Ziehm Vision RFD – Hybrid Edition
OrthoScan HD OrthoScan HD FD OrthoScan MDI
19_2208_Maintenance_Manual_Ziehm_Vision_I.I._Models_EN_A | Version: C page 1 of 40

Copies / Printouts do not fall under document control. The valid version is provided by Service Dept.
Document revision level
The document corresponds to the version/revision level effective at the time of publication. Revisions to hardcopy
documentation are not automatically distributed.
The information provided in this general technical information is subject to change without prior notice.
Disclaimer
The installation and service of equipment described herein is to be performed by qualified personnel who are employed by
Ziehm Imaging or one of its affiliates or who are otherwise authorized by Ziehm Imaging or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.
Assemblers and other persons who are not employed by or otherwise directly affiliated with or authorized by Ziehm Imaging
or one of its affiliates are directed to contact one of the local offices of Ziehm Imaging or one of its affiliates before attempting
installation or Service procedures.
© Ziehm Imaging GmbH
The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its contents is not permitted without express written
authority.
Offenders will be liable for damages. All rights, including rights created by patent, grant or registration of a utility,
model or design, are reserved.

Table of Contents
1. Affected Devices / Products 5

2. Intention of the work instruction 5
3. Requirements 5
4. Abbreviations and definitions 6
5. Safety Instructions 7
6. Ordering Information 11
7. Contents of kit 11
8. General Information 11
8.1. Mobile Stand 12
8.2. Monitor cart 13
8.3. Remote Vision Center (optional) 14
9. General tasks 15
9.1. Check for completeness 15
9.2. 2D constancy test record 15
9.3. 3D constancy test record (Vario only) 15
10. Mechanical Tasks 16
10.1. External damage 16
10.2. Power and connecting cables 16
10.3. Connectors 17
10.4. Warning and information labels/plates 18
10.5. Wheels mobile stand 18
10.6. Generator 20
10.7. Image Intensifier 20
10.8. Orbital rotation (C-axis) 21
10.9. Drive belt (Vario only) 21
10.10. Angulation rotation (A-axis) 21
10.11. Longitudinal movement (Y-axis) 22
10.12. Rack (Vario only) 22
10.13. Motorized vertical movement (Z-axis) 22
10.14. Lifting spindle 23
10.15. Brake handles 25
10.16. Detent Pins and Micro switches (Vario only) 26
10.17. Cleaning the cooling fan fleece liner (Ziehm Vision R only) 26
10.18. Coolant filter (Ziehm Vision R only) 27
10.19. Cooling fan and heat exchanger (Ziehm Vision R only) 27
10.20. Cooling circuit 27
10.21. Vision Center 28
10.22. Monitor cart 28

11. Electrical Tasks 29

11.1. Electrical safety test 29
11.2. ON/OFF switches 29
11.3. Emergency stop button 29
11.4. Handswitch 29
11.5. Multifunctional footswitch 29
11.6. X-ray button 30
11.7. CAN-BUS 30
11.8. Vision Center 30
11.9. Virtual Collimator 32
11.10. Automatic exposure control 33
11.11. Laser adjustment on the Image Intensifier 34
11.12. Laser adjustment on the X-ray generator 36
11.13. Monitor settings 38
11.14. 3D calibration check (Vario only) 38
11.15. Image export 38
12. Optional 39
12.1. Printer 39
12.2. WLAN 39
12.3. Removable grid 39
12.4. ENDO 39
12.5. Remote Vision Center 40

1. Affected Devices / Products
 See page 1
2. Intention of the work instruction
Subject of the present 12-monthly work instruction is the enhancement of the availability and
durability of Ziehm devices
3. Requirements
Standard Tool Case

Instrument for measuring electrical safety
Candela meter
Dose meter
Test piece for constancy check (e.g. IBA Primus L)
Special accessories depending on the device type ( see Service Tools catalog, order no.: #280150)
Vacuum cleaner or compressed air
Cleaning agents: Pure alcohol

Distilled water
Utilities: Varilub E535 (Mat.No: #26088)

Dry Lube (Mat.No: #581482)
LM250 (Mat.No: #26007)
Hebrolub 16 (Mat.No: #58217)
Replacement parts: Coolant liquid (Mat.No. #267705)

Coolant inline filter (Mat.No. #59293)
Applicable documents
Service Manual Ziehm Vision (R) (Vario) (3D)

User Manual Ziehm Vision (R) (Vario) (3D)
GTI 10/006 - Adjusting sliding brake
GTI 10/034 - Printer settings UP990/UP970
19_2199 - Adjustment monitor settings
Appendix – Maintenance Report

4. Abbreviations and definitions
Abkürzung Definition Reference / Remarks
n/a Nicht anwendbar -

BNC Bayonet Neill–Concelman Miniature quick connect/disconnect RF connector
German translation for devices witch image
BV Bildverstärker
intensifier
CAN Controller Area Network -
CAPS CAPacitorS -
DVD Digital Versatile Disc A digital optical disc storage format
ESD Electrostatic discharge -
EN Europäische Norm German translation for European standards
Endoscopy means looking inside and typically refers
to looking inside the body for medical reasons using
ENDO ENDOscopy
an endoscope, an instrument used to examine the
interior of a hollow organ or cavity of the body
FST Fahrstativ German translation for mobile stand
Type of document provided by Ziehm Imaging
GTI General Technical Information
Service
kV 10³ Volt -
ms 10-3 Sekunden -
nm 10-6 Meter -
mA 10-3 Ampere -
MW Monitorwagen German translation for monitor cart
RVC Remote Vision Center 3rd Vision Center for Remote Control
German regulation for protection against damage
RöV Röntgenverordnung
caused by X-rays
TBA To be adjusted -
USB Universal Serial Bus Serial bus system

A wireless local area network links two or more
WLAN Wireless local area network
devices using some wireless distribution method

5. Safety Instructions
This technical information does not constitute a complete catalog of all safety measures necessary for the operation of the
respective medical equipment, since special operating conditions may require further measures. However, it does contain
instructions which must be observed in order to ensure the personal safety of operating staff and patients as well as to
avoid damage to property. These instructions are highlighted as follows
DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury
WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury
CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury
NOTICE
Notice is informative. Additional useful information and hints are provided for the
operator/technician

General safety information
Danger of injuries, death or material damage!
Non-compliance can lead to death, injury or material damage
Please note:
 The product-specific safety notes in these instruction
 The general safety information in the user manuals
 The general safety information in the technical manuals
General electrical safety information
Electrical safety!
Non-compliance can lead to severe injury or even death and material damage
 Parts under electrical voltage are accessible when the covers are open. To avoid danger,
disconnect the System from the power supply prior to opening the covers. Disconnect
the power plug
 If the unit is equipped with CAPS, the voltage output of the CAPS must also be switched
free of voltage or the voltage output plug must be disconnected
 If work steps must be performed using electrical power observe the general regulations
for live-line working
 Carry out an electrical safety test regarding to your countries regulations after
repair / installation / maintenance of electrical or electronic components,
modules or systems
Electrical voltage!
Non-compliance can result in material damage
 When working on the unit, ESD regulations must be observed

General mechanical safety information
Risk of burns from hot parts or components!
If not observed, minor to more severe burns, especially on the hands, can occur.
 Parts and components (e.g., power components, cooling fin) that can exceed 50
degrees Celsius during Operation are accessible after the covers are opened. To avoid
burns, switch the Unit off prior to touching parts or components and allow at least 5
minutes of cooling
Risk of injury from mechanical parts!
If not observed, minor to more severe injury, especially to the hands, can occur
 Parts such as flat plugs, threaded bolts, cut-off cable ties and component edges that, if
care is not taken, can cause crushing, scrapes and cuts to the skin, particularly to the
hands, can be touched after the covers are opened
 Perform the particular work steps with special care and attention to detail
 If needed, wear working gloves
General risk of infection information
Risk of infection due to pathogens!
Non-compliance can lead to severe injury and even death
 The unit can be contaminated with infected blood or other bodily fluids
 Avoid all contact with blood or other bodily fluids!
 If needed, wear disposable gloves and if necessary further personal protection

equipment
General laser radiation information (OrthoScan devices only)
Risk of injury from class 3R laser radiation
If not observed, minor to more severe injury, especially to the eyes, can occur
 On devices equipped with laser class 3R it is necessary to wear laser protection glasses
 The accessible laser radiation is in the wavelength range of 302.5nm to 106nm and is
hazardous to eyes. The power or the energy is a maximum of five times the limit of the
accessible radiation class 2 in wavelength 400nm to 700nm
 Checks requiring the release of laser radiation are identified by the radiation warning
symbol shown on the left

General radiation safety information
X-ray radiation!
Non-compliance can lead to illness, irreversible damage to body cells and the genotype, severe
injury and even death
During work on the Unit in which radiation must be released, the radiation protection directives
and the rules for radiation protection must be complied with
Please note:
 Use available radiation protection devices
 Wear radiation protection clothing (lead apron)
 Stay as far away as possible from the radiation source
 Release radiation only if necessary
 Set the radiation activity as low as possible. (Low kV and mA values, short radiation
time)
 Release radiation for as short a time as possible
 Checks requiring the release of X-ray radiation are identified by the radiation warning
symbol shown on the left

6. Ordering Information
n/a
7. Contents of kit
n/a
8. General Information
The ESD rules have to be necessarily observed.
This includes ESD clothing.
ESD-wrist band and ESD-work surface has to be

grounded to be sure that Device, Board and
Technician have the same electrical potential.
Switch off the device and disconnect the device

from MAINS power supply if power supply is not
required

8.1. Mobile Stand
Ziehm Vision (R) (Vario)(3D) with image intensifier
6
7 8 9
10
12
11
2
13
1 14
Brake handle for longitudinal movement

1 Front wheel 8
(Y-axis)
2 Generator 9 Vision Center
Brake handle for orbital rotation Brake handle for angulation rotation
3 10
(C-axis) (A-axis)
4 Swivel arm 11 Lifting column (Z-axis)
5 Removable grid (optional) 12 Brake and Steering lever
6 Image Intensifier 13 Cable and Footswitch support
7 Horizontal carriage 14 Brake and Steering wheel

8.2. Monitor cart
Monitor cart 6
4
12 13
3 7
14
8
2 11
15
16
10
9 17
1 Video Printer 10 P0 connector to mobile stand
2 DVD/CD drive 11 Cable support
3 Vision Center 12 Connectors left flat screen
4 EMERGENCY-STOP 13 Connectors right flat screen
5 X-ray indication lamp 14 Interface terminal
6 Flatscreen 15 MAINS fuse / MAINS switch
7 X-ray key switch 16 MAINS input
8 USB Port 17 P6 connector to RVC
9 Wheel with brake

8.3. Remote Vision Center (optional)

9. General tasks
9.1. Check for completeness
 Check that the x-ray device and pertinent accessories are complete e.g. User manual, Connection cables etc.,
corresponding to the type of device
9.2. 2D constancy test record
 Check the 2D constancy test records, as per EN 61223-3-1 or applicable national regulations, for
completeness and/or deviations
9.3. 3D constancy test record (Vario only)
 Check the 3D constancy test records, as per EN 61223-3-1 or applicable national regulations, for
completeness and/or deviations

10. Mechanical Tasks
10.1. External damage
 Inspect the device for any external damage
 Inspect the swivel harness for any physical damage
 Check the swivel joint at the swivel arm for proper function (Ziehm Vision RFD only)
fig.1
 Touch up small paint damage
10.2. Power and connecting cables
 Check the connectors of the power and connecting cables for proper condition and clean off any dirt with pure
alcohol or distilled water
 Check the inserts of the power and connecting cables for proper mount and tighten the mounting screws if
necessary
 Clean the inserts of the power and connecting cables with pure alcohol
 Inspect the power and connecting cables for any damage
Connecting cable Connects
P0 Mobile stand  Monitor cart

P2 Mobile stand  Monitor cart

10.3. Connectors
 Check the connectors and sockets for proper condition and clean off any dirt with pure alcohol
 Check the inserts of the power and connecting cables for proper mount and tighten the mounting screws if
necessary
 Clean the inserts (fig. 2) of the power and connecting sockets with pure alcohol or distilled water
Port
Connects
designation
XP0 Mobile stand  Monitor cart

XP2 Mobile stand  Monitor cart
fig. 2

 Inspect the connection terminal (fig. 3) on the C mobile stand USB/RJ45/BNC/ext.

radiation warning light /potential-free contact, depending on device type, for proper condition and functioning,
and clean off any dirty
fig. 3
10.4. Warning and information labels/plates
 Check that warning and information labels/plates are easy to read and firmly attached
10.5. Wheels mobile stand
 Check that both wheel supports of the brake and steering wheels are tight
 Clean the running surface of the brake and steering wheels with pure alcohol
 Clean the running surface of the front wheels with pure alcohol
 Check both brake and steering wheels for running noise
 Check the brake and steering wheels for clearance and easy movement
 Check the front wheels for clearance, easy movement and running noise
 Clean the wheel supports between the cable deflectors and the thread guard (fig. 4)
fig. 4

 Check the ground clearance of the cable deflectors (target: 3mm) and, if necessary, adjust
Please remove the threaded screw on the wheel support and adjust the cable deflector. Lightly tighten the
threaded screw again
 Check the steering function of the rear wheels by moving the steering and braking lever from the -90° to the
+90° position. The rear wheels should follow the movement of the steering and brake lever and should be
parallel to each other (fig. 5)
fig. 5
 Check the function of the brakes by mechanical movement of the mobile stand during a closed (lower
position) brake and steering lever (fig. 6). Only if the brake and steering lever is in open position, a
mechanical movement of the device is possible
fig. 6

 Check the brake and steering lever for proper mount and tighten the mounting screw if necessary (fig. 7)
fig. 7
 Check the thread screws of the brake and steering lever for proper mount and tighten the screws if necessary
(fig. 8)
fig. 8
10.6. Generator
 Check the housing of the generator for any damage
 Check the proper mount of the generator at the C-arm
 Check the screws of the generator housings for proper mount and tighten the screws is necessary
 Check the impermeability of the generator (e.g. oil or water leakage)
 Check the silicon sealing of the generator housing
10.7. Image Intensifier
 Check the housing of the Image Intensifier for any damage
 Check the proper mount of the Image Intensifier at the C-arm
 Check the screws of the Image Intensifier housing for proper mount and tighten the screws if necessary
 Check that the handles are firmly fitted and in proper condition

10.8. Orbital rotation (C-axis)
 Clean the running surface of the C-arm with pure alcohol or Hebroblub 61
 Check the bearings of the swivel arm for running noise by mechanical movement at the C-axis
 Check the sliding brake of the C-profile of running or squeak noise. Adjust the sliding brake if necessary
( see GTI 10/006 Adjusting sliding brake)
 Check the brake for orbital movement at the -90° / -45° / 0° / +45° positions
 Check that the bracket and bow handles are firmly fitted and in proper condition
10.9. Drive belt (Vario only)
 Check that the drive belt on the C-profile is clean, parallel and in proper condition (fig. 9)
fig. 9
10.10. Angulation rotation (A-axis)
 Check the A-axis for running noise by mechanical movement at the A-axis

10.11. Longitudinal movement (Y-axis)
 Check the Y-axis for running noise by mechanical movement at the Y-axis
 Check the Y-drive for running noise (Vario only)
 Clean any dirt at the Y-drive (Vario only)
10.12. Rack (Vario only)
 Clean any dirt at the rack and check the proper operation of the horizontal carriage at the rack (fig. 10)
fig. 10
10.13. Motorized vertical movement (Z-axis)
 Check the proper function of the lift/lower push-buttons on the mobile stand
NOTE:
All push-buttons must completely pressed in, without mechanical resistance. After releasing
the respective push-button the lift must stop immediately. The push-button must return in its
initial position
 Check both hardware limit switches by raising and lowering the Z-axis with the UP and DOWN push-buttons
at the C-arm until the lift stops automatically (hmin= 0,5cm±0,5cm, hmax= 41,5cm±0,5cm)
NOTE:
In devices with a 31cm image intensifier or LSE type devices, the lifting element can be
moved further downward after reaching the safety position by simultaneously pressing both
lift/lower push-buttons until the end switch ( see User Manual; Ch. 4.4.5)
 Clean the lift pipe with pure alcohol or Hebrolub 16
 Check the illumination of the push-buttons

10.14. Lifting spindle
 Check the bearings of the lifting spindle for running noise (fig. 11 / 12)
 Clean any dirt off the lifting spindle, re-lubricate the lifting spindle with Varilub E535
The lifting spindle can be accessed after:
- removing the front panel and moving the Z-axis upwards in all Ziehm Vision RFD devices
fig 11

- removing the rear cover at Ziehm Vision FD (Vario)(3D) devices
fig. 12

10.15. Brake handles
 Clean the handles of the locking brakes with a dry cloth
 Clean the thread of the brake handles for the horizontal movement and angulation rotation (Y-axis and
A-axis) with a dry cloth and grease the threads with Varilub E535
Turn both brake handles counter clockwise off the horizontal carriage. Place and set both brake handles after
the cleaning and lubricating into the respective openings of the horizontal carriage und tighten each one until
full clamping is ensured
New handles, multi colored Standard, multi colored Standard, single colored
A-axis
C-axis
Y-axis
Wig-Wag

10.16. Detent Pins and Micro switches (Vario only)
 Check that the detent pins of the carriage and Wig-Wag move easily
 Check that the micro switches of the carriage, brake and Wig-Wag function properly
( see Service Manual for Ziehm Vision Vario, Ch. 4.4 – Hardware Test Center)
10.17. Cleaning the cooling fan fleece liner (Ziehm Vision R only)
 Proceed as follows to clean the fleece liner of the cooling fan in the C-mobile stand:
o Remove the 6 screws of the rear cover, and remove the rear cover (fig. 13)
fig. 13
o Loosen the two Allen screws on the fleece filter frame and pull the frame away from the device
towards you (Fig. 14)
fig. 14

o Clean the fleece liner (fig. 15) with a vacuum cleaner or with compressed air
fig. 15
o Reinsert the frame for the filter fleece after cleaning in reverse order
10.18. Coolant filter (Ziehm Vision R only)
 Replace the filter (Mat.No: #59293) in the cooling circuit
10.19. Cooling fan and heat exchanger (Ziehm Vision R only)
 Check the cooling fan at the cooling circuit mechanically for proper function and clean the blades of the
cooling fan and the cooling fins of the heat exchanger
10.20. Cooling circuit
 Check the fill level of the cooling circuit and refill the cooling circuit with coolant to the target fill level if
necessary (Ziehm Vision R only)
 Check the flow rate of the cooling circuit
 Check the adhesive surface of the cooling tank for impermeability

10.21. Vision Center
 Check that the Vision Center touch foil on the mobile stand is free of damage and mounted properly
 Check the mechanical tilting and rotation of the Vision Center at the mobile stand
 Check the EMERGENCY-STOP button at the Vision Center of the mobile stand for proper function, if present
 Check the X-ray button at the Vision Center of the mobile stand for proper function, if present
X-ray button
fig. 16
EMERGENCY-STOP
10.22. Monitor cart
 Check that the Vision Center touch foil on the monitor cart is free of damage and mounted properly
 Check the wheels of the monitor cart for proper mounting
 Clean the running surface of the wheels with pure alcohol
 Check the function of the parking brakes of the wheels
 Check the lock function of the wheels with parking brake at 90°
 Check cooling fan(s) of the monitor cart for proper function
 Check the tilting function of the flatscreen

11. Electrical Tasks
11.1. Electrical safety test
 Check the electrical safety as per EN 62353
NOTE:
After completion of the electrical checks, it is necessary to repeat the electrical safety tests as
per EN 62353
11.2. ON/OFF switches
 Check that the on/off switches on the mobile stand function properly
 Check the illumination of the on/off switches
11.3. Emergency stop button
 Check that the EMERGENCY STOP button on the mobile stand functions properly
 Check that the EMERGENCY STOP button on the monitor cart functions properly
 Check that the EMERGENCY STOP button at the Vision Center functions properly, if present
11.4. Handswitch
 Inspect the hand switch and the hand switch cable for any physical damage
 Check the function of the hand switch
WARNING
Release a short radiation cycle with the hand switch to check the functionality
All radiation indication lamps must illuminate during radiation
11.5. Multifunctional footswitch
 Check the footswitch and footswitch cable for any physical damage
 Check the function of the pedals at the footswitch, corresponding to the configuration
WARNING
Release a short radiation cycle, amongst others, to check the functionality

11.6. X-ray button
 Check the X-ray button at the Vision Center at the mobile stand for any physical damage, if present
 Check the function of the X-ray button on the Vision Center at the mobile stand, if present
WARNING
Release a short radiation cycle to check the functionality
11.7. CAN-BUS
 Check the CAN-BUS

Connect the measuring adapter U587 with the CAN-BUS to measure the following voltages using a
multimeter:
CAN H: 2.2V – 2.7V

CAN L: 2.2V – 2.7V
CAN +5V: 4.5V – 5.5V
11.8. Vision Center
 Check the Vision Center at boot up for any error messages
 Check the device for a global software version (fig. 17)

Press the radiation icon
on the Fluoro Tab at the upper right
fig. 17
 Check the cursor function in devices without SmartControl

Click in the four corners and the center of the user interface. The cursor should follow the click positions.
 Check that the touch foil functions properly in devices with SmartControl
Click on buttons in various positions in the user interface. The button color should change from grey (inactive)
to yellow (active).

 Check the acknowledge signal for operating the touch foil in the Vision Center
If necessary, adjust the volume under Config  Service settings General (fig. 18)
fig. 18

11.9. Virtual Collimator
 Check that the collimator functions properly by opening and closing in all modes
 Check that the virtual collimator matches the actual collimator (fig. 19)
WARNING
Set the virtual collimator and run a short fluoroscopy
fig. 19

11.10. Automatic exposure control
 Check the acoustic signal
WARNING
Conduct a fluoroscopy with an exposure time of at least 5:00 min and the
following sequence
Time Action
0:00 min Start fluoroscopy

4:55 min Message appears on control panel:
"Exposure time is 5 min. Switch off alert?“
5:00 min Acoustic signal sounds
5:00 min Confirm the message in the message window with "Yes"
5:00 min Acoustic signal is switched off, exposure is continued
 Check the automatic exposure control
WARNING
Conduct a fluoroscopy with an exposure time of at least 5:00 min and the following
sequence
Time Action
0:00 min Start fluoroscopy

4:55 min Message appears on control panel:
"Exposure time is 5 min. Switch off alert?“
5:00 min Acoustic signal sounds
5:30 min Radiation is switched off automatically and total exposure
time continues to be displayed

11.11. Laser adjustment on the Image Intensifier
 Check the laser setting at a 30cm distance from the flat-panel (fig. 20)
fig. 20
Place the Ziehm test plate on a tabletop 30cm from the flat-panel. Activate the crosshair under "Config" and
click Apply (fig. 21)
fig. 21
WARNING
Expose the test plate and align the center of the test plate with the crosshair (fig. 22)

fig. 22
Switch on the laser of the X-ray generator (fig. 23) and align both laser beams by adjusting
the screws on the X-ray generator with the test plate center (fig. 24)
WARNING
Do not stare into beam
fig. 23
fig. 24

11.12. Laser adjustment on the X-ray generator
 Rotate the C-arm by 180° so that the X-ray generator is in the upper position (fig. 25)
Move vertically to about 22cm and let the orbital position snap into place at 0°
fig. 25
Place the Ziehm test plate on the flat panel and activate the crosshair under "Config" and click Apply (fig. 26)
fig. 26

WARNING
Expose the test plate and align the center of the test plate with the crosshair (fig. 27)
fig. 27
Switch on the laser of the X-ray generator (fig. 28) and align both laser beams by adjusting the screws on the
X-ray generator with the center of the aligned test plate (fig. 29). For this purpose remove the Al-pre filter
Warning
Do not stare into beam
fig. 28

fig. 29
11.13. Monitor settings
 Check the monitor settings

( see work instruction 19_2199 – Adjusting the monitor settings)
11.14. 3D calibration check (Vario only)
 Carry out an automated 3D calibration check

( see Service Manual, ch. 5.3 – How to perform an automated Calibration Check)
11.15. Image export
 Check the Export images function using a blank DVD and USB memory stick

12. Optional
12.1. Printer
 Check that the printer functions properly and for proper condition
( see User Manual SONY ®, Chapter Maintenance)
 Check the default printer settings ( see GTI 10/034 Printer settings UP990/970/897)
12.2. WLAN
 Check that the WLAN functions properly
Transfer some images to an available PACS or an appropriately configured notebook with DICOMSM software.
12.3. Removable grid
 Check the locking mechanism of the removable grid on both sides
 Check the removable grid for physical damage
12.4. ENDO
 Check the ENDO monitor switch function via the footswitch
 Check the monitor settings

( see work instruction 19_2199 – Adjusting the monitor settings)

12.5. Remote Vision Center
 Check the Remote Vision Center touch foil for damage and proper fastening
 Check the mechanical tilting of the Remote Vision Center
 Check the mechanical locking mechanism of the Remote Vision Center
 Check that the EMERGENCY STOP button at the Remote Vision Center functions properly, if present
 Check the X-ray button at the Remote Vision Center for any physical damage, if present
 Check the function of the X-ray button at the Remote Vision Center, if present
WARNING
Release a short radiation cycle to check the functionality
Locking mechanism
X-ray button
EMERGENCY STOP
fig. 30

Index
A H
Active Cooling 5-6 Hand switch
commands to the image system 5-8
features 5-6
functions 5-10
B wiring 3-7
Hand/foot switch features 5-6
Board numbers 2-2 High voltage power inverter 7-15
C I
CAN Bus Cable MOLEX - RJ45 3-6 Image intensifier
CAN Bus Cable RJ45 - RJ45 3-5 block diagram 6-2
CAN fault line 2-9 parts location 6-1
CAN termination 5-7 power supply 6-3
CCD Camera 6-18
Connections
wiring CRT monitors and TFT touch con-
trol 11-5 L
wiring flatscreen monitors 11-6
wiring XP0 11-2 Lift Control 4-56
E M
Error messages 19-1 Main interface functions 5-5
Mobile stand
board numbers 2-2
system overview 2-1
F Monitor cart
VM 4402 monitors 10-1
FG 2025 4-18 Mounting of the CCD camera 6-19
block diagram 4-19
Focus adjustment 6-23
Foot switch
commands to the image system 5-8 P
features 5-6
wiring 4-pedal 3-10, 3-11 Power supply
general description 14-1
view 14-1
Power supply for CAN bus 5-7
Pre-power supply 4-18
Ziehm Vision R i
280725 - 01/02/2017
Index
R W
Radiation logic 5-27, 5-28 Watchdog 5-6
Water pump 5-6
Water pump control 7-31
Wiring
S 4-pedal foot switch 3-10, 3-11
CRT monitors and TFT touch control 11-5
Startup phase 5-16 flatscreen monitors 11-6
hand switch 3-7
XP0 11-2
Wiring Mobile Stand 3-11
T
Transformer assembly
block diagram 4-16 X
XP0 Cable 3-1
X-ray break functions 5-9
X-ray generator
U overview 7-1, 7-2
U531 4-18 wiring diagram 7-3
block diagram 4-19
U579
Layout 4-68
Schematic Diagrams 4-69
Wiring Diagram 4-44
U579f
Location of Fuses 4-48
Location of LED Indicators 4-46
U579h
Jumpers 4-55
Location of Connectors 4-45
Location of Fuses 4-49
Location of LED Indicators 4-47
U648
block diagram 5-2
V
Virtual collimator 8-1
block diagram 8-2
Vision Studio
connection notebook to Vision 17-9
Vision track 8-1
block diagram 8-2
ii Ziehm Vision R
280725 - 01/02/2017

TSM EN Vision R 280725 280726 01 02 2017

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TSM EN Vision R 280725 280726 01 02 2017

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ziehm Vision R

Software Versions 6 and 7

Copyright Quality Standards

0 Classification Mobile Stand / Monitor Cart 0-1

1 Warnings and Important Information 1-1

3 Connections Mobile Stand 3-1

4 Power Supply Mobile Stand 4-1

5 Main Interface 5-1

Ziehm Vision R III

6 Image Intensifier 6-1

7 X-ray Generator 7-1

8 Vision Track 8-1

9 TFT Vision Center 9-1

10 Monitor Cart 10-1

11 Connections Monitor Cart 11-1

12 Video Documentation 12-1

14 Power Supply Monitor Cart 14-1

15 Image Memory System 15-1

16 DICOM Configuration Manual 16-1

17 Software Tools 17-1

Ziehm Vision R VII

18 Adjustment Instructions 18-1

19 Error Messages & Fault Finding 19-1

VIII Ziehm Vision R

20 Work Instructions 20-1

No Chapter Mobile Stand Monitor Cart

1 Warnings and Important Information ⊕ ⊕

3 Connections Mobile Stand ⊕

4 Power Supply Mobile Stand ⊕

9 TFT Vision Center ⊕ ⊕

11 Connections Monitor Cart ⊕

14 Power Supply Monitor Cart ⊕

15 Image Memory System ⊕

16 DICOM Configuration Manual ⊕

19 Error Messages & Fault Finding ⊕ ⊕

Ziehm Vision R 0-1

0-2 Ziehm Vision R

Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD

Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD 1-1

1-2 Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD

1.3 Tests Required After Service

The following tests have to be performed after every service:

Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD 1-3

1.4 Displaying the System Software Versions &

X-ray warning symbol

Fig. 1-1 Displaying the system software versions (example content)

1-4 Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD

1.5 Definitions and Abbreviations

Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD 1-5

PPS Pre-power Supply

1-6 Ziehm Vision R / Ziehm Vision RFD

Module 15.2 X-Ray Collimator Module 2

System overview of mobile stand

2.2 Board Numbers

Module Board Description

U579 Voltage Distribution Mobile Stand

U580 PFC Filter

U581 Power Factor Correction

U597 Fan and Pump Control

U650 Pre-Power-Supply 130A, option 20kW

FG 9938 24 V Power Supply

U670 Capacitor Board Boostcap Rack Type 2

U653 Capacitor Board Boostcap Rack Type 2